gitbot/qmk_firmware
0
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git synced 2025-07-21 07:02:01 +00:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge branch 'master' into uzu42

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
nrtkbb 2019-09-29 21:53:16 +09:00
commit 62413133e1
6825 changed files with 227048 additions and 482646 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

6
.clang-format
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
---
---
BasedOnStyle: Google
AlignAfterOpenBracket: Align
AlignConsecutiveAssignments: 'true'
@ -13,14 +13,14 @@ BinPackParameters: 'true'
ColumnLimit: '1000'
IndentCaseLabels: 'true'
IndentPPDirectives: AfterHash
IndentWidth: '2'
IndentWidth: '4'
MaxEmptyLinesToKeep: '1'
PointerAlignment: Right
SortIncludes: 'false'
SpaceBeforeAssignmentOperators: 'true'
SpaceBeforeParens: ControlStatements
SpaceInEmptyParentheses: 'false'
TabWidth: '2'
TabWidth: '4'
UseTab: Never
...

8
.editorconfig
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ root = true
[*]
indent_style = space
indent_size = 2
indent_size = 4
# We recommend you to keep these unchanged
charset = utf-8
@ -16,12 +16,18 @@ insert_final_newline = true
trim_trailing_whitespace = false
indent_size = 4
[{qmk,*.py}]
charset = utf-8
max_line_length = 200
# Make these match what we have in .gitattributes
[*.mk]
end_of_line = lf
indent_style = tab
[Makefile]
end_of_line = lf
indent_style = tab
[*.sh]
end_of_line = lf

6
.gitignore vendored
View File

@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ quantum/version.h
CMakeLists.txt
cmake-build-debug
doxygen/
.DS_STORE
.DS_Store
/util/wsl_downloaded
/util/win_downloaded
/keyboards/*/Makefile
@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ util/Win_Check_Output.txt
.vscode/tasks.json
.vscode/last.sql
.vscode/temp.sql
.vscode/ipch/
.stfolder
.tags
@ -69,3 +70,6 @@ util/Win_Check_Output.txt
secrets.tar
id_rsa_*
/.vs
# python things
__pycache__

3
.gitmodules vendored
View File

@ -11,3 +11,6 @@
[submodule "lib/googletest"]
path = lib/googletest
url = https://github.com/google/googletest
[submodule "lib/lufa"]
path = lib/lufa
url = https://github.com/qmk/lufa

16
.travis.yml
View File

@ -11,31 +11,23 @@ env:
global:
- secure: vBTSL34BDPxDilKUuTXqU4CJ26Pv5hogD2nghatkxSQkI1/jbdnLj/DQdPUrMJFDIY6TK3AltsBx72MaMsLQ1JO/Ou24IeHINHXzUC1FlS9yQa48cpxnhX5kzXNyGs3oa0qaFbvnr7RgYRWtmD52n4bIZuSuW+xpBv05x2OCizdT2ZonH33nATaHGFasxROm4qYZ241VfzcUv766V6RVHgL4x9V08warugs+RENVkfzxxwhk3NmkrISabze0gSVJLHBPHxroZC6EUcf/ocobcuDrCwFqtEt90i7pNIAFUE7gZsN2uE75LmpzAWin21G7lLPcPL2k4FJVd8an1HiP2WmscJU6U89fOfMb2viObnKcCzebozBCmKGtHEuXZo9FcReOx49AnQSpmESJGs+q2dL/FApkTjQiyT4J6O5dJpoww0/r57Wx0cmmqjETKBb5rSgXM51Etk3wO09mvcPHsEwrT7qH8r9XWdyCDoEn7FCLX3/LYnf/D4SmZ633YPl5gv3v9XEwxR5+04akjgnvWDSNIaDbWBdxHNb7l4pMc+WR1bwCyMyA7KXj0RrftEGOrm9ZRLe6BkbT4cycA+j77nbPOMcyZChliV9pPQos+4TOJoTzcK2L8yWVoY409aDNVuAjdP6Yum0R2maBGl/etLmIMpJC35C5/lZ+dUNjJAM=
- MAKEFLAGS="-j3 --output-sync"
before_install:
- wget http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz || wget http://qmk.fm/avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz
services:
- docker
install:
- tar -zxf avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz
- export PATH="$PATH:$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/avr8-gnu-toolchain-linux_x86_64/bin"
- npm install -g moxygen
before_script:
- avr-gcc --version
script:
- git rev-parse --short HEAD
- make test:all
- bash util/travis_test.sh
- bash util/travis_build.sh
- bash util/travis_docs.sh
addons:
apt:
packages:
- dfu-programmer
- pandoc
- gcc-arm-none-eabi
- binutils-arm-none-eabi
- libnewlib-arm-none-eabi
- diffutils
- dos2unix
- doxygen
after_success:
after_script:
bash util/travis_compiled_push.sh
notifications:
webhooks:

7
.vscode/extensions.json vendored
View File

@ -1,6 +1,11 @@
// Suggested extensions
{
"recommendations": [
"EditorConfig.EditorConfig"
"EditorConfig.EditorConfig",
"xaver.clang-format",
"ms-vscode.cpptools",
"bierner.github-markdown-preview",
"donjayamanne.git-extension-pack",
"CoenraadS.bracket-pair-colorizer-2"
]
}

4
.vscode/settings.json vendored
View File

@ -12,6 +12,8 @@
"*.c": "c",
"*.cpp": "cpp",
"*.hpp": "cpp",
"xstddef": "c"
"xstddef": "c",
"type_traits": "c",
"utility": "c"
}
}

11
CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md
View File

@ -8,8 +8,17 @@ Our users, contributors, and collaborators are expected to treat each other with
* The use of sexualized language or imagery
* Unwelcome advances, sexual or otherwise
* Deliberate intimidation, stalking, or following
* Insults or derogatory comments, or personal or political attacks
* Publishing others’ private information without explicit permission
* Sustained disruption of talks or other events
* Other conduct which could reasonably be considered inappropriate in a professional setting
* Advocating for, or encouraging, any of the above behaviour
If someone is violating this Code of Conduct you may email hello@qmk.fm to bring your concern to the Members. All complaints will be reviewed and investigated and will result in a response that is deemed necessary and appropriate to the circumstances. The project team is obligated to maintain confidentiality with regard to the reporter of an incident.
# Reporting
If someone is violating this Code of Conduct, please email hello@qmk.fm or reach out to one of the Collaborators to bring it to our attention. All complaints will be reviewed and investigated.
QMK will seek to use the least punitive means available to resolve an issue. If the circumstances require asking an offender to leave, we will do that.
Reports will be taken and kept in strict confidence. You will not be required to confront an offender directly.

26
Dockerfile
View File

@ -1,29 +1,7 @@
FROM debian:9
RUN apt-get update && apt-get install --no-install-recommends -y \
avr-libc \
avrdude \
binutils-arm-none-eabi \
binutils-avr \
build-essential \
dfu-programmer \
dfu-util \
gcc \
gcc-arm-none-eabi \
gcc-avr \
git \
libnewlib-arm-none-eabi \
software-properties-common \
unzip \
wget \
zip \
&& rm -rf /var/lib/apt/lists/*
ENV KEYBOARD=ergodox_ez
ENV KEYMAP=default
FROM qmkfm/base_container
VOLUME /qmk_firmware
WORKDIR /qmk_firmware
COPY . .
CMD make $KEYBOARD:$KEYMAP
CMD make all:default

23
Makefile
View File

@ -20,7 +20,10 @@ endif
override SILENT := false
ifndef SUB_IS_SILENT
ifndef SKIP_GIT
QMK_VERSION := $(shell git describe --abbrev=0 --tags 2>/dev/null)
endif
ifneq ($(QMK_VERSION),)
$(info QMK Firmware $(QMK_VERSION))
endif
@ -94,6 +97,7 @@ $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
# endif
define GET_KEYBOARDS
ifndef ALT_GET_KEYBOARDS
All_RULES_MK := $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/rules.mk))
All_RULES_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/rules.mk))
All_RULES_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/*/rules.mk))
@ -105,6 +109,9 @@ define GET_KEYBOARDS
KEYMAPS_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/*/*/keymaps/*/rules.mk))
KEYBOARDS := $$(sort $$(filter-out $$(KEYMAPS_MK), $$(All_RULES_MK)))
else
KEYBOARDS := $(shell find keyboards/ -type f -iname "rules.mk" | grep -v keymaps | sed 's!keyboards/\(.*\)/rules.mk!\1!' | sort | uniq)
endif
endef
$(eval $(call GET_KEYBOARDS))
@ -364,6 +371,9 @@ define PARSE_KEYBOARD
# The same if all was specified
else ifeq ($$(call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE,all),true)
$$(eval $$(call PARSE_ALL_KEYMAPS))
# List all keymaps for the given keyboard
else ifeq ($$(call COMPARE_AND_REMOVE_FROM_RULE,list-keymaps),true)
$$(eval $$(call LIST_ALL_KEYMAPS))
# Try to match the specified keyamp with the list of known keymaps
else ifeq ($$(call TRY_TO_MATCH_RULE_FROM_LIST,$$(KEYMAPS)),true)
$$(eval $$(call PARSE_KEYMAP,$$(MATCHED_ITEM)))
@ -400,6 +410,16 @@ endef
# endif
# endef
# Prints a list of all known keymaps for the given keyboard
define LIST_ALL_KEYMAPS
COMMAND_true_LIST_KEYMAPS := \
printf "$$(KEYMAPS)\n";
COMMAND_false_LIST_KEYMAPS := \
printf "$$(MSG_AVAILABLE_KEYMAPS)\n"; \
printf "$$(KEYMAPS)\n";
COMMANDS += LIST_KEYMAPS
endef
# $1 Keymap
# This is the meat of compiling a keyboard, when entering this, everything is known
# keyboard, subproject, and keymap
@ -534,11 +554,14 @@ endef
%:
# Check if we have the CMP tool installed
cmp $(ROOT_DIR)/Makefile $(ROOT_DIR)/Makefile >/dev/null 2>&1; if [ $$? -gt 0 ]; then printf "$(MSG_NO_CMP)"; exit 1; fi;
# Ensure that python3 is installed. This check can be removed after python is used in more places.
if ! python3 --version 1> /dev/null 2>&1; then printf "$(MSG_PYTHON_MISSING)"; fi
# Check if the submodules are dirty, and display a warning if they are
ifndef SKIP_GIT
if [ ! -e lib/chibios ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios && git submodule update --depth 1 --init lib/chibios; fi
if [ ! -e lib/chibios-contrib ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios-contrib && git submodule update --depth 1 --init lib/chibios-contrib; fi
if [ ! -e lib/ugfx ]; then git submodule sync lib/ugfx && git submodule update --depth 1 --init lib/ugfx; fi
if [ ! -e lib/lufa ]; then git submodule sync lib/lufa && git submodule update --depth 1 --init lib/lufa; fi
git submodule status --recursive 2>/dev/null | \
while IFS= read -r x; do \
case "$$x" in \

33
Vagrantfile vendored
View File

@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Vagrant.configure(2) do |config|
# VMware/Virtualbox ( and also Hyperv/Parallels) 64 bit
config.vm.box = "generic/debian9"
config.vm.synced_folder '.', '/vagrant'
# This section allows you to customize the Virtualbox VM
# settings, ie showing the GUI or upping the memory
# or cores if desired
@ -50,26 +52,37 @@ Vagrant.configure(2) do |config|
end
# Docker provider pulls from hub.docker.com respecting docker.image if
# config.vm.box is nil. Note that this bind-mounts from the current dir to
# config.vm.box is nil. In this case, we adhoc build util/vagrant/Dockerfile.
# Note that this bind-mounts from the current dir to
# /vagrant in the guest, so unless your UID is 1000 to match vagrant in the
# image, you'll need to: chmod -R a+rw .
config.vm.provider "docker" do |docker, override|
override.vm.box = nil
docker.image = "jesselang/debian-vagrant:stretch"
docker.build_dir = "util/vagrant"
docker.has_ssh = true
end
# This script ensures the required packages for AVR programming are installed
# It also ensures the system always gets the latest updates when powered on
# If this causes issues you can run a 'vagrant destroy' and then
# add a # before ,run: (or change "always" to "once") and run 'vagrant up' to get a working
# non-updated box and then attempt to troubleshoot or open a Github issue
config.vm.provision "shell", inline: "/bin/sh -c 'yes | /vagrant/util/qmk_install.sh'", run: "always"
# Unless we are running the docker container directly
# 1. run container detached on vm
# 2. attach on 'vagrant ssh'
["virtualbox", "vmware_workstation", "vmware_fusion"].each do |type|
config.vm.provider type do |virt, override|
override.vm.provision "docker" do |d|
d.run "qmkfm/base_container",
cmd: "tail -f /dev/null",
args: "--privileged -v /dev:/dev -v '/vagrant:/vagrant'"
end
override.vm.provision "shell", inline: <<-SHELL
echo 'docker restart qmkfm-base_container && exec docker exec -it qmkfm-base_container /bin/bash -l' >> ~vagrant/.bashrc
SHELL
end
end
config.vm.post_up_message = <<-EOT
Log into the VM using 'vagrant ssh'. QMK directory synchronized with host is
located at /vagrant
Log into the environment using 'vagrant ssh'. QMK directory synchronized with
host is located at /vagrant
To compile the .hex files use make command inside this directory, e.g.
cd /vagrant
make <keyboard>:default

83
bin/qmk Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
#!/usr/bin/env python3
"""CLI wrapper for running QMK commands.
"""
import os
import subprocess
import sys
from importlib.util import find_spec
from time import strftime
# Add the QMK python libs to our path
script_dir = os.path.dirname(os.path.realpath(__file__))
qmk_dir = os.path.abspath(os.path.join(script_dir, '..'))
python_lib_dir = os.path.abspath(os.path.join(qmk_dir, 'lib', 'python'))
sys.path.append(python_lib_dir)
# Make sure our modules have been setup
with open(os.path.join(qmk_dir, 'requirements.txt'), 'r') as fd:
for line in fd.readlines():
line = line.strip().replace('<', '=').replace('>', '=')
if line[0] == '#':
continue
if '#' in line:
line = line.split('#')[0]
module = line.split('=')[0] if '=' in line else line
if not find_spec(module):
print('Could not find module %s!', module)
print('Please run `pip3 install -r requirements.txt` to install the python dependencies.')
exit(255)
# Figure out our version
# TODO(skullydazed/anyone): Find a method that doesn't involve git. This is slow in docker and on windows.
command = ['git', 'describe', '--abbrev=6', '--dirty', '--always', '--tags']
result = subprocess.run(command, universal_newlines=True, stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT)
if result.returncode == 0:
os.environ['QMK_VERSION'] = result.stdout.strip()
else:
os.environ['QMK_VERSION'] = 'nogit-' + strftime('%Y-%m-%d-%H:%M:%S') + '-dirty'
# Setup the CLI
import milc
milc.EMOJI_LOGLEVELS['INFO'] = '{fg_blue}Ψ{style_reset_all}'
@milc.cli.entrypoint('QMK Helper Script')
def qmk_main(cli):
"""The function that gets run when no subcommand is provided.
"""
cli.print_help()
def main():
"""Setup our environment and then call the CLI entrypoint.
"""
# Change to the root of our checkout
os.environ['ORIG_CWD'] = os.getcwd()
os.chdir(qmk_dir)
# Import the subcommands
import qmk.cli
# Execute
return_code = milc.cli()
if return_code is False:
exit(1)
elif return_code is not True and isinstance(return_code, int):
if return_code < 0 or return_code > 255:
milc.cli.log.error('Invalid return_code: %d', return_code)
exit(255)
exit(return_code)
exit(0)
if __name__ == '__main__':
main()

24
bootloader.mk
View File

@ -19,12 +19,14 @@
#
# Sets the bootloader defined in the keyboard's/keymap's rules.mk
# Current options:
# atmel-dfu
# lufa-dfu
# qmk-dfu
# halfkay
# caterina
# bootloadHID
#
# halfkay PJRC Teensy
# caterina Pro Micro (Sparkfun/generic)
# atmel-dfu Atmel factory DFU
# lufa-dfu LUFA DFU
# qmk-dfu QMK DFU (LUFA + blinkenlight)
# bootloadHID HIDBootFlash compatible (ATmega32A)
# USBasp USBaspLoader (ATmega328P)
#
# BOOTLOADER_SIZE can still be defined manually, but it's recommended
# you add any possible configuration to this list
@ -32,7 +34,7 @@
ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), atmel-dfu)
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_ATMEL_DFU
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_DFU
ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), atmega32u4)
ifneq (,$(filter $(MCU), at90usb646 atmega16u2 atmega16u4 atmega32u2 atmega32u4))
BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), at90usb1286)
@ -42,7 +44,7 @@ endif
ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), lufa-dfu)
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_LUFA_DFU
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_DFU
ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), atmega32u4)
ifneq (,$(filter $(MCU), at90usb646 atmega16u2 atmega16u4 atmega32u2 atmega32u4))
BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), at90usb1286)
@ -52,7 +54,7 @@ endif
ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), qmk-dfu)
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_QMK_DFU
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_DFU
ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), atmega32u4)
ifneq (,$(filter $(MCU), at90usb646 atmega16u2 atmega16u4 atmega32u2 atmega32u4))
BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)), at90usb1286)
@ -76,6 +78,10 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), bootloadHID)
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_BOOTLOADHID
BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), USBasp)
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_USBASP
BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
endif
ifdef BOOTLOADER_SIZE
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=$(strip $(BOOTLOADER_SIZE))

27
build_json.mk Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
# Look for a json keymap file
ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/keymap.json)","")
KEYMAP_C := $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/keymap.c
KEYMAP_JSON := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/keymap.json
KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)
else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/keymap.json)","")
KEYMAP_C := $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/keymap.c
KEYMAP_JSON := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/keymap.json
KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)
else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/keymap.json)","")
KEYMAP_C := $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/keymap.c
KEYMAP_JSON := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/keymap.json
KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)
else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/keymap.json)","")
KEYMAP_C := $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/keymap.c
KEYMAP_JSON := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/keymap.json
KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)
else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/keymap.json)","")
KEYMAP_C := $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/keymap.c
KEYMAP_JSON := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/keymap.json
KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)
endif
# Generate the keymap.c
ifneq ("$(KEYMAP_JSON)","")
_ = $(shell test -e $(KEYMAP_C) || bin/qmk json-keymap $(KEYMAP_JSON) -o $(KEYMAP_C))
endif

33
build_keyboard.mk
View File

@ -98,6 +98,11 @@ MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
# Check for keymap.json first, so we can regenerate keymap.c
include build_json.mk
ifeq ("$(wildcard $(KEYMAP_PATH))", "")
# Look through the possible keymap folders until we find a matching keymap.c
ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/keymap.c)","")
-include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/rules.mk
KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/keymap.c
@ -119,11 +124,13 @@ else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/keymap.c)","")
KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/keymap.c
KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)
else ifneq ($(LAYOUTS),)
# If we haven't found a keymap yet fall back to community layouts
include build_layout.mk
else
$(error Could not find keymap)
# this state should never be reached
endif
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(CTPC)), yes)
CONVERT_TO_PROTON_C=yes
@ -280,6 +287,23 @@ ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/config.h)","")
CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/config.h
endif
POST_CONFIG_H :=
ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/post_config.h)","")
POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/post_config.h
endif
ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/post_config.h)","")
POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/post_config.h
endif
ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/post_config.h)","")
POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/post_config.h
endif
ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/post_config.h)","")
POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/post_config.h
endif
ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/post_config.h)","")
POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/post_config.h
endif
# Save the defines and includes here, so we don't include any keymap specific ones
PROJECT_DEFS := $(OPT_DEFS)
PROJECT_INC := $(VPATH) $(EXTRAINCDIRS) $(KEYBOARD_PATHS)
@ -296,7 +320,6 @@ ifneq ("$(wildcard $(USER_PATH)/config.h)","")
CONFIG_H += $(USER_PATH)/config.h
endif
# Object files directory
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
# this an empty or blank macro!
@ -306,8 +329,7 @@ ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h)","")
CONFIG_H += $(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h
endif
# # project specific files
SRC += $(patsubst %.c,%.clib,$(LIB_SRC))
# project specific files
SRC += $(KEYBOARD_SRC) \
$(KEYMAP_C) \
$(QUANTUM_SRC)
@ -317,15 +339,16 @@ SRC += $(KEYBOARD_SRC) \
# Search Path
VPATH += $(KEYMAP_PATH)
VPATH += $(USER_PATH)
VPATH += $(KEYBOARD_PATHS)
VPATH += $(COMMON_VPATH)
VPATH += $(USER_PATH)
include common_features.mk
include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol.mk
include $(TMK_PATH)/common.mk
include bootloader.mk
SRC += $(patsubst %.c,%.clib,$(LIB_SRC))
SRC += $(patsubst %.c,%.clib,$(QUANTUM_LIB_SRC))
SRC += $(TMK_COMMON_SRC)
OPT_DEFS += $(TMK_COMMON_DEFS)
@ -355,6 +378,7 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(VISUALIZER_ENABLE)), yes)
include $(VISUALIZER_PATH)/visualizer.mk
endif
CONFIG_H += $(POST_CONFIG_H)
ALL_CONFIGS := $(PROJECT_CONFIG) $(CONFIG_H)
OUTPUTS := $(KEYMAP_OUTPUT) $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)
@ -374,6 +398,7 @@ $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)_CONFIG := $(PROJECT_CONFIG)
all: build check-size
build: elf cpfirmware
check-size: build
objs-size: build
include show_options.mk
include $(TMK_PATH)/rules.mk

53
common_features.mk
View File

@ -103,7 +103,9 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(UNICODE_COMMON)), yes)
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
POST_CONFIG_H += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgblight_post_config.h
OPT_DEFS += -DRGBLIGHT_ENABLE
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/color.c
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgblight.c
CIE1931_CURVE = yes
LED_BREATHING_TABLE = yes
@ -131,7 +133,7 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(LED_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3731)
OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3731
COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
SRC += is31fl3731-simple.c
SRC += i2c_master.c
QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += i2c_master.c
endif
RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE ?= no
@ -155,21 +157,21 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3731)
OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3731 -DSTM32_I2C -DHAL_USE_I2C=TRUE
COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
SRC += is31fl3731.c
SRC += i2c_master.c
QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += i2c_master.c
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3733)
OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3733 -DSTM32_I2C -DHAL_USE_I2C=TRUE
COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
SRC += is31fl3733.c
SRC += i2c_master.c
QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += i2c_master.c
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3737)
OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3737 -DSTM32_I2C -DHAL_USE_I2C=TRUE
COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
SRC += is31fl3737.c
SRC += i2c_master.c
QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += i2c_master.c
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), WS2812)
@ -177,6 +179,14 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), WS2812)
SRC += ws2812.c
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_KB)), yes)
OPT_DEFS += -DRGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_KB
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_USER)), yes)
OPT_DEFS += -DRGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_USER
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(TAP_DANCE_ENABLE)), yes)
OPT_DEFS += -DTAP_DANCE_ENABLE
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c
@ -257,20 +267,21 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(ENCODER_ENABLE)), yes)
OPT_DEFS += -DENCODER_ENABLE
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(HAPTIC_ENABLE)), DRV2605L)
HAPTIC_ENABLE ?= no
ifneq ($(strip $(HAPTIC_ENABLE)),no)
COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/haptic
SRC += haptic.c
SRC += DRV2605L.c
SRC += i2c_master.c
OPT_DEFS += -DHAPTIC_ENABLE
endif
ifneq ($(filter DRV2605L, $(HAPTIC_ENABLE)), )
SRC += DRV2605L.c
QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += i2c_master.c
OPT_DEFS += -DDRV2605L
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(HAPTIC_ENABLE)), SOLENOID)
COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/haptic
SRC += haptic.c
ifneq ($(filter SOLENOID, $(HAPTIC_ENABLE)), )
SRC += solenoid.c
OPT_DEFS += -DHAPTIC_ENABLE
OPT_DEFS += -DSOLENOID_ENABLE
endif
@ -318,6 +329,7 @@ ifneq ($(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)), custom)
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(SPLIT_KEYBOARD)), yes)
POST_CONFIG_H += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/post_config.h
OPT_DEFS += -DSPLIT_KEYBOARD
# Include files used by all split keyboards
@ -334,3 +346,22 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(SPLIT_KEYBOARD)), yes)
endif
COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/split_common
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE)), yes)
OPT_DEFS += -DOLED_DRIVER_ENABLE
COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/oled
QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += i2c_master.c
SRC += oled_driver.c
endif
SPACE_CADET_ENABLE ?= yes
ifeq ($(strip $(SPACE_CADET_ENABLE)), yes)
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_space_cadet.c
OPT_DEFS += -DSPACE_CADET_ENABLE
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(DIP_SWITCH_ENABLE)), yes)
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/dip_switch.c
OPT_DEFS += -DDIP_SWITCH_ENABLE
endif

53
docs/ChangeLog/20190830.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
# QMK Breaking Change - 2019 Aug 30
Four times a year QMK runs a process for merging Breaking Changes. A Breaking Change is any change which modifies how QMK behaves in a way that is incompatible or potentially dangerous. We limit these changes to 4 times per year so that users can have confidence that updating their QMK tree will not break their keymaps.
This document marks the inaugural Breaking Change merge. A list of changes follows.
## Core code formatting with clang-format
* All core files (`drivers/`, `quantum/`, `tests/`, and `tmk_core/`) have been formatted with clang-format
* A travis process to reformat PR's on merge has been instituted
* You can use the new CLI command `qmk cformat` to format before submitting your PR if you wish.
## LUFA USB descriptor cleanup
* Some code cleanups related to the USB HID descriptors on AVR keyboards, to make them easier to read and understand
* More information: see https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/4871
* No behaviour changes anticipated and no keymaps modified
## Migrating `ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY()` entries in `fn_actions` to `MO()` keycodes
* `fn_actions` is deprecated, and its functionality has been superseded by direct keycodes and `process_record_user()`
* The end result of removing this obsolete feature should result in a decent reduction in firmware size and code complexity
* All keymaps affected are recommended to switch away from `fn_actions` in favour of the [custom keycode](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/custom_quantum_functions) and [macro](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/feature_macros) features
## Update Atreus to current code conventions
* Duplicate include guards have bypassed the expected header processing behavior
* All keymaps affected are recommended to remove duplication of `<keyboard>/config.h` to `<keyboard>/keymaps/<user>/config.h` and only provide overrides at the keymap level
## Backport changes to keymap language files from ZSA fork
* Fixes an issue in the `keymap_br_abnt2.h` file that includes the wrong source (`keymap_common.h` instead of `keymap.h`)
* Updates the `keymap_swedish.h` file to be specific to swedish, and not just "nordic" in general.
* Any keymaps using this will need to remove `NO_*` and replace it with `SE_*`.
## Update repo to use LUFA as a git submodule
* `/lib/LUFA` removed from the repo
* LUFA set as a submodule, pointing to qmk/lufa
* This should allow more flexibility with LUFA, and allow us to keep the sub-module up to date, a lot more easily. It was ~2 years out of date with no easy path to fix that. This prevents that from being an issue in the future
## Migrating `ACTION_BACKLIGHT_*()` entries in `fn_actions` to `BL_` keycodes
* `fn_actions` is deprecated, and its functionality has been superseded by direct keycodes and `process_record_user()`
* All keymaps using these actions have had the relevant `KC_FN*` keys replaced with the equivalent `BL_*` keys
* If you currently use `KC_FN*` you will need to replace `fn_actions` with the [custom keycode](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/custom_quantum_functions) and [macro](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/feature_macros) features
## Remove `KC_DELT` alias in favor of `KC_DEL`
* `KC_DELT` was a redundant, undocumented alias for `KC_DELETE`
* It has been removed and all its uses replaced with the more common `KC_DEL` alias
* Around 90 keymaps (mostly for ErgoDox boards) have been modified as a result

20
docs/_summary.md
View File

@ -8,15 +8,21 @@
* [QMK Basics](README.md)
* [QMK Introduction](getting_started_introduction.md)
* [QMK CLI](cli.md)
* [QMK CLI Config](cli_configuration.md)
* [Contributing to QMK](contributing.md)
* [How to Use Github](getting_started_github.md)
* [Getting Help](getting_started_getting_help.md)
* [Breaking Changes](breaking_changes.md)
* [2019 Aug 30](ChangeLog/20190830.md)
* [FAQ](faq.md)
* [General FAQ](faq_general.md)
* [Build/Compile QMK](faq_build.md)
* [Debugging/Troubleshooting QMK](faq_debug.md)
* [Keymap](faq_keymap.md)
* [Driver Installation with Zadig](driver_installation_zadig.md)
* Detailed Guides
* [Install Build Tools](getting_started_build_tools.md)
@ -34,6 +40,8 @@
* [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
* [Config Options](config_options.md)
* [Keycodes](keycodes.md)
* [Coding Conventions - C](coding_conventions_c.md)
* [Coding Conventions - Python](coding_conventions_python.md)
* [Documentation Best Practices](documentation_best_practices.md)
* [Documentation Templates](documentation_templates.md)
* [Glossary](reference_glossary.md)
@ -41,6 +49,7 @@
* [Useful Functions](ref_functions.md)
* [Configurator Support](reference_configurator_support.md)
* [info.json Format](reference_info_json.md)
* [Python CLI Development](cli_development.md)
* [Features](features.md)
* [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md)
@ -52,24 +61,29 @@
* [Backlight](feature_backlight.md)
* [Bluetooth](feature_bluetooth.md)
* [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
* [Combos](feature_combo)
* [Combos](feature_combo.md)
* [Command](feature_command.md)
* [Debounce API](feature_debounce_type.md)
* [DIP Switch](feature_dip_switch.md)
* [Dynamic Macros](feature_dynamic_macros.md)
* [Encoders](feature_encoders.md)
* [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md)
* [Haptic Feedback](feature_haptic_feedback.md)
* [HD44780 LCD Controller](feature_hd44780.md)
* [Key Lock](feature_key_lock.md)
* [Layouts](feature_layouts.md)
* [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md)
* [LED Matrix](feature_led_matrix.md)
* [Macros](feature_macros.md)
* [Mouse Keys](feature_mouse_keys.md)
* [OLED Driver](feature_oled_driver.md)
* [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)
* [Pointing Device](feature_pointing_device.md)
* [PS/2 Mouse](feature_ps2_mouse.md)
* [RGB Lighting](feature_rgblight.md)
* [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md)
* [Space Cadet Shift](feature_space_cadet_shift.md)
* [Space Cadet Shift Enter](feature_space_cadet_shift_enter.md)
* [Space Cadet](feature_space_cadet.md)
* [Split Keyboard](feature_split_keyboard.md)
* [Stenography](feature_stenography.md)
* [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md)
* [Tap Dance](feature_tap_dance.md)

107
docs/breaking_changes.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
# Breaking Changes
This document describes QMK's Breaking Change process. A Breaking Change is any change which modifies how QMK behaves in a way that in incompatible or potentially dangerous. We limit these changes so that users can have confidence that updating their QMK tree will not break their keymaps.
The breaking change period is when we will merge PR's that change QMK in dangerous or unexpected ways. There is a built-in period of testing so we are confident that any problems caused are rare or unable to be predicted.
## What has been included in past Breaking Changes?
* [2019 Aug 30](ChangeLog/20190830.md)
## When is the next Breaking Change?
The next Breaking Change is scheduled for Nov 29.
### Important Dates
* [x] 2019 Sep 21 - `future` is created. It will be rebased weekly.
* [ ] 2019 Nov 01 - `future` closed to new PR's.
* [ ] 2019 Nov 01 - Call for testers.
* [ ] 2019 Nov 27 - `master` is locked, no PR's merged.
* [ ] 2019 Nov 29 - Merge `future` to `master`.
* [ ] 2019 Nov 30 - `master` is unlocked. PR's can be merged again.
## What changes will be included?
To see a list of breaking change candidates you can look at the [`breaking_change` label](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls?q=is%3Aopen+label%3Abreaking_change+is%3Apr). New changes might be added between now and when `future` is closed, and a PR with that label applied is not guaranteed to be merged.
If you want your breaking change to be included in this round you need to create a PR with the `breaking_change` label and have it accepted before `future` closes. After `future` closes no new breaking changes will be accepted.
Criteria for acceptance:
* PR is complete and ready to merge
* PR has a ChangeLog
# Checklists
This section documents various processes we use when running the Breaking Changes process.
## Rebase `future` from `master`
This is run every Friday while `future` is open.
Process:
```
cd qmk_firmware
git checkout master
git pull --ff-only
git checkout future
git rebase master
git push --force
```
## Creating the `future` branch
This happens immediately after the previous `future` branch is merged.
* `qmk_firmware` git commands
* [ ] `git checkout master`
* [ ] `git pull --ff-only`
* [ ] `git checkout -b future`
* [ ] Edit `readme.md`
* [ ] Add a big notice at the top that this is a testing branch.
* [ ] Include a link to this document
* [ ] `git commit -m 'Branch point for <DATE> Breaking Change'`
* [ ] `git tag breakpoint_<YYYY>_<MM>_<DD>`
* [ ] `git tag <next_version>` # Prevent the breakpoint tag from confusing version incrementing
* [ ] `git push origin future`
* [ ] `git push --tags`
## 4 Weeks Before Merge
* `future` is now closed to new PR's, only fixes for current PR's may be merged
* Post call for testers
* [ ] Discord
* [ ] GitHub PR
* [ ] https://reddit.com/r/olkb
## 1 Week Before Merge
* Announce that master will be closed from <2 Days Before> to <Day of Merge>
* [ ] Discord
* [ ] GitHub PR
* [ ] https://reddit.com/r/olkb
## 2 Days Before Merge
* Announce that master is closed for 2 days
* [ ] Discord
* [ ] GitHub PR
* [ ] https://reddit.com/r/olkb
## Day Of Merge
* `qmk_firmware` git commands
* [ ] `git checkout future`
* [ ] `git pull --ff-only`
* [ ] `git rebase origin/master`
* [ ] Edit `readme.md`
* [ ] Remove the notes about `future`
* [ ] Roll up the ChangeLog into one file.
* [ ] `git commit -m 'Merge point for <DATE> Breaking Change'`
* [ ] `git push origin future`
* Github Actions
* [ ] Create a PR for `future`
* [ ] Make sure travis comes back clean
* [ ] Merge `future` PR

146
docs/cli.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
# QMK CLI
This page describes how to setup and use the QMK CLI.
# Overview
The QMK CLI makes building and working with QMK keyboards easier. We have provided a number of commands to simplify and streamline tasks such as obtaining and compiling the QMK firmware, creating keymaps, and more.
* [Global CLI](#global-cli)
* [Local CLI](#local-cli)
* [CLI Commands](#cli-commands)
# Requirements
The CLI requires Python 3.5 or greater. We try to keep the number of requirements small but you will also need to install the packages listed in [`requirements.txt`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/requirements.txt).
# Global CLI
QMK provides an installable CLI that can be used to setup your QMK build environment, work with QMK, and which makes working with multiple copies of `qmk_firmware` easier. We recommend installing and updating this periodically.
## Install Using Homebrew (macOS, some Linux)
If you have installed [Homebrew](https://brew.sh) you can tap and install QMK:
```
brew tap qmk/qmk
brew install qmk
export QMK_HOME='~/qmk_firmware' # Optional, set the location for `qmk_firmware`
qmk setup # This will clone `qmk/qmk_firmware` and optionally set up your build environment
```
## Install Using easy_install or pip
If your system is not listed above you can install QMK manually. First ensure that you have python 3.5 (or later) installed and have installed pip. Then install QMK with this command:
```
pip3 install qmk
export QMK_HOME='~/qmk_firmware' # Optional, set the location for `qmk_firmware`
qmk setup # This will clone `qmk/qmk_firmware` and optionally set up your build environment
```
## Packaging For Other Operating Systems
We are looking for people to create and maintain a `qmk` package for more operating systems. If you would like to create a package for your OS please follow these guidelines:
* Follow best practices for your OS when they conflict with these guidelines
* Documment why in a comment when you do deviate
* Install using a virtualenv
* Instruct the user to set the environment variable `QMK_HOME` to have the firmware source checked out somewhere other than `~/qmk_firmware`.
# Local CLI
If you do not want to use the global CLI there is a local CLI bundled with `qmk_firmware`. You can find it in `qmk_firmware/bin/qmk`. You can run the `qmk` command from any directory and it will always operate on that copy of `qmk_firmware`.
**Example**:
```
$ ~/qmk_firmware/bin/qmk hello
Ψ Hello, World!
```
## Local CLI Limitations
There are some limitations to the local CLI compared to the global CLI:
* The local CLI does not support `qmk setup` or `qmk clone`
* The local CLI always operates on the same `qmk_firmware` tree, even if you have multiple repositories cloned.
* The local CLI does not run in a virtualenv, so it's possible that dependencies will conflict
# CLI Commands
## `qmk compile`
This command allows you to compile firmware from any directory. You can compile JSON exports from <https://config.qmk.fm> or compile keymaps in the repo.
**Usage for Configurator Exports**:
```
qmk compile <configuratorExport.json>
```
**Usage for Keymaps**:
```
qmk compile -kb <keyboard_name> -km <keymap_name>
```
## `qmk cformat`
This command formats C code using clang-format. Run it with no arguments to format all core code, or pass filenames on the command line to run it on specific files.
**Usage**:
```
qmk cformat [file1] [file2] [...] [fileN]
```
## `qmk config`
This command lets you configure the behavior of QMK. For the full `qmk config` documentation see [CLI Configuration](cli_configuration.md).
**Usage**:
```
qmk config [-ro] [config_token1] [config_token2] [...] [config_tokenN]
```
## `qmk doctor`
This command examines your environment and alerts you to potential build or flash problems.
**Usage**:
```
qmk doctor
```
## `qmk new-keymap`
This command creates a new keymap based on a keyboard's existing default keymap.
**Usage**:
```
qmk new-keymap [-kb KEYBOARD] [-km KEYMAP]
```
## `qmk pyformat`
This command formats python code in `qmk_firmware`.
**Usage**:
```
qmk pyformat
```
## `qmk pytest`
This command runs the python test suite. If you make changes to python code you should ensure this runs successfully.
**Usage**:
```
qmk pytest
```

121
docs/cli_configuration.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
# QMK CLI Configuration
This document explains how `qmk config` works.
# Introduction
Configuration for QMK CLI is a key/value system. Each key consists of a subcommand and an argument name separated by a period. This allows for a straightforward and direct translation between config keys and the arguments they set.
## Simple Example
As an example let's look at the command `qmk compile --keyboard clueboard/66/rev4 --keymap default`.
There are two command line arguments that could be read from configuration instead:
* `compile.keyboard`
* `compile.keymap`
Let's set these now:
```
$ qmk config compile.keyboard=clueboard/66/rev4 compile.keymap=default
compile.keyboard: None -> clueboard/66/rev4
compile.keymap: None -> default
Ψ Wrote configuration to '/Users/example/Library/Application Support/qmk/qmk.ini'
```
Now I can run `qmk compile` without specifying my keyboard and keymap each time.
## Setting User Defaults
Sometimes you want to share a setting between multiple commands. For example, multiple commands take the argument `--keyboard`. Rather than setting this value for every command you can set a user value which will be used by any command that takes that argument.
Example:
```
$ qmk config user.keyboard=clueboard/66/rev4 user.keymap=default
user.keyboard: None -> clueboard/66/rev4
user.keymap: None -> default
Ψ Wrote configuration to '/Users/example/Library/Application Support/qmk/qmk.ini'
```
# CLI Documentation (`qmk config`)
The `qmk config` command is used to interact with the underlying configuration. When run with no argument it shows the current configuration. When arguments are supplied they are assumed to be configuration tokens, which are strings containing no spaces with the following form:
<subcommand|general|default>[.<key>][=<value>]
## Setting Configuration Values
You can set configuration values by putting an equal sign (=) into your config key. The key must always be the full `<section>.<key>` form.
Example:
```
$ qmk config default.keymap=default
default.keymap: None -> default
Ψ Wrote configuration to '/Users/example/Library/Application Support/qmk/qmk.ini'
```
## Reading Configuration Values
You can read configuration values for the entire configuration, a single key, or for an entire section. You can also specify multiple keys to display more than one value.
### Entire Configuration Example
qmk config
### Whole Section Example
qmk config compile
### Single Key Example
qmk config compile.keyboard
### Multiple Keys Example
qmk config user compile.keyboard compile.keymap
## Deleting Configuration Values
You can delete a configuration value by setting it to the special string `None`.
Example:
```
$ qmk config default.keymap=None
default.keymap: default -> None
Ψ Wrote configuration to '/Users/example/Library/Application Support/qmk/qmk.ini'
```
## Multiple Operations
You can combine multiple read and write operations into a single command. They will be executed and displayed in order:
```
$ qmk config compile default.keymap=default compile.keymap=None
compile.keymap=skully
compile.keyboard=clueboard/66_hotswap/gen1
default.keymap: None -> default
compile.keymap: skully -> None
Ψ Wrote configuration to '/Users/example/Library/Application Support/qmk/qmk.ini'
```
# User Configuration Options
| Key | Default Value | Description |
|-----|---------------|-------------|
| user.keyboard | None | The keyboard path (Example: `clueboard/66/rev4`) |
| user.keymap | None | The keymap name (Example: `default`) |
| user.name | None | The user's github username. |
# All Configuration Options
| Key | Default Value | Description |
|-----|---------------|-------------|
| compile.keyboard | None | The keyboard path (Example: `clueboard/66/rev4`) |
| compile.keymap | None | The keymap name (Example: `default`) |
| hello.name | None | The name to greet when run. |
| new_keyboard.keyboard | None | The keyboard path (Example: `clueboard/66/rev4`) |
| new_keyboard.keymap | None | The keymap name (Example: `default`) |

175
docs/cli_development.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
# QMK CLI Development
This document has useful information for developers wishing to write new `qmk` subcommands.
# Overview
The QMK CLI operates using the subcommand pattern made famous by git. The main `qmk` script is simply there to setup the environment and pick the correct entrypoint to run. Each subcommand is a self-contained module with an entrypoint (decorated by `@cli.subcommand()`) that performs some action and returns a shell returncode, or None.
# Subcommands
[MILC](https://github.com/clueboard/milc) is the CLI framework `qmk` uses to handle argument parsing, configuration, logging, and many other features. It lets you focus on writing your tool without wasting your time writing glue code.
Subcommands in the local CLI are always found in `qmk_firmware/lib/python/qmk/cli`.
Let's start by looking at an example subcommand. This is `lib/python/qmk/cli/hello.py`:
```python
"""QMK Python Hello World
This is an example QMK CLI script.
"""
from milc import cli
@cli.argument('-n', '--name', default='World', help='Name to greet.')
@cli.subcommand('QMK Hello World.')
def hello(cli):
"""Log a friendly greeting.
"""
cli.log.info('Hello, %s!', cli.config.hello.name)
```
First we import the `cli` object from `milc`. This is how we interact with the user and control the script's behavior. We use `@cli.argument()` to define a command line flag, `--name`. This also creates a configuration variable named `hello.name` (and the corresponding `user.name`) which the user can set so they don't have to specify the argument. The `cli.subcommand()` decorator designates this function as a subcommand. The name of the subcommand will be taken from the name of the function.
Once inside our function we find a typical "Hello, World!" program. We use `cli.log` to access the underlying [Logger Object](https://docs.python.org/3.5/library/logging.html#logger-objects), whose behavior is user controllable. We also access the value for name supplied by the user as `cli.config.hello.name`. The value for `cli.config.hello.name` will be determined by looking at the `--name` argument supplied by the user, if not provided it will use the value in the `qmk.ini` config file, and if neither of those is provided it will fall back to the default supplied in the `cli.argument()` decorator.
# User Interaction
MILC and the QMK CLI have several nice tools for interacting with the user. Using these standard tools will allow you to colorize your text for easier interactions, and allow the user to control when and how that information is displayed and stored.
## Printing Text
There are two main methods for outputting text in a subcommand- `cli.log` and `cli.echo()`. They operate in similar ways but you should prefer to use `cli.log.info()` for most general purpose printing.
You can use special tokens to colorize your text, to make it easier to understand the output of your program. See [Colorizing Text](#colorizing-text) below.
Both of these methods support built-in string formatting using python's [printf style string format operations](https://docs.python.org/3.5/library/stdtypes.html#old-string-formatting). You can use tokens such as `%s` and `%d` within your text strings then pass the values as arguments. See our Hello, World program above for an example.
You should never use the format operator (`%`) directly, always pass values as arguments.
### Logging (`cli.log`)
The `cli.log` object gives you access to a [Logger Object](https://docs.python.org/3.5/library/logging.html#logger-objects). We have configured our log output to show the user a nice emoji for each log level (or the log level name if their terminal does not support unicode.) This way the user can tell at a glance which messages are most important when something goes wrong.
The default log level is `INFO`. If the user runs `qmk -v <subcommand>` the default log level will be set to `DEBUG`.
| Function | Emoji |
|----------|-------|
| cli.log.critical | `{bg_red}{fg_white}¬_¬{style_reset_all}` |
| cli.log.error | `{fg_red}☒{style_reset_all}` |
| cli.log.warning | `{fg_yellow}⚠{style_reset_all}` |
| cli.log.info | `{fg_blue}Ψ{style_reset_all}` |
| cli.log.debug | `{fg_cyan}☐{style_reset_all}` |
| cli.log.notset | `{style_reset_all}¯\\_(o_o)_/¯` |
### Printing (`cli.echo`)
Sometimes you simply need to print text outside of the log system. This is appropriate if you are outputting fixed data or writing out something that should never be logged. Most of the time you should prefer `cli.log.info()` over `cli.echo`.
### Colorizing Text
You can colorize the output of your text by including color tokens within text. Use color to highlight, not to convey information. Remember that the user can disable color, and your subcommand should still be usable if they do.
You should generally avoid setting the background color, unless it's integral to what you are doing. Remember that users have a lot of preferences when it comes to their terminal color, so you should pick colors that work well against both black and white backgrounds.
Colors prefixed with 'fg' will affect the foreground (text) color. Colors prefixed with 'bg' will affect the background color.
| Color | Background | Extended Background | Foreground | Extended Foreground|
|-------|------------|---------------------|------------|--------------------|
| Black | {bg_black} | {bg_lightblack_ex} | {fg_black} | {fg_lightblack_ex} |
| Blue | {bg_blue} | {bg_lightblue_ex} | {fg_blue} | {fg_lightblue_ex} |
| Cyan | {bg_cyan} | {bg_lightcyan_ex} | {fg_cyan} | {fg_lightcyan_ex} |
| Green | {bg_green} | {bg_lightgreen_ex} | {fg_green} | {fg_lightgreen_ex} |
| Magenta | {bg_magenta} | {bg_lightmagenta_ex} | {fg_magenta} | {fg_lightmagenta_ex} |
| Red | {bg_red} | {bg_lightred_ex} | {fg_red} | {fg_lightred_ex} |
| White | {bg_white} | {bg_lightwhite_ex} | {fg_white} | {fg_lightwhite_ex} |
| Yellow | {bg_yellow} | {bg_lightyellow_ex} | {fg_yellow} | {fg_lightyellow_ex} |
There are also control sequences that can be used to change the behavior of
ANSI output:
| Control Sequences | Description |
|-------------------|-------------|
| {style_bright} | Make the text brighter |
| {style_dim} | Make the text dimmer |
| {style_normal} | Make the text normal (neither `{style_bright}` nor `{style_dim}`) |
| {style_reset_all} | Reset all text attributes to default. (This is automatically added to the end of every string.) |
| {bg_reset} | Reset the background color to the user's default |
| {fg_reset} | Reset the foreground color to the user's default |
# Arguments and Configuration
QMK handles the details of argument parsing and configuration for you. When you add a new argument it is automatically incorporated into the config tree based on your subcommand's name and the long name of the argument. You can access this configuration in `cli.config`, using either attribute-style access (`cli.config.<subcommand>.<argument>`) or dictionary-style access (`cli.config['<subcommand>']['<argument>']`).
Under the hood QMK uses [ConfigParser](https://docs.python.org/3/library/configparser.html) to store configurations. This gives us an easy and straightforward way to represent the configuration in a human-editable way. We have wrapped access to this configuration to provide some nicities that ConfigParser does not normally have.
## Reading Configuration Values
You can interact with `cli.config` in all the ways you'd normally expect. For example the `qmk compile` command gets the keyboard name from `cli.config.compile.keyboard`. It does not need to know whether that value came from the command line, an environment variable, or the configuration file.
Iteration is also supported:
```
for section in cli.config:
for key in cli.config[section]:
cli.log.info('%s.%s: %s', section, key, cli.config[section][key])
```
## Setting Configuration Values
You can set configuration values in the usual ways.
Dictionary style:
```
cli.config['<section>']['<key>'] = <value>
```
Attribute style:
```
cli.config.<section>.<key> = <value>
```
## Deleting Configuration Values
You can delete configuration values in the usual ways.
Dictionary style:
```
del(cli.config['<section>']['<key>'])
```
Attribute style:
```
del(cli.config.<section>.<key>)
```
## Writing The Configuration File
The configuration is not written out when it is changed. Most commands do not need to do this. We prefer to have the user change their configuration deliberitely using `qmk config`.
You can use `cli.save_config()` to write out the configuration.
## Excluding Arguments From Configuration
Some arguments should not be propagated to the configuration file. These can be excluded by adding `arg_only=True` when creating the argument.
Example:
```
@cli.argument('-o', '--output', arg_only=True, help='File to write to')
@cli.argument('filename', arg_only=True, help='Configurator JSON file')
@cli.subcommand('Create a keymap.c from a QMK Configurator export.')
def json_keymap(cli):
pass
```
You will only be able to access these arguments using `cli.args`. For example:
```
cli.log.info('Reading from %s and writing to %s', cli.args.filename, cli.args.output)
```

58
docs/coding_conventions_c.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
# Coding Conventions (C)
Most of our style is pretty easy to pick up on, but right now it's not entirely consistent. You should match the style of the code surrounding your change, but if that code is inconsistent or unclear use the following guidelines:
* We indent using four (4) spaces (soft tabs)
* We use a modified One True Brace Style
* Opening Brace: At the end of the same line as the statement that opens the block
* Closing Brace: Lined up with the first character of the statement that opens the block
* Else If: Place the closing brace at the beginning of the line and the next opening brace at the end of the same line.
* Optional Braces: Always include optional braces.
* Good: if (condition) { return false; }
* Bad: if (condition) return false;
* We encourage use of C style comments: `/* */`
* Think of them as a story describing the feature
* Use them liberally to explain why particular decisions were made.
* Do not write obvious comments
* If you not sure if a comment is obvious, go ahead and include it.
* In general we don't wrap lines, they can be as long as needed. If you do choose to wrap lines please do not wrap any wider than 76 columns.
* We use `#pragma once` at the start of header files rather than old-style include guards (`#ifndef THIS_FILE_H`, `#define THIS_FILE_H`, ..., `#endif`)
* We accept both forms of preprocessor if's: `#ifdef DEFINED` and `#if defined(DEFINED)`
* If you are not sure which to prefer use the `#if defined(DEFINED)` form.
* Do not change existing code from one style to the other, except when moving to a multiple condition `#if`.
* Do not put whitespace between `#` and `if`.
* When deciding how (or if) to indent directives keep these points in mind:
* Readability is more important than consistency.
* Follow the file's existing style. If the file is mixed follow the style that makes sense for the section you are modifying.
* When choosing to indent you can follow the indention level of the surrounding C code, or preprocessor directives can have their own indent level. Choose the style that best communicates the intent of your code.
Here is an example for easy reference:
```c
/* Enums for foo */
enum foo_state {
FOO_BAR,
FOO_BAZ,
};
/* Returns a value */
int foo(void) {
if (some_condition) {
return FOO_BAR;
} else {
return -1;
}
}
```
# Auto-formatting with clang-format
[Clang-format](https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html) is part of LLVM and can automatically format your code for you, because ain't nobody got time to do it manually. We supply a configuration file for it that applies most of the coding conventions listed above. It will only change whitespace and newlines, so you will still have to remember to include optional braces yourself.
Use the [full LLVM installer](http://llvm.org/builds/) to get clang-format on Windows, or use `sudo apt install clang-format` on Ubuntu.
If you run it from the command-line, pass `-style=file` as an option and it will automatically find the .clang-format configuration file in the QMK root directory.
If you use VSCode, the standard C/C++ plugin supports clang-format, alternatively there is a [separate extension](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=LLVMExtensions.ClangFormat) for it.
Some things (like LAYOUT macros) are destroyed by clang-format, so either don't run it on those files, or wrap the sensitive code in `// clang-format off` and `// clang-format on`.

314
docs/coding_conventions_python.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
# Coding Conventions (Python)
Most of our style follows PEP8 with some local modifications to make things less nit-picky.
* We target Python 3.5 for compatability with all supported platforms.
* We indent using four (4) spaces (soft tabs)
* We encourage liberal use of comments
* Think of them as a story describing the feature
* Use them liberally to explain why particular decisions were made.
* Do not write obvious comments
* If you not sure if a comment is obvious, go ahead and include it.
* We require useful docstrings for all functions.
* In general we don't wrap lines, they can be as long as needed. If you do choose to wrap lines please do not wrap any wider than 76 columns.
* Some of our practices conflict with the wider python community to make our codebase more approachable to non-pythonistas.
# YAPF
You can use [yapf](https://github.com/google/yapf) to style your code. We provide a config in [setup.cfg](setup.cfg).
# Imports
We don't have a hard and fast rule for when to use `import ...` vs `from ... import ...`. Understandability and maintainability is our ultimate goal.
Generally we prefer to import specific function and class names from a module to keep code shorter and easier to understand. Sometimes this results in a name that is ambiguous, and in such cases we prefer to import the module instead. You should avoid using the "as" keyword when importing, unless you are importing a compatability module.
Imports should be one line per module. We group import statements together using the standard python rules- system, 3rd party, local.
Do not use `from foo import *`. Supply a list of objects you want to import instead, or import the whole module.
## Import Examples
Good:
```
from qmk import effects
effects.echo()
```
Bad:
```
from qmk.effects import echo
echo() # It's unclear where echo comes from
```
Good:
```
from qmk.keymap import compile_firmware
compile_firmware()
```
OK, but the above is better:
```
import qmk.keymap
qmk.keymap.compile_firmware()
```
# Statements
One statement per line.
Even when allowed (EG `if foo: bar`) we do not combine 2 statements onto a single line.
# Naming
`module_name`, `package_name`, `ClassName`, `method_name`, `ExceptionName`, `function_name`, `GLOBAL_CONSTANT_NAME`, `global_var_name`, `instance_var_name`, `function_parameter_name`, `local_var_name`.
Function names, variable names, and filenames should be descriptive; eschew abbreviation. In particular, do not use abbreviations that are ambiguous or unfamiliar to readers outside your project, and do not abbreviate by deleting letters within a word.
Always use a .py filename extension. Never use dashes.
## Names to Avoid
* single character names except for counters or iterators. You may use "e" as an exception identifier in try/except statements.
* dashes (-) in any package/module name
* __double_leading_and_trailing_underscore__ names (reserved by Python)
# Docstrings
To maintain consistency with our docstrings we've set out the following guidelines.
* Use markdown formatting
* Always use triple-dquote docstrings with at least one linebreak: `"""\n"""`
* First line is a short (< 70 char) description of what the function does
* If you need more in your docstring leave a blank line between the description and the rest.
* Start indented lines at the same indent level as the opening triple-dquote
* Document all function arguments using the format described below
* If present, Args:, Returns:, and Raises: should be the last three things in the docstring, separated by a blank line each.
## Simple docstring example
```
def my_awesome_function():
"""Return the number of seconds since 1970 Jan 1 00:00 UTC.
"""
return int(time.time())
```
## Complex docstring example
```
def my_awesome_function():
"""Return the number of seconds since 1970 Jan 1 00:00 UTC.
This function always returns an integer number of seconds.
"""
return int(time.time())
```
## Function arguments docstring example
```
def my_awesome_function(start=None, offset=0):
"""Return the number of seconds since 1970 Jan 1 00:00 UTC.
This function always returns an integer number of seconds.
Args:
start
The time to start at instead of 1970 Jan 1 00:00 UTC
offset
Return an answer that has this number of seconds subtracted first
Returns:
An integer describing a number of seconds.
Raises:
ValueError
When `start` or `offset` are not positive numbers
"""
if start < 0 or offset < 0:
raise ValueError('start and offset must be positive numbers.')
if not start:
start = time.time()
return int(start - offset)
```
# Exceptions
Exceptions are used to handle exceptional situations. They should not be used for flow control. This is a break from the python norm of "ask for forgiveness." If you are catching an exception it should be to handle a situation that is unusual.
If you use a catch-all exception for any reason you must log the exception and stacktrace using cli.log.
Make your try/except blocks as short as possible. If you need a lot of try statements you may need to restructure your code.
# Tuples
When defining one-item tuples always include a trailing comma so that it is obvious you are using a tuple. Do not rely on implicit one-item tuple unpacking. Better still use a list which is unambiguous.
This is particularly important when using the printf-style format strings that are commonly used.
# Lists and Dictionaries
We have configured YAPF to differentiate between sequence styles with a trailing comma. When a trailing comma is omitted YAPF will format the sequence as a single line. When a trailing comma is included YAPF will format the sequence with one item per line.
You should generally prefer to keep short definition on a single line. Break out to multiple lines sooner rather than later to aid readability and maintainability.
# Parentheses
Avoid excessive parentheses, but do use parentheses to make code easier to understand. Do not use them in return statements unless you are explicitly returning a tuple, or it is part of a math expression.
# Format Strings
We generally prefer printf-style format strings. Example:
```
name = 'World'
print('Hello, %s!' % (name,))
```
This style is used by the logging module, which we make use of extensively, and we have adopted it in other places for consistency. It is also more familiar to C programmers, who are a big part of our casual audience.
Our included CLI module has support for using these without using the percent (%) operator. Look at `cli.echo()` and the various `cli.log` functions (EG, `cli.log.info()`) for more details.
# Comprehensions & Generator Expressions
We encourage the liberal use of comprehensions and generators, but do not let them get too complex. If you need complexity fall back to a for loop that is easier to understand.
# Lambdas
OK to use but probably should be avoided. With comprehensions and generators the need for lambdas is not as strong as it once was.
# Conditional Expressions
OK in variable assignment, but otherwise should be avoided.
Conditional expressions are if statements that are in line with code. For example:
```
x = 1 if cond else 2
```
It's generally not a good idea to use these as function arguments, sequence items, etc. It's too easy to overlook.
# Default Argument Values
Encouraged, but values must be immutable objects.
When specifying default values in argument lists always be careful to specify objects that can't be modified in place. If you use a mutable object the changes you make will persist between calls, which is usually not what you want. Even if that is what you intend to do it is confusing for others and will hinder understanding.
Bad:
```
def my_func(foo={}):
pass
```
Good:
```
def my_func(foo=None):
if not foo:
foo = {}
```
# Properties
Always use properties instead of getter and setter functions.
```
class Foo(object):
def __init__(self):
self._bar = None
@property
def bar(self):
return self._bar
@bar.setter
def bar(self, bar):
self._bar = bar
```
# True/False Evaluations
You should generally prefer the implicit True/False evaluation in if statements, rather than checking equivalency.
Bad:
```
if foo == True:
pass
if bar == False:
pass
```
Good:
```
if foo:
pass
if not bar:
pass
```
# Decorators
Use when appropriate. Try to avoid too much magic unless it helps with understanding.
# Threading and Multiprocessing
Should be avoided. If you need this you will have to make a strong case before we merge your code.
# Power Features
Python is an extremely flexible language and gives you many fancy features such as custom metaclasses, access to bytecode, on-the-fly compilation, dynamic inheritance, object reparenting, import hacks, reflection, modification of system internals, etc.
Don't use these.
Performance is not a critical concern for us, and code understandability is. We want our codebase to be approachable by someone who only has a day or two to play with it. These features generally come with a cost to easy understanding, and we would prefer to have code that can be readily understood over faster or more compact code.
Note that some standard library modules use these techniques and it is ok to make use of those modules. But please keep readability and understandability in mind when using them.
# Type Annotated Code
For now we are not using any type annotation system, and would prefer that code remain unannotated. We may revisit this in the future.
# Function length
Prefer small and focused functions.
We recognize that long functions are sometimes appropriate, so no hard limit is placed on function length. If a function exceeds about 40 lines, think about whether it can be broken up without harming the structure of the program.
Even if your long function works perfectly now, someone modifying it in a few months may add new behavior. This could result in bugs that are hard to find. Keeping your functions short and simple makes it easier for other people to read and modify your code.
You could find long and complicated functions when working with some code. Do not be intimidated by modifying existing code: if working with such a function proves to be difficult, you find that errors are hard to debug, or you want to use a piece of it in several different contexts, consider breaking up the function into smaller and more manageable pieces.
# FIXMEs
It is OK to leave FIXMEs in code. Why? Encouraging people to at least document parts of code that need to be thought out more (or that are confusing) is better than leaving this code undocumented.
All FIXMEs should be formatted like:
```
FIXME(username): Revisit this code when the frob feature is done.
```
...where username is your GitHub username.
# Unit Tests
These are good. We should have some one day.

29
docs/config_options.md
View File

@ -76,25 +76,27 @@ This is a C header file that is one of the first things included, and will persi
* `#define B7_AUDIO`
* enables audio on pin B7 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]\_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]\_AUDIO)
* `#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7`
* pin of the backlight - B5, B6, B7 use PWM, others use softPWM
* pin of the backlight
* `#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3`
* number of levels your backlight will have (maximum 15 excluding off)
* `#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING`
* enables backlight breathing (only works with backlight pins B5, B6 and B7)
* enables backlight breathing
* `#define BREATHING_PERIOD 6`
* the length of one backlight "breath" in seconds
* `#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5`
* `#define DEBOUNCE 5`
* the delay when reading the value of the pin (5 is default)
* `#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE`
* mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap
* `#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE`
* tries to keep switch state consistent with keyboard LED state
* `#define IS_COMMAND() (get_mods() == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)))`
* `#define IS_COMMAND() (get_mods() == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)`
* key combination that allows the use of magic commands (useful for debugging)
* `#define USB_MAX_POWER_CONSUMPTION`
* `#define USB_MAX_POWER_CONSUMPTION 500`
* sets the maximum power (in mA) over USB for the device (default: 500)
* `#define SCL_CLOCK 100000L`
* sets the SCL_CLOCK speed for split keyboards. The default is `100000L` but some boards can be set to `400000L`.
* `#define USB_POLLING_INTERVAL_MS 10`
* sets the USB polling rate in milliseconds for the keyboard, mouse, and shared (NKRO/media keys) interfaces
* `#define F_SCL 100000L`
* sets the I2C clock rate speed for keyboards using I2C. The default is `400000L`, except for keyboards using `split_common`, where the default is `100000L`.
## Features That Can Be Disabled
@ -171,6 +173,8 @@ If you define these options you will enable the associated feature, which may in
* how long for the Combo keys to be detected. Defaults to `TAPPING_TERM` if not defined.
* `#define TAP_CODE_DELAY 100`
* Sets the delay between `register_code` and `unregister_code`, if you're having issues with it registering properly (common on VUSB boards). The value is in milliseconds.
* `#define TAP_HOLD_CAPS_DELAY 80`
* Sets the delay for Tap Hold keys (`LT`, `MT`) when using `KC_CAPSLOCK` keycode, as this has some special handling on MacOS. The value is in milliseconds, and defaults to 80 ms if not defined. For macOS, you may want to set this to 200 or higher.
## RGB Light Configuration
@ -180,10 +184,12 @@ If you define these options you will enable the associated feature, which may in
* run RGB animations
* `#define RGBLED_NUM 12`
* number of LEDs
* `#define RGBLIGHT_SPLIT`
* Needed if both halves of the board have RGB LEDs wired directly to the RGB output pin on the controllers instead of passing the output of the left half to the input of the right half
* `#define RGBLED_SPLIT { 6, 6 }`
* number of LEDs connected that are directly wired to `RGB_DI_PIN` on each half of a split keyboard
* First value indicates number of LEDs for left half, second value is for the right half
* Needed if both halves of the board have RGB LEDs wired directly to the RGB output pin on the controllers instead of passing the output of the left half to the input of the right half
* When RGBLED_SPLIT is defined, RGBLIGHT_SPLIT is implicitly defined.
* `#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 12`
* units to step when in/decreasing hue
* `#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 25`
@ -218,6 +224,7 @@ There are a few different ways to set handedness for split keyboards (listed in
2. Set `EE_HANDS` and flash `eeprom-lefthand.eep`/`eeprom-righthand.eep` to each half
* For boards with DFU bootloader you can use `:dfu-split-left`/`:dfu-split-right` to flash these EEPROM files
* For boards with Caterina bootloader (like stock Pro Micros), use `:avrdude-split-left`/`:avrdude-split-right`
* For boards with ARM DFU bootloader (like Proton C), use `:dfu-util-split-left`/`:dfu-util-split-right`
3. Set `MASTER_RIGHT`: Half that is plugged into the USB port is determined to be the master and right half (inverse of the default)
4. Default: The side that is plugged into the USB port is the master half and is assumed to be the left half. The slave side is the right half
@ -244,6 +251,9 @@ There are a few different ways to set handedness for split keyboards (listed in
* `#define MATRIX_COL_PINS_RIGHT { <col pins> }`
* If you want to specify a different pinout for the right half than the left half, you can define `MATRIX_ROW_PINS_RIGHT`/`MATRIX_COL_PINS_RIGHT`. Currently, the size of `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` must be the same as `MATRIX_ROW_PINS_RIGHT` and likewise for the definition of columns.
* `#define DIRECT_PINS_RIGHT { { F1, F0, B0, C7 }, { F4, F5, F6, F7 } }`
* If you want to specify a different direct pinout for the right half than the left half, you can define `DIRECT_PINS_RIGHT`. Currently, the size of `DIRECT_PINS` must be the same as `DIRECT_PINS_RIGHT`.
* `#define RGBLED_SPLIT { 6, 6 }`
* See [RGB Light Configuration](#rgb-light-configuration)
@ -285,6 +295,7 @@ This is a [make](https://www.gnu.org/software/make/manual/make.html) file that i
* `halfkay`
* `caterina`
* `bootloadHID`
* `USBasp`
## Feature Options
@ -328,6 +339,8 @@ Use these to enable or disable building certain features. The more you have enab
* Forces the keyboard to wait for a USB connection to be established before it starts up
* `NO_USB_STARTUP_CHECK`
* Disables usb suspend check after keyboard startup. Usually the keyboard waits for the host to wake it up before any tasks are performed. This is useful for split keyboards as one half will not get a wakeup call but must send commands to the master.
* `LINK_TIME_OPTIMIZATION_ENABLE`
= Enables Link Time Optimization (`LTO`) when compiling the keyboard. This makes the process take longer, but can significantly reduce the compiled size (and since the firmware is small, the added time is not noticable). However, this will automatically disable the old Macros and Functions features automatically, as these break when `LTO` is enabled. It does this by automatically defining `NO_ACTION_MACRO` and `NO_ACTION_FUNCTION`
## USB Endpoint Limitations

50
docs/contributing.md
View File

@ -54,54 +54,10 @@ Never made an open source contribution before? Wondering how contributions work
# Coding Conventions
Most of our style is pretty easy to pick up on, but right now it's not entirely consistent. You should match the style of the code surrounding your change, but if that code is inconsistent or unclear use the following guidelines:
Most of our style is pretty easy to pick up on. If you are familiar with either C or Python you should not have too much trouble with our local styles.
* We indent using two spaces (soft tabs)
* We use a modified One True Brace Style
* Opening Brace: At the end of the same line as the statement that opens the block
* Closing Brace: Lined up with the first character of the statement that opens the block
* Else If: Place the closing brace at the beginning of the line and the next opening brace at the end of the same line.
* Optional Braces: Always include optional braces.
* Good: if (condition) { return false; }
* Bad: if (condition) return false;
* We encourage use of C style comments: `/* */`
* Think of them as a story describing the feature
* Use them liberally to explain why particular decisions were made.
* Do not write obvious comments
* If you not sure if a comment is obvious, go ahead and include it.
* In general we don't wrap lines, they can be as long as needed. If you do choose to wrap lines please do not wrap any wider than 76 columns.
* We use `#pragma once` at the start of header files rather than old-style include guards (`#ifndef THIS_FILE_H`, `#define THIS_FILE_H`, ..., `#endif`)
Here is an example for easy reference:
```c
/* Enums for foo */
enum foo_state {
FOO_BAR,
FOO_BAZ,
};
/* Returns a value */
int foo(void) {
if (some_condition) {
return FOO_BAR;
} else {
return -1;
}
}
```
# Auto-formatting with clang-format
[Clang-format](https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html) is part of LLVM and can automatically format your code for you, because ain't nobody got time to do it manually. We supply a configuration file for it that applies most of the coding conventions listed above. It will only change whitespace and newlines, so you will still have to remember to include optional braces yourself.
Use the [full LLVM installer](http://llvm.org/builds/) to get clang-format on Windows, or use `sudo apt install clang-format` on Ubuntu.
If you run it from the command-line, pass `-style=file` as an option and it will automatically find the .clang-format configuration file in the QMK root directory.
If you use VSCode, the standard C/C++ plugin supports clang-format, alternatively there is a [separate extension](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=LLVMExtensions.ClangFormat) for it.
Some things (like LAYOUT macros) are destroyed by clang-format, so either don't run it on those files, or wrap the sensitive code in `// clang-format off` and `// clang-format on`.
* [Coding Conventions - C](coding_conventions_c.md)
* [Coding Conventions - Python](coding_conventions_python.md)
# General Guidelines

14
docs/custom_quantum_functions.md
View File

@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ You should use this function if you need custom matrix scanning code. It can als
If the board supports it, it can be "idled", by stopping a number of functions. A good example of this is RGB lights or backlights. This can save on power consumption, or may be better behavior for your keyboard.
This is controlled by two functions: `suspend_power_down_*` and `suspend_wakeup_init_*`, which are called when the system is board is idled and when it wakes up, respectively.
This is controlled by two functions: `suspend_power_down_*` and `suspend_wakeup_init_*`, which are called when the system board is idled and when it wakes up, respectively.
### Example suspend_power_down_user() and suspend_wakeup_init_user() Implementation
@ -297,8 +297,8 @@ This runs code every time that the layers get changed. This can be useful for l
This example shows how to set the [RGB Underglow](feature_rgblight.md) lights based on the layer, using the Planck as an example
```c
uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
switch (biton32(state)) {
layer_state_t layer_state_set_user(layer_state_t state) {
switch (get_highest_layer(state)) {
case _RAISE:
rgblight_setrgb (0x00, 0x00, 0xFF);
break;
@ -320,8 +320,8 @@ uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
```
### `layer_state_set_*` Function Documentation
* Keyboard/Revision: `uint32_t layer_state_set_kb(uint32_t state)`
* Keymap: `uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state)`
* Keyboard/Revision: `layer_state_t layer_state_set_kb(layer_state_t state)`
* Keymap: `layer_state_t layer_state_set_user(layer_state_t state)`
The `state` is the bitmask of the active layers, as explained in the [Keymap Overview](keymap.md#keymap-layer-status)
@ -377,8 +377,8 @@ void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
The above function will use the EEPROM config immediately after reading it, to set the default layer's RGB color. The "raw" value of it is converted in a usable structure based on the "union" that you created above.
```c
uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
switch (biton32(state)) {
layer_state_t layer_state_set_user(layer_state_t state) {
switch (get_highest_layer(state)) {
case _RAISE:
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_magenta(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
break;

46
docs/driver_installation_zadig.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
# Bootloader Driver Installation with Zadig
QMK presents itself to the host as a regular HID keyboard device, and as such requires no special drivers. However, in order to flash your keyboard on Windows, the bootloader device that appears when you reset the board often *does*.
There are two notable exceptions: the Caterina bootloader, usually seen on Pro Micros, and the Halfkay bootloader shipped with PJRC Teensys, appear as a serial port and a generic HID device respectively, and so do not require a driver.
We recommend the use of the [Zadig](https://zadig.akeo.ie/) utility. If you have set up the development environment with Msys2 or WSL, the `qmk_install.sh` script will have asked if you want it to install the drivers for you.
## Installation
Put your keyboard into bootloader mode, either by hitting the `RESET` keycode (which may be on a different layer), or by pressing the reset switch that's usually located on the underside of the board. If your keyboard has neither, try holding Escape or Space+`B` as you plug it in (see the [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md) docs for more details). Some boards use [Command](feature_command.md) instead of Bootmagic; in this case, you can enter bootloader mode by hitting Left Shift+Right Shift+`B` or Left Shift+Right Shift+Escape at any point while the keyboard is plugged in.
Some keyboards may have specific instructions for entering the bootloader. For example, the [Bootmagic Lite](feature_bootmagic.md#bootmagic-lite) key (default: Escape) might be on a different key, e.g. Left Control; or the magic combination for Command (default: Left Shift+Right Shift) might require you to hold something else, e.g. Left Control+Right Control. Refer to the board's README file if you are unsure.
To put a device in bootloader mode with USBaspLoader, tap the `RESET` button while holding down the `BOOT` button.
Alternatively, hold `BOOT` while inserting the USB cable.
Zadig will automatically detect the bootloader device. You may sometimes need to check **Options → List All Devices**.
- For keyboards with Atmel AVR MCUs, the bootloader will be named something similar to `ATm32U4DFU`, and have a Vendor ID of `03EB`.
- USBasp bootloaders will appear as `USBasp`, with a VID/PID of `16C0:05DC`.
- AVR keyboards flashed with the QMK-DFU bootloader will be named `<keyboard name> Bootloader` and will also have the VID `03EB`.
- For most ARM keyboards, it will be called `STM32 BOOTLOADER`, and have a VID/PID of `0483:DF11`.
!> If Zadig lists one or more devices with the `HidUsb` driver, your keyboard is probably not in bootloader mode. The arrow will be colored orange and you will be asked to confirm modifying a system driver. **Do not** proceed if this is the case!
If the arrow appears green, select the driver, and click **Install Driver**. The `libusb-win32` driver will usually work for AVR, and `WinUSB` for ARM, but if you still cannot flash the board, try installing a different driver from the list. For flashing a USBaspLoader device via command line with msys2, the `libusbk` driver is recommended, otherwise `libusb-win32` will work fine if you are using QMK Toolbox for flashing.
![Zadig with a bootloader driver correctly installed](https://i.imgur.com/b8VgXzx.png)
Finally, unplug and replug the keyboard to make sure the new driver has been loaded. If you are using the QMK Toolbox to flash, exit and restart it too, as it can sometimes fail to recognize the driver change.
## Recovering from Installation to Wrong Device
If you find that you can no longer type with the keyboard, you may have installed the driver onto the keyboard itself instead of the bootloader. You can easily confirm this in Zadig - a healthy keyboard has the `HidUsb` driver installed on all of its interfaces:
![A healthy keyboard as seen by Zadig](https://i.imgur.com/Hx0E5kC.png)
Open the Device Manager and look for a device that looks like your keyboard.
![The board with the wrong driver installed, in Device Manager](https://i.imgur.com/L3wvX8f.png)
Right-click it and hit **Uninstall device**. Make sure to tick **Delete the driver software for this device** first.
![The Device Uninstall dialog, with the "delete driver" checkbox ticked](https://i.imgur.com/aEs2RuA.png)
Click **Action → Scan for hardware changes**. At this point, you should be able to type again. Double check in Zadig that the keyboard device(s) are using the `HidUsb` driver. If so, you're all done, and your board should be functional again!

43
docs/faq_build.md
View File

@ -19,7 +19,11 @@ Note that running `make` with `sudo` is generally ***not*** a good idea, and you
### Linux `udev` Rules
On Linux, you'll need proper privileges to access the MCU. You can either use
`sudo` when flashing firmware, or place these files in `/etc/udev/rules.d/`.
`sudo` when flashing firmware, or place these files in `/etc/udev/rules.d/`. Once added run the following:
```console
sudo udevadm control --reload-rules
sudo udevadm trigger
```
**/etc/udev/rules.d/50-atmel-dfu.rules:**
```
@ -43,22 +47,39 @@ SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="feed", MODE:="0666"
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="1c11", MODE:="0666"
```
**/etc/udev/rules.d/55-catalina.rules:**
```
# ModemManager should ignore the following devices
ATTRS{idVendor}=="2a03", ENV{ID_MM_DEVICE_IGNORE}="1"
ATTRS{idVendor}=="2341", ENV{ID_MM_DEVICE_IGNORE}="1"
```
**Note:** ModemManager filtering only works when not in strict mode, the following commands can update that settings:
```console
sudo sed -i 's/--filter-policy=strict/--filter-policy=default/' /lib/systemd/system/ModemManager.service
sudo systemctl daemon-reload
sudo systemctl restart ModemManager
```
**/etc/udev/rules.d/56-dfu-util.rules:**
```
# stm32duino
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="1eaf", ATTRS{idProduct}=="0003", MODE:="0666"
# Generic stm32
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="0483", ATTRS{idProduct}=="df11", MODE:="0666"
```
### Serial device is not detected in bootloader mode on Linux
Make sure your kernel has appropriate support for your device. If your device uses USB ACM, such as
Pro Micro (Atmega32u4), make sure to include `CONFIG_USB_ACM=y`. Other devices may require `USB_SERIAL` and any of its sub options.
## Unknown Device for DFU Bootloader
If you're using Windows to flash your keyboard, and you are running into issues, check the Device Manager. If you see an "Unknown Device" when the keyboard is in "bootloader mode", then you may have a driver issue.
Issues encountered when flashing keyboards on Windows are most often due to having the wrong drivers installed for the bootloader, or none at all.
Re-running the installation script for MSYS2 may help (eg run `./util/qmk_install.sh` from MSYS2/WSL) or reinstalling the QMK Toolbox may fix the issue.
If that doesn't work, then you may need to grab the [Zadig Utility](https://zadig.akeo.ie/). Download this, find the device in question, and select the `WinUSB` option, and hit "Reinstall driver". Once you've done that, try flashing your board, again. If that doesn't work, try all of the options, until one works.
?> There isn't a best option for which driver should be used here. Some options work better on some systems than others. libUSB and WinUSB seem to be the best options here.
If the bootloader doesn't show up in the list for devices, you may need to enable the "List all devices" option in the `Options` menu, and then find the bootloader in question.
Re-running the QMK installation script (`./util/qmk_install.sh` from the `qmk_firmware` directory in MSYS2 or WSL) or reinstalling the QMK Toolbox may fix the issue. Alternatively, you can download and run the [`qmk_driver_installer`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_driver_installer) package manually.
If that doesn't work, then you may need to download and run Zadig. See [Bootloader Driver Installation with Zadig](driver_installation_zadig.md) for more detailed information.
## WINAVR is Obsolete
It is no longer recommended and may cause some problem.
@ -140,8 +161,8 @@ For now, you need to rollback avr-gcc to 7 in brew.
```
brew uninstall --force avr-gcc
brew install avr-gcc@7
brew link --force avr-gcc@7
brew install avr-gcc@8
brew link --force avr-gcc@8
```
### I just flashed my keyboard and it does nothing/keypresses don't register - it's also ARM (rev6 planck, clueboard 60, hs60v2, etc...) (Feb 2019)

18
docs/faq_debug.md
View File

@ -87,6 +87,7 @@ Size after:
- EEPROM has around a 100000 write cycle. You shouldn't rewrite the
firmware repeatedly and continually; that'll burn the EEPROM
eventually.
## NKRO Doesn't work
First you have to compile firmware with this build option `NKRO_ENABLE` in **Makefile**.
@ -183,22 +184,15 @@ Pressing any key during sleep should wake host.
Arduino Leonardo and micro have **ATMega32U4** and can be used for TMK, though Arduino bootloader may be a problem.
## Enabling JTAG
## Using PF4-7 Pins of USB AVR?
You need to set JTD bit of MCUCR yourself to use PF4-7 as GPIO. Those pins are configured to serve JTAG function by default. MCUs like ATMega*U* or AT90USB* are affected with this.
By default, the JTAG debugging interface is disabled as soon as the keyboard starts up. JTAG-capable MCUs come from the factory with the `JTAGEN` fuse set, and it takes over certain pins of the MCU that the board may be using for the switch matrix, LEDs, etc.
If you are using Teensy this isn't needed. Teensy is shipped with JTAGEN fuse bit unprogrammed to disable the function.
If you would like to keep JTAG enabled, just add the following to your `config.h`:
See this code.
```c
#define NO_JTAG_DISABLE
```
// JTAG disable for PORT F. write JTD bit twice within four cycles.
MCUCR |= (1<<JTD);
MCUCR |= (1<<JTD);
```
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/blob/master/keyboard/hbkb/matrix.c#L67
And read **26.5.1 MCU Control Register – MCUCR** of ATMega32U4 datasheet.
## Adding LED Indicators of Lock Keys
You need your own LED indicators for CapsLock, ScrollLock and NumLock? See this post.

16
docs/feature_advanced_keycodes.md
View File

@ -256,10 +256,10 @@ If you press a Mod Tap key, tap another key (press and release) and then release
For Instance:
- `SHFT_T(KC_A)` Down
- `SFT_T(KC_A)` Down
- `KC_X` Down
- `KC_X` Up
- `SHFT_T(KC_A)` Up
- `SFT_T(KC_A)` Up
Normally, if you do all this within the `TAPPING_TERM` (default: 200ms) this will be registered as `ax` by the firmware and host system. With permissive hold enabled, this modifies how this is handled by considering the Mod Tap keys as a Mod if another key is tapped, and would registered as `X` (`SHIFT`+`x`).
@ -279,9 +279,9 @@ Setting `Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt` requires holding both keys for the `TAPPING_
For Instance:
- `SHFT_T(KC_A)` Down
- `SFT_T(KC_A)` Down
- `KC_X` Down
- `SHFT_T(KC_A)` Up
- `SFT_T(KC_A)` Up
- `KC_X` Up
Normally, this would send `X` (`SHIFT`+`x`). With `Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt` enabled, holding both keys are required for the `TAPPING_TERM` to register the hold action. A quick tap will output `ax` in this case, while a hold on both will still output `X` (`SHIFT`+`x`).
@ -303,11 +303,11 @@ When the user holds a key after tap, this repeats the tapped key rather to hold
Example:
- SHFT_T(KC_A) Down
- SHFT_T(KC_A) Up
- SHFT_T(KC_A) Down
- SFT_T(KC_A) Down
- SFT_T(KC_A) Up
- SFT_T(KC_A) Down
- wait more than tapping term...
- SHFT_T(KC_A) Up
- SFT_T(KC_A) Up
With default settings, `a` will be sent on the first release, then `a` will be sent on the second press allowing the computer to trigger its auto repeat function.

5
docs/feature_audio.md
View File

@ -21,6 +21,8 @@ STARTUP_SONG // plays when the keyboard starts up (audio.c)
GOODBYE_SONG // plays when you press the RESET key (quantum.c)
AG_NORM_SONG // plays when you press AG_NORM (quantum.c)
AG_SWAP_SONG // plays when you press AG_SWAP (quantum.c)
CG_NORM_SONG // plays when you press CG_NORM (quantum.c)
CG_SWAP_SONG // plays when you press CG_SWAP (quantum.c)
MUSIC_ON_SONG // plays when music mode is activated (process_music.c)
MUSIC_OFF_SONG // plays when music mode is deactivated (process_music.c)
CHROMATIC_SONG // plays when the chromatic music mode is selected (process_music.c)
@ -175,8 +177,9 @@ You can configure the default, min and max frequencies, the stepping and built i
| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_DEFAULT` | 440.0f | Sets the default/starting audio frequency for the clicky sounds. |
| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_MIN` | 65.0f | Sets the lowest frequency (under 60f are a bit buggy). |
| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_MAX` | 1500.0f | Sets the the highest frequency. Too high may result in coworkers attacking you. |
| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_FACTOR` | 1.18921f| Sets the stepping of UP/DOWN key codes. |
| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_FACTOR` | 1.18921f| Sets the stepping of UP/DOWN key codes. This is a multiplicative factor. The default steps the frequency up/down by a musical minor third. |
| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_RANDOMNESS` | 0.05f | Sets a factor of randomness for the clicks, Setting this to `0f` will make each click identical, and `1.0f` will make this sound much like the 90's computer screen scrolling/typing effect. |
| `AUDIO_CLICKY_DELAY_DURATION` | 1 | An integer note duration where 1 is 1/16th of the tempo, or a sixty-fourth note (see `quantum/audio/musical_notes.h` for implementation details). The main clicky effect will be delayed by this duration. Adjusting this to values around 6-12 will help compensate for loud switches. |

67
docs/feature_backlight.md
View File

@ -30,7 +30,33 @@ You should then be able to use the keycodes below to change the backlight level.
This feature is distinct from both the [RGB underglow](feature_rgblight.md) and [RGB matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) features as it usually allows for only a single colour per switch, though you can obviously use multiple different coloured LEDs on a keyboard.
Hardware PWM is only supported on certain pins of the MCU, so if the backlighting is not connected to one of them, a software implementation will be used, and backlight breathing will not be available. Currently the supported pins are `B5`, `B6`, `B7`, and `C6`.
Hardware PWM is supported according to the following table:
|Backlight Pin|AT90USB64/128|ATmega16/32U4|ATmega16/32U2|ATmega32A|ATmega328P|
|-------------|-------------|-------------|-------------|---------|----------|
|`B1` | | | | |Timer 1 |
|`B2` | | | | |Timer 1 |
|`B5` |Timer 1 |Timer 1 | | | |
|`B6` |Timer 1 |Timer 1 | | | |
|`B7` |Timer 1 |Timer 1 |Timer 1 | | |
|`C4` |Timer 3 | | | | |
|`C5` |Timer 3 | |Timer 1 | | |
|`C6` |Timer 3 |Timer 3 |Timer 1 | | |
|`D4` | | | |Timer 1 | |
|`D5` | | | |Timer 1 | |
All other pins will use software PWM. If the [Audio](feature_audio.md) feature is disabled or only using one timer, the backlight PWM can be triggered by a hardware timer:
|Audio Pin|Audio Timer|Software PWM Timer|
|---------|-----------|------------------|
|`C4` |Timer 3 |Timer 1 |
|`C5` |Timer 3 |Timer 1 |
|`C6` |Timer 3 |Timer 1 |
|`B5` |Timer 1 |Timer 3 |
|`B6` |Timer 1 |Timer 3 |
|`B7` |Timer 1 |Timer 3 |
When both timers are in use for Audio, the backlight PWM will not use a hardware timer, but will instead be triggered during the matrix scan. In this case, breathing is not supported, and the backlight might flicker, because the PWM computation may not be called with enough timing precision.
## Configuration
@ -39,10 +65,33 @@ To change the behaviour of the backlighting, `#define` these in your `config.h`:
|Define |Default |Description |
|---------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`BACKLIGHT_PIN` |`B7` |The pin that controls the LEDs. Unless you are designing your own keyboard, you shouldn't need to change this|
|`BACKLIGHT_LEVELS` |`3` |The number of brightness levels (maximum 15 excluding off) |
|`BACKLIGHT_PINS` |*Not defined*|experimental: see below for more information |
|`BACKLIGHT_LEVELS` |`3` |The number of brightness levels (maximum 31 excluding off) |
|`BACKLIGHT_CAPS_LOCK`|*Not defined*|Enable Caps Lock indicator using backlight (for keyboards without dedicated LED) |
|`BACKLIGHT_BREATHING`|*Not defined*|Enable backlight breathing, if hardware PWM is used |
|`BACKLIGHT_BREATHING`|*Not defined*|Enable backlight breathing, if supported |
|`BREATHING_PERIOD` |`6` |The length of one backlight "breath" in seconds |
|`BACKLIGHT_ON_STATE` |`0` |The state of the backlight pin when the backlight is "on" - `1` for high, `0` for low |
## Backlight On State
Most backlight circuits are driven by an N-channel MOSFET or NPN transistor. This means that to turn the transistor *on* and light the LEDs, you must drive the backlight pin, connected to the gate or base, *high*.
Sometimes, however, a P-channel MOSFET, or a PNP transistor is used. In this case, when the transistor is on, the pin is driven *low* instead.
This functionality is configured at the keyboard level with the `BACKLIGHT_ON_STATE` define.
## Multiple backlight pins
Most keyboards have only one backlight pin which control all backlight LEDs (especially if the backlight is connected to an hardware PWM pin).
In software PWM, it is possible to define multiple backlight pins. All those pins will be turned on and off at the same time during the PWM duty cycle.
This feature allows to set for instance the Caps Lock LED (or any other controllable LED) brightness at the same level as the other LEDs of the backlight. This is useful if you have mapped LCTRL in place of Caps Lock and you need the Caps Lock LED to be part of the backlight instead of being activated when Caps Lock is on.
To activate multiple backlight pins, you need to add something like this to your user `config.h`:
~~~c
#define BACKLIGHT_LED_COUNT 2
#undef BACKLIGHT_PIN
#define BACKLIGHT_PINS { F5, B2 }
~~~
## Hardware PWM Implementation
@ -53,6 +102,15 @@ In this way `OCRxx` essentially controls the duty cycle of the LEDs, and thus th
The breathing effect is achieved by registering an interrupt handler for `TIMER1_OVF_vect` that is called whenever the counter resets, roughly 244 times per second.
In this handler, the value of an incrementing counter is mapped onto a precomputed brightness curve. To turn off breathing, the interrupt handler is simply disabled, and the brightness reset to the level stored in EEPROM.
## Software PWM Implementation
When `BACKLIGHT_PIN` is not set to a hardware backlight pin, QMK will use a hardware timer configured to trigger software interrupts. This time will count up to `ICRx` (by default `0xFFFF`) before resetting to 0.
When resetting to 0, the CPU will fire an OVF (overflow) interrupt that will turn the LEDs on, starting the duty cycle.
The desired brightness is calculated and stored in the `OCRxx` register. When the counter reaches this value, the CPU will fire a Compare Output match interrupt, which will turn the LEDs off.
In this way `OCRxx` essentially controls the duty cycle of the LEDs, and thus the brightness, where `0x0000` is completely off and `0xFFFF` is completely on.
The breathing effect is the same as in the hardware PWM implementation.
## Backlight Functions
|Function |Description |
@ -63,7 +121,8 @@ In this handler, the value of an incrementing counter is mapped onto a precomput
|`backlight_step()` |Cycle through backlight levels |
|`backlight_increase()` |Increase the backlight level |
|`backlight_decrease()` |Decrease the backlight level |
|`backlight_level(x)` |Sets the backlight level to specified level |
|`backlight_level(x)` |Sets the backlight level, from 0 to |
| |`BACKLIGHT_LEVELS` |
|`get_backlight_level()` |Return the current backlight level |
|`is_backlight_enabled()`|Return whether the backlight is currently on |

19
docs/feature_bootmagic.md
View File

@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ Hold down the Bootmagic key (Space by default) and the desired hotkey while plug
|`X` |Toggle key matrix debugging |
|`K` |Toggle keyboard debugging |
|`M` |Toggle mouse debugging |
|`L` |Set "Left Hand" for EE_HANDS handedness |
|`R` |Set "Right Hand" for EE_HANDS handedness |
|Backspace |Clear the EEPROM |
|Caps Lock |Toggle treating Caps Lock as Left Control |
|Left Control |Toggle swapping Caps Lock and Left Control |
@ -64,8 +66,11 @@ Hold down the Bootmagic key (Space by default) and the desired hotkey while plug
|`MAGIC_NO_GUI` | |Disable the GUI keys (useful when gaming) |
|`MAGIC_UNNO_GUI` | |Enable the GUI keys |
|`MAGIC_SWAP_ALT_GUI` |`AG_SWAP`|Swap Alt and GUI on both sides (for macOS)|
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_ALT_GUI` |`AG_NORM`|Unswap Left Alt and Left GUI |
|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_ALT_GUI` |`AG_TOGG`|Toggle Left Alt and GUI swap |
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_ALT_GUI` |`AG_NORM`|Unswap Alt and GUI |
|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_ALT_GUI` |`AG_TOGG`|Toggle Alt and GUI swap |
|`MAGIC_SWAP_CTL_GUI` |`CG_SWAP`|Swap Ctrl and GUI on both sides (for macOS)|
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_CTL_GUI` |`CG_NORM`|Unswap Ctrl and GUI |
|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_CTL_GUI` |`CG_TOGG`|Toggle Ctrl and GUI swap |
|`MAGIC_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE` | |Swap `\` and Backspace |
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`| |Unswap `\` and Backspace |
|`MAGIC_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK` | |Swap Left Control and Caps Lock |
@ -76,6 +81,12 @@ Hold down the Bootmagic key (Space by default) and the desired hotkey while plug
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_LALT_LGUI` | |Unswap Left Alt and Left GUI |
|`MAGIC_SWAP_RALT_RGUI` | |Swap Right Alt and Right GUI |
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_RALT_RGUI` | |Unswap Right Alt and Right GUI |
|`MAGIC_SWAP_LCTL_LGUI` | |Swap Left Control and Left GUI |
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_LCTL_LGUI` | |Unswap Left Control and Left GUI |
|`MAGIC_SWAP_RCTL_RGUI` | |Swap Right Control and Right GUI |
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_RCTL_RGUI` | |Unswap Right Control and Right GUI |
|`MAGIC_EE_HANDS_LEFT` | |Set "Left Hand" for EE_HANDS handedness |
|`MAGIC_EE_HANDS_RIGHT` | |Set "Right Hand" for EE_HANDS handedness |
## Configuration
@ -91,6 +102,8 @@ If you would like to change the hotkey assignments for Bootmagic, `#define` thes
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MATRIX` |`KC_X` |Toggle matrix debugging |
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_KEYBOARD` |`KC_K` |Toggle keyboard debugging |
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MOUSE` |`KC_M` |Toggle mouse debugging |
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_EE_HANDS_LEFT` |`KC_L` |Set "Left Hand" for EE_HANDS handedness |
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_EE_HANDS_RIGHT` |`KC_R` |Set "Right Hand" for EE_HANDS handedness |
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK` |`KC_LCTRL` |Swap Left Control and Caps Lock |
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL` |`KC_CAPSLOCK`|Toggle treating Caps Lock as Left Control |
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_LALT_LGUI` |`KC_LALT` |Toggle swapping Left Alt and Left GUI (for macOS) |
@ -140,7 +153,7 @@ To replace the function, all you need to do is add something like this to your c
```c
void bootmagic_lite(void) {
matrix_scan();
wait_ms(DEBOUNCING_DELAY * 2);
wait_ms(DEBOUNCE * 2);
matrix_scan();
if (matrix_get_row(BOOTMAGIC_LITE_ROW) & (1 << BOOTMAGIC_LITE_COLUMN)) {

35
docs/feature_combo.md
View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
The Combo feature is a chording type solution for adding custom actions. It lets you hit multiple keys at once and produce a different effect. For instance, hitting `A` and `S` within the tapping term would hit `ESC` instead, or have it perform even more complex tasks.
To enable this feature, yu need to add `COMBO_ENABLE = yes` to your `rules.mk`.
To enable this feature, you need to add `COMBO_ENABLE = yes` to your `rules.mk`.
Additionally, in your `config.h`, you'll need to specify the number of combos that you'll be using, by adding `#define COMBO_COUNT 1` (replacing 1 with the number that you're using).
<!-- At this time, this is necessary -->
@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ enum combos {
AB_ESC,
JK_TAB
};
const uint16_t PROGMEM ab_combo[] = {KC_A, KC_B, COMBO_END};
const uint16_t PROGMEM jk_combo[] = {KC_J, KC_K, COMBO_END};
@ -58,19 +59,12 @@ void process_combo_event(uint8_t combo_index, bool pressed) {
switch(combo_index) {
case ZC_COPY:
if (pressed) {
register_code(KC_LCTL);
register_code(KC_C);
unregister_code(KC_C);
unregister_code(KC_LCTL);
tap_code16(LCTL(KC_C));
}
break;
case XV_PASTE:
if (pressed) {
register_code(KC_LCTL);
register_code(KC_V);
unregister_code(KC_V);
unregister_code(KC_LCTL);
tap_code16(LCTL(KC_V));
}
break;
}
@ -86,3 +80,24 @@ If you're using long combos, or even longer combos, you may run into issues with
In this case, you can add either `#define EXTRA_LONG_COMBOS` or `#define EXTRA_EXTRA_LONG_COMBOS` in your `config.h` file.
You may also be able to enable action keys by defining `COMBO_ALLOW_ACTION_KEYS`.
## Keycodes
You can enable, disable and toggle the Combo feature on the fly. This is useful if you need to disable them temporarily, such as for a game.
|Keycode |Description |
|----------|---------------------------------|
|`CMB_ON` |Turns on Combo feature |
|`CMB_OFF` |Turns off Combo feature |
|`CMB_TOG` |Toggles Combo feature on and off |
## User callbacks
In addition to the keycodes, there are a few functions that you can use to set the status, or check it:
|Function |Description |
|-----------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| `combo_enable()` | Enables the combo feature |
| `combo_disable()` | Disables the combo feature, and clears the combo buffer |
| `combo_toggle()` | Toggles the state of the combo feature |
| `is_combo_enabled()` | Returns the status of the combo feature state (true or false) |

4
docs/feature_command.md
View File

@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ To use Command, hold down the key combination defined by the `IS_COMMAND()` macr
If you would like to change the key assignments for Command, `#define` these in your `config.h` at either the keyboard or keymap level. All keycode assignments here must omit the `KC_` prefix.
|Define |Default |Description |
|------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------|
|`IS_COMMAND()` |<code>(get_mods() == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) &#124; MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)))</code>|The key combination to activate Command |
|------------------------------------|--------------------------------|------------------------------------------------|
|`IS_COMMAND()` |`(get_mods() == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)`|The key combination to activate Command |
|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_FKEYS` |`true` |Set default layer with the Function row |
|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_NKEYS` |`true` |Set default layer with the number keys |
|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_CUSTOM`|`false` |Set default layer with `MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0..9` |

90
docs/feature_dip_switch.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
# DIP Switches
DIP switches are supported by adding this to your `rules.mk`:
DIP_SWITCH_ENABLE = yes
and this to your `config.h`:
```c
#define DIP_SWITCH_PINS { B14, A15, A10, B9 }
```
## Callbacks
The callback functions can be inserted into your `<keyboard>.c`:
```c
void dip_switch_update_kb(uint8_t index, bool active) {
dip_switch_update_user(index, active);
}
```
or `keymap.c`:
```c
void dip_switch_update_user(uint8_t index, bool active) {
switch (index) {
case 0:
if(active) { audio_on(); } else { audio_off(); }
break;
case 1:
if(active) { clicky_on(); } else { clicky_off(); }
break;
case 2:
if(active) { music_on(); } else { music_off(); }
break;
case 3:
if (active) {
#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
PLAY_SONG(plover_song);
#endif
layer_on(_PLOVER);
} else {
#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
PLAY_SONG(plover_gb_song);
#endif
layer_off(_PLOVER);
}
break;
}
}
```
Additionally, we support bit mask functions which allow for more complex handling.
```c
void dip_switch_update_mask_kb(uint32_t state) {
dip_switch_update_mask_user(state);
}
```
or `keymap.c`:
```c
void dip_switch_update_mask_user(uint32_t state) {
if (state & (1UL<<0) && state & (1UL<<1)) {
layer_on(_ADJUST); // C on esc
} else {
layer_off(_ADJUST);
}
if (state & (1UL<<0)) {
layer_on(_TEST_A); // A on ESC
} else {
layer_off(_TEST_A);
}
if (state & (1UL<<1)) {
layer_on(_TEST_B); // B on esc
} else {
layer_off(_TEST_B);
}
}
```
## Hardware
One side of the DIP switch should be wired directly to the pin on the MCU, and the other side to ground. It should not matter which side is connected to which, as it should be functionally the same.

12
docs/feature_encoders.md
View File

@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ Basic encoders are supported by adding this to your `rules.mk`:
and this to your `config.h`:
#define NUMBER_OF_ENCODERS 1
#define ENCODERS_PAD_A { B12 }
#define ENCODERS_PAD_B { B13 }
@ -21,6 +20,15 @@ Additionally, the resolution can be specified in the same file (the default & su
#define ENCODER_RESOLUTION 4
## Split Keyboards
If you are using different pinouts for the encoders on each half of a split keyboard, you can define the pinout for the right half like this:
```c
#define ENCODERS_PAD_A_RIGHT { encoder1a, encoder2a }
#define ENCODERS_PAD_B_RIGHT { encoder1b, encoder2b }
```
## Callbacks
The callback functions can be inserted into your `<keyboard>.c`:
@ -38,7 +46,7 @@ or `keymap.c`:
} else {
tap_code(KC_PGUP);
}
} else if (index == 1) { /* Second encoder
} else if (index == 1) { /* Second encoder */
if (clockwise) {
tap_code(KC_UP);
} else {

7
docs/feature_haptic_feedback.md
View File

@ -29,6 +29,9 @@ Not all keycodes below will work depending on which haptic mechanism you have ch
|`HPT_BUZ` | Toggle solenoid buzz on/off |
|`HPT_MODI` | Go to next DRV2605L waveform |
|`HPT_MODD` | Go to previous DRV2605L waveform |
|`HPT_CONT` | Toggle continuous haptic mode on/off |
|`HPT_CONI` | Increase DRV2605L continous haptic strength |
|`HPT_COND` | Decrease DRV2605L continous haptic strength |
|`HPT_DWLI` | Increase Solenoid dwell time |
|`HPT_DWLD` | Decrease Solenoid dwell time |
@ -145,3 +148,7 @@ If haptic feedback is enabled, the keyboard will vibrate to a specific sqeuence
#define DRV_MODE_DEFAULT *sequence name or number*
```
This will set what sequence HPT_RST will set as the active mode. If not defined, mode will be set to 1 when HPT_RST is pressed.
### DRV2605L Continuous Haptic Mode
This mode sets continuous haptic feedback with the option to increase or decrease strength.

2
docs/feature_macros.md
View File

@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
void matrix_scan_user(void) { # The very important timer.
if (is_alt_tab_active) {
if (timer_elapsed(alt_tab_timer) > 1000) {
unregister_code16(LALT(KC_TAB));
unregister_code(KC_LALT);
is_alt_tab_active = false;
}
}

157
docs/feature_mouse_keys.md
View File

@ -1,114 +1,119 @@
# Mouse keys
Mouse keys is a feature that allows you to emulate a mouse using your keyboard. You can move the pointer at different speeds, press 5 buttons and scroll in 8 directions.
Mousekeys is a feature that allows you to emulate a mouse using your keyboard. You can move the pointer around, click up to 5 buttons, and even scroll in all 4 directions.
## Adding mouse keys to your keyboard
There are 2 ways to define how the mousekeys behave, using "[auto-accelerating](#configuring-the-behavior-of-mousekeys-with-auto-accelerated-movement)" or "[3-speed constant](#configuring-the-behavior-of-mousekeys-with-3-speed-constant-movement)" behavior.
To use mouse keys, you must at least enable mouse keys support and map mouse actions to keys on your keyboard.
In either case, you will need to enable mousekeys in your makefile,
and add the relevant [keycodes](#mapping-mouse-actions-to-keyboard-keys) to your keymap.
### Enabling mouse keys
#### Enable Mousekeys
To enable mouse keys, add the following line to your keymap’s `rules.mk`:
To enable the mousekey functionality, add the following line to your keymap's `rules.mk`:
```
```c
MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes
```
#### Mapping Mouse Actions to Keyboard Keys
### Mapping mouse actions
You can use these keycodes within your keymap to map button presses to mouse actions:
In your keymap you can use the following keycodes to map key presses to mouse actions:
|Key |Aliases |Description |
|----------------|---------|-----------------------------------|
|`KC_MS_UP` |`KC_MS_U`|Mouse Cursor Up |
|`KC_MS_DOWN` |`KC_MS_D`|Mouse Cursor Down |
|`KC_MS_LEFT` |`KC_MS_L`|Mouse Cursor Left |
|`KC_MS_RIGHT` |`KC_MS_R`|Mouse Cursor Right |
|`KC_MS_BTN1` |`KC_BTN1`|Mouse Button 1 |
|`KC_MS_BTN2` |`KC_BTN2`|Mouse Button 2 |
|`KC_MS_BTN3` |`KC_BTN3`|Mouse Button 3 |
|`KC_MS_BTN4` |`KC_BTN4`|Mouse Button 4 |
|`KC_MS_BTN5` |`KC_BTN5`|Mouse Button 5 |
|`KC_MS_WH_UP` |`KC_WH_U`|Mouse Wheel Up |
|`KC_MS_WH_DOWN` |`KC_WH_D`|Mouse Wheel Down |
|`KC_MS_WH_LEFT` |`KC_WH_L`|Mouse Wheel Left |
|`KC_MS_WH_RIGHT`|`KC_WH_R`|Mouse Wheel Right |
|`KC_MS_ACCEL0` |`KC_ACL0`|Set mouse acceleration to 0(slow) |
|`KC_MS_ACCEL1` |`KC_ACL1`|Set mouse acceleration to 1(medium)|
|`KC_MS_ACCEL2` |`KC_ACL2`|Set mouse acceleration to 2(fast) |
|----------------|---------|-----------------|
|`KC_MS_UP` |`KC_MS_U`|Move cursor up |
|`KC_MS_DOWN` |`KC_MS_D`|Move cursor down |
|`KC_MS_LEFT` |`KC_MS_L`|Move cursor left |
|`KC_MS_RIGHT` |`KC_MS_R`|Move cursor right|
|`KC_MS_BTN1` |`KC_BTN1`|Press button 1 |
|`KC_MS_BTN2` |`KC_BTN2`|Press button 2 |
|`KC_MS_BTN3` |`KC_BTN3`|Press button 3 |
|`KC_MS_BTN4` |`KC_BTN4`|Press button 4 |
|`KC_MS_BTN5` |`KC_BTN5`|Press button 5 |
|`KC_MS_WH_UP` |`KC_WH_U`|Move wheel up |
|`KC_MS_WH_DOWN` |`KC_WH_D`|Move wheel down |
|`KC_MS_WH_LEFT` |`KC_WH_L`|Move wheel left |
|`KC_MS_WH_RIGHT`|`KC_WH_R`|Move wheel right |
|`KC_MS_ACCEL0` |`KC_ACL0`|Set speed to 0 |
|`KC_MS_ACCEL1` |`KC_ACL1`|Set speed to 1 |
|`KC_MS_ACCEL2` |`KC_ACL2`|Set speed to 2 |
## Configuring mouse keys
## Configuring the Behavior of Mousekeys with auto-accelerated movement
Mouse keys supports two different modes to move the cursor:
This behavior is intended to emulate the X Window System MouseKeysAccel feature. You can read more about it [on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mouse_keys).
* **Accelerated (default):** Holding movement keys accelerates the cursor until it reaches its maximum speed.
* **Constant:** Holding movement keys moves the cursor at constant speeds.
The default speed for controlling the mouse with the keyboard is intentionally slow. You can adjust these parameters by adding these settings to your keymap's `config.h` file. All times are specified in milliseconds (ms).
The same principle applies to scrolling.
```
#define MOUSEKEY_DELAY 300
#define MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL 50
#define MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED 10
#define MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX 20
#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED 8
#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX 40
```
Configuration options that are times, intervals or delays are given in milliseconds. Scroll speed is given as multiples of the default scroll step. For example, a scroll speed of 8 means that each scroll action covers 8 times the length of the default scroll step as defined by your operating system or application.
#### `MOUSEKEY_DELAY`
### Accelerated mode
When one of the mouse movement buttons is pressed this setting is used to define the delay between that button press and the mouse cursor moving. Some people find that small movements are impossible if this setting is too low, while settings that are too high feel sluggish.
This is the default mode. You can adjust the cursor and scrolling acceleration using the following settings in your keymap’s `config.h` file:
#### `MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL`
|Define |Default|Description |
|----------------------------|-------|---------------------------------------------------------|
|`MOUSEKEY_DELAY` |300 |Delay between pressing a movement key and cursor movement|
|`MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL` |50 |Time between cursor movements |
|`MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED` |10 |Maximum cursor speed at which acceleration stops |
|`MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX` |20 |Time until maximum cursor speed is reached |
|`MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED` |8 |Maximum number of scroll steps per scroll action |
|`MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX`|40 |Time until maximum scroll speed is reached |
When a movement key is held down this specifies how long to wait between each movement report. Lower settings will translate into an effectively higher mouse speed.
Tips:
#### `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`
* Setting `MOUSEKEY_DELAY` too low makes the cursor unresponsive. Setting it too high makes small movements difficult.
* For smoother cursor movements, lower the value of `MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL`. If the refresh rate of your display is 60Hz, you could set it to `16` (1/60). As this raises the cursor speed significantly, you may want to lower `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`.
* Setting `MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX` or `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX` to `0` will disable acceleration for the cursor or scrolling respectively. This way you can make one of them constant while keeping the other accelerated, which is not possible in constant speed mode.
As a movement key is held down the speed of the mouse cursor will increase until it reaches `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`.
Cursor acceleration uses the same algorithm as the X Window System MouseKeysAccel feature. You can read more about it [on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mouse_keys).
#### `MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX`
### Constant mode
How long you want to hold down a movement key for until `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED` is reached. This controls how quickly your cursor will accelerate.
In this mode you can define multiple different speeds for both the cursor and the mouse wheel. There is no acceleration. `KC_ACL0`, `KC_ACL1` and `KC_ACL2` change the cursor and scroll speed to their respective setting.
#### `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED`
You can choose whether speed selection is momentary or tap-to-select:
The top speed for scrolling movements.
* **Momentary:** The chosen speed is only active while you hold the respective key. When the key is raised, mouse keys returns to the unmodified speed.
* **Tap-to-select:** The chosen speed is activated when you press the respective key and remains active even after the key has been raised. The default speed is that of `KC_ACL1`. There is no unmodified speed.
#### `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX`
The default speeds from slowest to fastest are as follows:
How long you want to hold down a scroll key for until `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED` is reached. This controls how quickly your scrolling will accelerate.
* **Momentary:** `KC_ACL0` < `KC_ACL1` < *unmodified* < `KC_ACL2`
* **Tap-to-select:** `KC_ACL0` < `KC_ACL1` < `KC_ACL2`
To use constant speed mode, you must at least define `MK_3_SPEED` in your keymap’s `config.h` file:
## Configuring the Behavior of Mousekeys with 3-speed constant movement
In your keymap's `config.h`, you must add the line:
```
```c
#define MK_3_SPEED
```
Then you can precisely define 3 different speeds for both the cursor and the mouse wheel, and also whether speed selection is momentary or tap-to-select.
For each speed, you can specify how many milliseconds you want between reports(interval), and how far you want to it to move per report(offset).
For example:
To enable momentary mode, also define `MK_MOMENTARY_ACCEL`:
```
#define MK_3_SPEED
#define MK_MOMENTARY_ACCEL // comment this out for tap-to-select acceleration
// cursor speeds:
#define MK_C_OFFSET_SLOW 1 // pixels
#define MK_C_INTERVAL_SLOW 100 // milliseconds
#define MK_C_OFFSET_MED 4
#define MK_C_INTERVAL_MED 16
#define MK_C_OFFSET_FAST 12
#define MK_C_INTERVAL_FAST 16
// scroll wheel speeds:
#define MK_W_OFFSET_SLOW 1 // wheel clicks
#define MK_W_INTERVAL_SLOW 400 // milliseconds
#define MK_W_OFFSET_MED 1
#define MK_W_INTERVAL_MED 200
#define MK_W_OFFSET_FAST 1
#define MK_W_INTERVAL_FAST 100
```c
#define MK_MOMENTARY_ACCEL
```
Medium values will be used as the default or unmodified speed.
The speed at which both the cursor and scrolling move can be selected with KC_ACL0, KC_ACL1, KC_ACL2 for slow, medium, and fast. However, if you leave MK_MOMENTARY_ACCEL defined then there is no need to ever send KC_ACL1, since that will be the unmodified speed.
Use the following settings if you want to adjust cursor movement or scrolling:
|Define |Default |Description |
|---------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------|
|`MK_3_SPEED` |*Not defined*|Enable constant cursor speeds |
|`MK_MOMENTARY_ACCEL` |*Not defined*|Enable momentary speed selection |
|`MK_C_OFFSET_UNMOD` |16 |Cursor offset per movement (unmodified) |
|`MK_C_INTERVAL_UNMOD`|16 |Time between cursor movements (unmodified) |
|`MK_C_OFFSET_0` |1 |Cursor offset per movement (`KC_ACL0`) |
|`MK_C_INTERVAL_0` |32 |Time between cursor movements (`KC_ACL0`) |
|`MK_C_OFFSET_1` |4 |Cursor offset per movement (`KC_ACL1`) |
|`MK_C_INTERVAL_1` |16 |Time between cursor movements (`KC_ACL1`) |
|`MK_C_OFFSET_2` |32 |Cursor offset per movement (`KC_ACL2`) |
|`MK_C_INTERVAL_2` |16 |Time between cursor movements (`KC_ACL2`) |
|`MK_W_OFFSET_UNMOD` |1 |Scroll steps per scroll action (unmodified)|
|`MK_W_INTERVAL_UNMOD`|40 |Time between scroll steps (unmodified) |
|`MK_W_OFFSET_0` |1 |Scroll steps per scroll action (`KC_ACL0`) |
|`MK_W_INTERVAL_0` |360 |Time between scroll steps (`KC_ACL0`) |
|`MK_W_OFFSET_1` |1 |Scroll steps per scroll action (`KC_ACL1`) |
|`MK_W_INTERVAL_1` |120 |Time between scroll steps (`KC_ACL1`) |
|`MK_W_OFFSET_2` |1 |Scroll steps per scroll action (`KC_ACL2`) |
|`MK_W_INTERVAL_2` |20 |Time between scroll steps (`KC_ACL2`) |

291
docs/feature_oled_driver.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
# OLED Driver
## OLED Supported Hardware
OLED modules using SSD1306 or SH1106 driver ICs, communicating over I2C.
Tested combinations:
| IC driver | Size | Keyboard Platform | Notes |
|-----------|--------|-------------------|--------------------------|
| SSD1306 | 128x32 | AVR | Primary support |
| SSD1306 | 128x64 | AVR | Verified working |
| SSD1306 | 128x32 | ARM | |
| SH1106 | 128x64 | AVR | No rotation or scrolling |
Hardware configurations using ARM-based microcontrollers or different sizes of OLED modules may be compatible, but are untested.
!> Warning: This OLED Driver currently uses the new i2c_master driver from split common code. If your split keyboard uses I2C to communicate between sides, this driver could cause an address conflict (serial is fine). Please contact your keyboard vendor and ask them to migrate to the latest split common code to fix this. In addition, the display timeout system to reduce OLED burn-in also uses split common to detect keypresses, so you will need to implement custom timeout logic for non-split common keyboards.
## Usage
To enable the OLED feature, there are three steps. First, when compiling your keyboard, you'll need to set `OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE=yes` in `rules.mk`, e.g.:
```
OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE = yes
```
This enables the feature and the `OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE` define. Then in your `keymap.c` file, you will need to implement the user task call, e.g:
```C++
#ifdef OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE
void oled_task_user(void) {
// Host Keyboard Layer Status
oled_write_P(PSTR("Layer: "), false);
switch (get_highest_layer(layer_state)) {
case _QWERTY:
oled_write_P(PSTR("Default\n"), false);
break;
case _FN:
oled_write_P(PSTR("FN\n"), false);
break;
case _ADJ:
oled_write_P(PSTR("ADJ\n"), false);
break;
default:
// Or use the write_ln shortcut over adding '\n' to the end of your string
oled_write_ln_P(PSTR("Undefined"), false);
}
// Host Keyboard LED Status
uint8_t led_usb_state = host_keyboard_leds();
oled_write_P(led_usb_state & (1<<USB_LED_NUM_LOCK) ? PSTR("NUMLCK ") : PSTR(" "), false);
oled_write_P(led_usb_state & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK) ? PSTR("CAPLCK ") : PSTR(" "), false);
oled_write_P(led_usb_state & (1<<USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK) ? PSTR("SCRLCK ") : PSTR(" "), false);
}
#endif
```
## Logo Example
In the default font, ranges in the font file are reserved for a QMK Logo. To Render this logo to the oled screen, use the following code example:
```C++
static void render_logo(void) {
static const char PROGMEM qmk_logo[] = {
0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8a,0x8b,0x8c,0x8d,0x8e,0x8f,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,
0xa0,0xa1,0xa2,0xa3,0xa4,0xa5,0xa6,0xa7,0xa8,0xa9,0xaa,0xab,0xac,0xad,0xae,0xaf,0xb0,0xb1,0xb2,0xb3,0xb4,
0xc0,0xc1,0xc2,0xc3,0xc4,0xc5,0xc6,0xc7,0xc8,0xc9,0xca,0xcb,0xcc,0xcd,0xce,0xcf,0xd0,0xd1,0xd2,0xd3,0xd4,0};
oled_write_P(qmk_logo, false);
}
```
## Other Examples
In split keyboards, it is very common to have two OLED displays that each render different content and oriented flipped differently. You can do this by switching which content to render by using the return from `is_keyboard_master()` or `is_keyboard_left()` found in `split_util.h`, e.g:
```C++
#ifdef OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE
oled_rotation_t oled_init_user(oled_rotation_t rotation) {
if (!is_keyboard_master())
return OLED_ROTATION_180; // flips the display 180 degrees if offhand
return rotation;
}
void oled_task_user(void) {
if (is_keyboard_master()) {
render_status(); // Renders the current keyboard state (layer, lock, caps, scroll, etc)
} else {
render_logo(); // Renders a statuc logo
oled_scroll_left(); // Turns on scrolling
}
}
#endif
```
## Basic Configuration
| Define | Default | Description |
|----------------------------|-------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| `OLED_DISPLAY_ADDRESS` | `0x3C` | The i2c address of the OLED Display |
| `OLED_FONT_H` | `"glcdfont.c"` | The font code file to use for custom fonts |
| `OLED_FONT_START` | `0` | The starting characer index for custom fonts |
| `OLED_FONT_END` | `224` | The ending characer index for custom fonts |
| `OLED_FONT_WIDTH` | `6` | The font width |
| `OLED_FONT_HEIGHT` | `8` | The font height (untested) |
| `OLED_TIMEOUT` | `60000` | Turns off the OLED screen after 60000ms of keyboard inactivity. Helps reduce OLED Burn-in. Set to 0 to disable. |
| `OLED_SCROLL_TIMEOUT` | `0` | Scrolls the OLED screen after 0ms of OLED inactivity. Helps reduce OLED Burn-in. Set to 0 to disable. |
| `OLED_SCROLL_TIMEOUT_RIGHT`| *Not defined* | Scroll timeout direction is right when defined, left when undefined. |
| `OLED_IC` | `OLED_IC_SSD1306` | Set to `OLED_IC_SH1106` if you're using the SH1106 OLED controller. |
| `OLED_COLUMN_OFFSET` | `0` | (SH1106 only.) Shift output to the right this many pixels.<br />Useful for 128x64 displays centered on a 132x64 SH1106 IC. |
## 128x64 & Custom sized OLED Displays
The default display size for this feature is 128x32 and all necessary defines are precalculated with that in mind. We have added a define, `OLED_DISPLAY_128X64`, to switch all the values to be used in a 128x64 display, as well as added a custom define, `OLED_DISPLAY_CUSTOM`, that allows you to provide the necessary values to the driver.
|Define |Default |Description |
|-----------------------|---------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------|
|`OLED_DISPLAY_128X64` |*Not defined* |Changes the display defines for use with 128x64 displays. |
|`OLED_DISPLAY_CUSTOM` |*Not defined* |Changes the display defines for use with custom displays.<br />Requires user to implement the below defines. |
|`OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH` |`128` |The width of the OLED display. |
|`OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT` |`32` |The height of the OLED display. |
|`OLED_MATRIX_SIZE` |`512` |The local buffer size to allocate.<br />`(OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT / 8 * OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH)`. |
|`OLED_BLOCK_TYPE` |`uint16_t` |The unsigned integer type to use for dirty rendering. |
|`OLED_BLOCK_COUNT` |`16` |The number of blocks the display is divided into for dirty rendering.<br />`(sizeof(OLED_BLOCK_TYPE) * 8)`. |
|`OLED_BLOCK_SIZE` |`32` |The size of each block for dirty rendering<br />`(OLED_MATRIX_SIZE / OLED_BLOCK_COUNT)`. |
|`OLED_COM_PINS` |`COM_PINS_SEQ` |How the SSD1306 chip maps it's memory to display.<br />Options are `COM_PINS_SEQ`, `COM_PINS_ALT`, `COM_PINS_SEQ_LR`, & `COM_PINS_ALT_LR`. |
|`OLED_SOURCE_MAP` |`{ 0, ... N }` |Precalculated source array to use for mapping source buffer to target OLED memory in 90 degree rendering. |
|`OLED_TARGET_MAP` |`{ 24, ... N }`|Precalculated target array to use for mapping source buffer to target OLED memory in 90 degree rendering. |
### 90 Degree Rotation - Technical Mumbo Jumbo
!> Rotation is unsupported on the SH1106.
```C
// OLED Rotation enum values are flags
typedef enum {
OLED_ROTATION_0 = 0,
OLED_ROTATION_90 = 1,
OLED_ROTATION_180 = 2,
OLED_ROTATION_270 = 3, // OLED_ROTATION_90 | OLED_ROTATION_180
} oled_rotation_t;
```
OLED displays driven by SSD1306 drivers only natively support in hard ware 0 degree and 180 degree rendering. This feature is done in software and not free. Using this feature will increase the time to calculate what data to send over i2c to the OLED. If you are strapped for cycles, this can cause keycodes to not register. In testing however, the rendering time on an `atmega32u4` board only went from 2ms to 5ms and keycodes not registering was only noticed once we hit 15ms.
90 Degree Rotated Rendering is achieved by using bitwise operations to rotate each 8 block of memory and uses two precalculated arrays to remap buffer memory to OLED memory. The memory map defines are precalculated for remap performance and are calculated based on the OLED Height, Width, and Block Size. For example, in the 128x32 implementation with a `uint8_t` block type, we have a 64 byte block size. This gives us eight 8 byte blocks that need to be rotated and rendered. The OLED renders horizontally two 8 byte blocks before moving down a page, e.g:
| | | | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | 1 | | | | |
| 2 | 3 | | | | |
| 4 | 5 | | | | |
| 6 | 7 | | | | |
However the local buffer is stored as if it was Height x Width display instead of Width x Height, e.g:
| | | | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 3 | 7 | | | | |
| 2 | 6 | | | | |
| 1 | 5 | | | | |
| 0 | 4 | | | | |
So those precalculated arrays just index the memory offsets in the order in which each one iterates its data.
## OLED API
```C++
// OLED Rotation enum values are flags
typedef enum {
OLED_ROTATION_0 = 0,
OLED_ROTATION_90 = 1,
OLED_ROTATION_180 = 2,
OLED_ROTATION_270 = 3, // OLED_ROTATION_90 | OLED_ROTATION_180
} oled_rotation_t;
// Initialize the OLED display, rotating the rendered output based on the define passed in.
// Returns true if the OLED was initialized successfully
bool oled_init(oled_rotation_t rotation);
// Called at the start of oled_init, weak function overridable by the user
// rotation - the value passed into oled_init
// Return new oled_rotation_t if you want to override default rotation
oled_rotation_t oled_init_user(oled_rotation_t rotation);
// Clears the display buffer, resets cursor position to 0, and sets the buffer to dirty for rendering
void oled_clear(void);
// Renders the dirty chunks of the buffer to OLED display
void oled_render(void);
// Moves cursor to character position indicated by column and line, wraps if out of bounds
// Max column denoted by 'oled_max_chars()' and max lines by 'oled_max_lines()' functions
void oled_set_cursor(uint8_t col, uint8_t line);
// Advances the cursor to the next page, writing ' ' if true
// Wraps to the begining when out of bounds
void oled_advance_page(bool clearPageRemainder);
// Moves the cursor forward 1 character length
// Advance page if there is not enough room for the next character
// Wraps to the begining when out of bounds
void oled_advance_char(void);
// Writes a single character to the buffer at current cursor position
// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
// Main handler that writes character data to the display buffer
void oled_write_char(const char data, bool invert);
// Writes a string to the buffer at current cursor position
// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
void oled_write(const char *data, bool invert);
// Writes a string to the buffer at current cursor position
// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
// Advances the cursor to the next page, wiring ' ' to the remainder of the current page
void oled_write_ln(const char *data, bool invert);
// Writes a PROGMEM string to the buffer at current cursor position
// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
// Remapped to call 'void oled_write(const char *data, bool invert);' on ARM
void oled_write_P(const char *data, bool invert);
// Writes a PROGMEM string to the buffer at current cursor position
// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
// Advances the cursor to the next page, wiring ' ' to the remainder of the current page
// Remapped to call 'void oled_write_ln(const char *data, bool invert);' on ARM
void oled_write_ln_P(const char *data, bool invert);
// Can be used to manually turn on the screen if it is off
// Returns true if the screen was on or turns on
bool oled_on(void);
// Can be used to manually turn off the screen if it is on
// Returns true if the screen was off or turns off
bool oled_off(void);
// Basically it's oled_render, but with timeout management and oled_task_user calling!
void oled_task(void);
// Called at the start of oled_task, weak function overridable by the user
void oled_task_user(void);
// Scrolls the entire display right
// Returns true if the screen was scrolling or starts scrolling
// NOTE: display contents cannot be changed while scrolling
bool oled_scroll_right(void);
// Scrolls the entire display left
// Returns true if the screen was scrolling or starts scrolling
// NOTE: display contents cannot be changed while scrolling
bool oled_scroll_left(void);
// Turns off display scrolling
// Returns true if the screen was not scrolling or stops scrolling
bool oled_scroll_off(void);
// Returns the maximum number of characters that will fit on a line
uint8_t oled_max_chars(void);
// Returns the maximum number of lines that will fit on the OLED
uint8_t oled_max_lines(void);
```
!> Scrolling and rotation are unsupported on the SH1106.
## SSD1306.h driver conversion guide
|Old API |Recommended New API |
|---------------------------|-----------------------------------|
|`struct CharacterMatrix` |*removed - delete all references* |
|`iota_gfx_init` |`oled_init` |
|`iota_gfx_on` |`oled_on` |
|`iota_gfx_off` |`oled_off` |
|`iota_gfx_flush` |`oled_render` |
|`iota_gfx_write_char` |`oled_write_char` |
|`iota_gfx_write` |`oled_write` |
|`iota_gfx_write_P` |`oled_write_P` |
|`iota_gfx_clear_screen` |`oled_clear` |
|`matrix_clear` |*removed - delete all references* |
|`matrix_write_char_inner` |`oled_write_char` |
|`matrix_write_char` |`oled_write_char` |
|`matrix_write` |`oled_write` |
|`matrix_write_ln` |`oled_write_ln` |
|`matrix_write_P` |`oled_write_P` |
|`matrix_write_ln_P` |`oled_write_ln_P` |
|`matrix_render` |`oled_render` |
|`iota_gfx_task` |`oled_task` |
|`iota_gfx_task_user` |`oled_task_user` |

179
docs/feature_rgb_matrix.md
View File

@ -30,9 +30,11 @@ Configure the hardware via your `config.h`:
#define DRIVER_COUNT 2
#define DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL 25
#define DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL 24
#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL
#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL (DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL)
```
!> Note the parentheses, this is so when `DRIVER_LED_TOTAL` is used in code and expanded, the values are added together before any additional math is applied to them. As an example, `rand() % (DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL)` will give very different results than `rand() % DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL`.
Currently only 2 drivers are supported, but it would be trivial to support all 4 combinations.
Define these arrays listing all the LEDs in your `<keyboard>.c`:
@ -124,30 +126,48 @@ Configure the hardware via your `config.h`:
---
From this point forward the configuration is the same for all the drivers.
From this point forward the configuration is the same for all the drivers. The `led_config_t` struct provides a key electrical matrix to led index lookup table, what the physical position of each LED is on the board, and what type of key or usage the LED if the LED represents. Here is a brief example:
```C
const rgb_led g_rgb_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
/* {row | col << 4}
* | {x=0..224, y=0..64}
* | | modifier
* | | | */
{{0|(0<<4)}, {20.36*0, 21.33*0}, 1},
{{0|(1<<4)}, {20.36*1, 21.33*0}, 1},
....
}
const led_config_t g_led_config = { {
// Key Matrix to LED Index
{ 5, NO_LED, NO_LED, 0 },
{ NO_LED, NO_LED, NO_LED, NO_LED },
{ 4, NO_LED, NO_LED, 1 },
{ 3, NO_LED, NO_LED, 2 }
}, {
// LED Index to Physical Position
{ 188, 16 }, { 187, 48 }, { 149, 64 }, { 112, 64 }, { 37, 48 }, { 38, 16 }
}, {
// LED Index to Flag
1, 4, 4, 4, 4, 1
} };
```
The format for the matrix position used in this array is `{row | (col << 4)}`. The `x` is between (inclusive) 0-224, and `y` is between (inclusive) 0-64. The easiest way to calculate these positions is:
The first part, `// Key Matrix to LED Index`, tells the system what key this LED represents by using the key's electrical matrix row & col. The second part, `// LED Index to Physical Position` represents the LED's physical `{ x, y }` position on the keyboard. The default expected range of values for `{ x, y }` is the inclusive range `{ 0..224, 0..64 }`. This default expected range is due to effects that calculate the center of the keyboard for their animations. The easiest way to calculate these positions is imagine your keyboard is a grid, and the top left of the keyboard represents `{ x, y }` coordinate `{ 0, 0 }` and the bottom right of your keyboard represents `{ 224, 64 }`. Using this as a basis, you can use the following formula to calculate the physical position:
```C
x = 224 / ( NUMBER_OF_COLS - 1 ) * ROW_POSITION
y = 64 / (NUMBER_OF_ROWS - 1 ) * COL_POSITION
x = 224 / (NUMBER_OF_COLS - 1) * COL_POSITION
y = 64 / (NUMBER_OF_ROWS - 1) * ROW_POSITION
```
Where all variables are decimels/floats.
Where NUMBER_OF_COLS, NUMBER_OF_ROWS, COL_POSITION, & ROW_POSITION are all based on the physical layout of your keyboard, not the electrical layout.
`modifier` is a boolean, whether or not a certain key is considered a modifier (used in some effects).
As mentioned earlier, the center of the keyboard by default is expected to be `{ 112, 32 }`, but this can be changed if you want to more accurately calculate the LED's physical `{ x, y }` positions. Keyboard designers can implement `#define RGB_MATRIX_CENTER { 112, 32 }` in their config.h file with the new center point of the keyboard, or where they want it to be allowing more possibilities for the `{ x, y }` values. Do note that the maximum value for x or y is 255, and the recommended maximum is 224 as this gives animations runoff room before they reset.
`// LED Index to Flag` is a bitmask, whether or not a certain LEDs is of a certain type. It is recommended that LEDs are set to only 1 type.
## Flags
|Define |Description |
|------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------|
|`#define HAS_FLAGS(bits, flags)` |Returns true if `bits` has all `flags` set.|
|`#define HAS_ANY_FLAGS(bits, flags)`|Returns true if `bits` has any `flags` set.|
|`#define LED_FLAG_NONE 0x00` |If this LED has no flags. |
|`#define LED_FLAG_ALL 0xFF` |If this LED has all flags. |
|`#define LED_FLAG_MODIFIER 0x01` |If the Key for this LED is a modifier. |
|`#define LED_FLAG_UNDERGLOW 0x02` |If the LED is for underglow. |
|`#define LED_FLAG_KEYLIGHT 0x04` |If the LED is for key backlight. |
## Keycodes
@ -176,19 +196,38 @@ enum rgb_matrix_effects {
RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS, // Static dual hue, speed is hue for secondary hue
RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN, // Static gradient top to bottom, speed controls how much gradient changes
RGB_MATRIX_BREATHING, // Single hue brightness cycling animation
RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SAT, // Single hue band fading saturation scrolling left to right
RGB_MATRIX_BAND_VAL, // Single hue band fading brightness scrolling left to right
RGB_MATRIX_BAND_PINWHEEL_SAT, // Single hue 3 blade spinning pinwheel fades saturation
RGB_MATRIX_BAND_PINWHEEL_VAL, // Single hue 3 blade spinning pinwheel fades brightness
RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SPIRAL_SAT, // Single hue spinning spiral fades saturation
RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SPIRAL_VAL, // Single hue spinning spiral fades brightness
RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL, // Full keyboard solid hue cycling through full gradient
RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT, // Full gradient scrolling left to right
RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN, // Full gradient scrolling top to bottom
RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_OUT_IN, // Full gradient scrolling out to in
RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_OUT_IN_DUAL, // Full dual gradients scrolling out to in
RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON, // Full gradent Chevron shapped scrolling left to right
RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_PINWHEEL, // Full gradient spinning pinwheel around center of keyboard
RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_SPIRAL, // Full gradient spinning spiral around center of keyboard
RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON, // Full gradient spinning around center of keyboard
RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON, // Full tighter gradient spinning around center of keyboard
RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS, // Full dual gradients spinning two halfs of keyboard
RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS, // Randomly changes a single key's hue
RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS, // Randomly changes a single key's hue and saturation
#if define(RGB_MATRIX_FRAMEBUFFER_EFFECTS)
RGB_MATRIX_TYPING_HEATMAP, // How hot is your WPM!
RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN, // That famous computer simulation
#endif
#if defined(RGB_MATRIX_KEYPRESSES) || defined(RGB_MATRIX_KEYRELEASES)
RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_SIMPLE, // Pulses keys hit to hue & value then fades value out
RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE, // Static single hue, pulses keys hit to shifted hue then fades to current hue
RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_WIDE // Hue & value pulse near a single key hit then fades value out
RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTIWIDE // Hue & value pulse near multiple key hits then fades value out
RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_CROSS // Hue & value pulse the same column and row of a single key hit then fades value out
RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTICROSS // Hue & value pulse the same column and row of multiple key hits then fades value out
RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_NEXUS // Hue & value pulse away on the same column and row of a single key hit then fades value out
RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTINEXUS // Hue & value pulse away on the same column and row of multiple key hits then fades value out
RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH, // Full gradient & value pulse away from a single key hit then fades value out
RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH, // Full gradient & value pulse away from multiple key hits then fades value out
RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH, // Hue & value pulse away from a single key hit then fades value out
@ -202,39 +241,128 @@ You can disable a single effect by defining `DISABLE_[EFFECT_NAME]` in your `con
|Define |Description |
|---------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
|-------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BREATHING` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BREATHING` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SAT` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SAT` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BAND_VAL` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BAND_VAL` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BAND_PINWHEEL_SAT` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BAND_PINWHEEL_SAT` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BAND_PINWHEEL_VAL` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BAND_PINWHEEL_VAL` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SPIRAL_SAT` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SPIRAL_SAT` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SPIRAL_VAL` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SPIRAL_VAL` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_OUT_IN` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_OUT_IN` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_OUT_IN_DUAL` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_OUT_IN_DUAL` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_PINWHEEL` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_PINWHEEL` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_SPIRAL` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_SPIRAL` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_TYPING_HEATMAP` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_TYPING_HEATMAP` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_SIMPLE` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_SIMPLEE`|
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_SIMPLE` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_SIMPLE` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_WIDE` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_WIDE` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTIWIDE` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTIWIDE` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_CROSS` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_CROSS` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTICROSS` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTICROSS`|
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_NEXUS` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_NEXUS` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTINEXUS` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTINEXUS`|
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH` |
## Custom layer effects
## Custom RGB Matrix Effects
Custom layer effects can be done by defining this in your `<keyboard>.c`:
By setting `RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_USER` (and/or `RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_KB`) in `rule.mk`, new effects can be defined directly from userspace, without having to edit any QMK core files.
To declare new effects, create a new `rgb_matrix_user/kb.inc` that looks something like this:
`rgb_matrix_user.inc` should go in the root of the keymap directory.
`rgb_matrix_kb.inc` should go in the root of the keyboard directory.
```C
void rgb_matrix_indicators_kb(void) {
rgb_matrix_set_color(index, red, green, blue);
// !!! DO NOT ADD #pragma once !!! //
// Step 1.
// Declare custom effects using the RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT macro
// (note the lack of semicolon after the macro!)
RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT(my_cool_effect)
RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT(my_cool_effect2)
// Step 2.
// Define effects inside the `RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_EFFECT_IMPLS` ifdef block
#ifdef RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_EFFECT_IMPLS
// e.g: A simple effect, self-contained within a single method
static bool my_cool_effect(effect_params_t* params) {
RGB_MATRIX_USE_LIMITS(led_min, led_max);
for (uint8_t i = led_min; i < led_max; i++) {
rgb_matrix_set_color(i, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00);
}
return led_max < DRIVER_LED_TOTAL;
}
// e.g: A more complex effect, relying on external methods and state, with
// dedicated init and run methods
static uint8_t some_global_state;
static void my_cool_effect2_complex_init(effect_params_t* params) {
some_global_state = 1;
}
static bool my_cool_effect2_complex_run(effect_params_t* params) {
RGB_MATRIX_USE_LIMITS(led_min, led_max);
for (uint8_t i = led_min; i < led_max; i++) {
rgb_matrix_set_color(i, 0xff, some_global_state++, 0xff);
}
return led_max < DRIVER_LED_TOTAL;
}
static bool my_cool_effect2(effect_params_t* params) {
if (params->init) my_cool_effect2_complex_init(params);
return my_cool_effect2_complex_run(params);
}
#endif // RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_EFFECT_IMPLS
```
A similar function works in the keymap as `rgb_matrix_indicators_user`.
For inspiration and examples, check out the built-in effects under `quantum/rgb_matrix_animation/`
## Colors
These are shorthands to popular colors. The `RGB` ones can be passed to the `setrgb` functions, while the `HSV` ones to the `sethsv` functions.
|RGB |HSV |
|-------------------|-------------------|
|`RGB_WHITE` |`HSV_WHITE` |
|`RGB_RED` |`HSV_RED` |
|`RGB_CORAL` |`HSV_CORAL` |
|`RGB_ORANGE` |`HSV_ORANGE` |
|`RGB_GOLDENROD` |`HSV_GOLDENROD` |
|`RGB_GOLD` |`HSV_GOLD` |
|`RGB_YELLOW` |`HSV_YELLOW` |
|`RGB_CHARTREUSE` |`HSV_CHARTREUSE` |
|`RGB_GREEN` |`HSV_GREEN` |
|`RGB_SPRINGGREEN` |`HSV_SPRINGGREEN` |
|`RGB_TURQUOISE` |`HSV_TURQUOISE` |
|`RGB_TEAL` |`HSV_TEAL` |
|`RGB_CYAN` |`HSV_CYAN` |
|`RGB_AZURE` |`HSV_AZURE` |
|`RGB_BLUE` |`HSV_BLUE` |
|`RGB_PURPLE` |`HSV_PURPLE` |
|`RGB_MAGENTA` |`HSV_MAGENTA` |
|`RGB_PINK` |`HSV_PINK` |
These are defined in [`rgblight_list.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight_list.h). Feel free to add to this list!
## Additional `config.h` Options
@ -246,6 +374,7 @@ A similar function works in the keymap as `rgb_matrix_indicators_user`.
#define RGB_MATRIX_LED_PROCESS_LIMIT (DRIVER_LED_TOTAL + 4) / 5 // limits the number of LEDs to process in an animation per task run (increases keyboard responsiveness)
#define RGB_MATRIX_LED_FLUSH_LIMIT 16 // limits in milliseconds how frequently an animation will update the LEDs. 16 (16ms) is equivalent to limiting to 60fps (increases keyboard responsiveness)
#define RGB_MATRIX_MAXIMUM_BRIGHTNESS 200 // limits maximum brightness of LEDs to 200 out of 255. If not defined maximum brightness is set to 255
#define RGB_MATRIX_STARTUP_MODE RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT // Sets the default mode, if none has been set
```
## EEPROM storage
@ -253,10 +382,10 @@ A similar function works in the keymap as `rgb_matrix_indicators_user`.
The EEPROM for it is currently shared with the RGBLIGHT system (it's generally assumed only one RGB would be used at a time), but could be configured to use its own 32bit address with:
```C
#define EECONFIG_RGB_MATRIX (uint32_t *)16
#define EECONFIG_RGB_MATRIX (uint32_t *)28
```
Where `16` is an unused index from `eeconfig.h`.
Where `28` is an unused index from `eeconfig.h`.
## Suspended state

224
docs/feature_rgblight.md
View File

@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ QMK uses [Hue, Saturation, and Value](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV)
<img src="gitbook/images/color-wheel.svg" alt="HSV Color Wheel" width="250"/>
Changing the **Hue** cycles around the circle.
Changing the **Saturation** moves between the inner and outer sections of the wheel, affecting the intensity of the color.
Changing the **Value** sets the overall brightness.
Changing the **Hue** cycles around the circle.<br>
Changing the **Saturation** moves between the inner and outer sections of the wheel, affecting the intensity of the color.<br>
Changing the **Value** sets the overall brightness.<br>
## Keycodes
@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ Your RGB lighting can be configured by placing these `#define`s in your `config.
|`RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP` |`17` |The number of steps to increment the brightness by |
|`RGBLIGHT_LIMIT_VAL` |`255` |The maximum brightness level |
|`RGBLIGHT_SLEEP` |*Not defined*|If defined, the RGB lighting will be switched off when the host goes to sleep|
|`RGBLIGHT_SPLIT` |*Not defined*|If defined, synchronization functionality for split keyboards is added|
## Animations
## Effects and Animations
Not only can this lighting be whatever color you want,
if `RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_xxxx` or `RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` is defined, you also have a number of animation modes at your disposal:
@ -99,29 +99,54 @@ Check out [this video](https://youtube.com/watch?v=VKrpPAHlisY) for a demonstrat
Note: For versions older than 0.6.117, The mode numbers were written directly. In `quantum/rgblight.h` there is a contrast table between the old mode number and the current symbol.
The following options can be used to tweak the various animations:
### Effect and Animation Toggles
Use these defines to add or remove animations from the firmware. When you are running low on flash space, it can be helpful to disable animations you are not using.
|Define |Default |Description |
|------------------------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHING` |*Not defined*|If defined, enable breathing animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_MOOD` |*Not defined*|If defined, enable rainbow mood animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_SWIRL` |*Not defined*|If defined, enable rainbow swirl animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE` |*Not defined*|If defined, enable snake animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT` |*Not defined*|If defined, enable knight animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS` |*Not defined*|If defined, enable christmas animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_STATIC_GRADIENT` |*Not defined*|If defined, enable static gradient mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RGB_TEST` |*Not defined*|If defined, enable RGB test animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_ALTERNATING` |*Not defined*|If defined, enable alternating animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` |*Not defined*|If defined, enables all additional animation modes |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHE_CENTER` |`1.85` |Used to calculate the curve for the breathing animation. Valid values are 1.0 to 2.7 |
|`RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` |*Not defined*|Enable all additional animation modes. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_ALTERNATING` |*Not defined*|Enable alternating animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHING` |*Not defined*|Enable breathing animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS` |*Not defined*|Enable christmas animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT` |*Not defined*|Enable knight animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_MOOD` |*Not defined*|Enable rainbow mood animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_SWIRL` |*Not defined*|Enable rainbow swirl animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RGB_TEST` |*Not defined*|Enable RGB test animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE` |*Not defined*|Enable snake animation mode. |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_STATIC_GRADIENT` |*Not defined*|Enable static gradient mode. |
### Effect and Animation Settings
The following options are used to tweak the various animations:
|Define |Default |Description |
|------------------------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHE_CENTER` |*Not defined*|If defined, used to calculate the curve for the breathing animation. Valid values are 1.0 to 2.7 |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHE_MAX` |`255` |The maximum brightness for the breathing mode. Valid values are 1 to 255 |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE_LENGTH` |`4` |The number of LEDs to light up for the "Snake" animation |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_LENGTH` |`3` |The number of LEDs to light up for the "Knight" animation |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_OFFSET` |`0` |The number of LEDs to start the "Knight" animation from the start of the strip by |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_LED_NUM` |`RGBLED_NUM` |The number of LEDs to have the "Knight" animation travel |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS_INTERVAL`|`1000` |How long to wait between light changes for the "Christmas" animation, in milliseconds|
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS_STEP` |`2` |The number of LEDs to group the red/green colors by for the "Christmas" animation |
|`RGBLIGHT_RAINBOW_SWIRL_RANGE` |`360` |Range adjustment for the rainbow swirl effect to get different swirls |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_LED_NUM` |`RGBLED_NUM` |The number of LEDs to have the "Knight" animation travel |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_LENGTH` |`3` |The number of LEDs to light up for the "Knight" animation |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_OFFSET` |`0` |The number of LEDs to start the "Knight" animation from the start of the strip by |
|`RGBLIGHT_RAINBOW_SWIRL_RANGE` |`255` |Range adjustment for the rainbow swirl effect to get different swirls |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE_LENGTH` |`4` |The number of LEDs to light up for the "Snake" animation |
### Example Usage to Reduce Memory Footprint
1. Remove `RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` from `config.h`.
1. Selectively add the animations you want to enable. The following would enable two animations and save about 4KiB:
```diff
#undef RGBLED_NUM
-#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
+#define RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_STATIC_GRADIENT
+#define RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_SWIRL
#define RGBLED_NUM 12
#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 8
#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 8
```
### Animation Speed
You can also modify the speeds that the different modes animate at:
@ -144,53 +169,142 @@ const uint8_t RGBLED_SNAKE_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {100, 50, 20};
const uint8_t RGBLED_KNIGHT_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {127, 63, 31};
// These control which hues are selected for each of the "Static gradient" modes
const uint16_t RGBLED_GRADIENT_RANGES[] PROGMEM = {360, 240, 180, 120, 90};
const uint8_t RGBLED_GRADIENT_RANGES[] PROGMEM = {255, 170, 127, 85, 64};
```
## Functions
If you need to change your RGB lighting in code, for example in a macro to change the color whenever you switch layers, QMK provides a set of functions to assist you. See [`rgblight.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight.h) for the full list, but the most commonly used functions include:
### Utility Functions
|Function |Description |
|--------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`rgblight_enable()` |Turn LEDs on, based on their previous state |
|`rgblight_enable_noeeprom()` |Turn LEDs on, based on their previous state (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_disable()` |Turn LEDs off |
|`rgblight_disable_noeeprom()` |Turn LEDs off (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_mode(x)` |Set the mode, if RGB animations are enabled |
|`rgblight_mode_noeeprom(x)` |Set the mode, if RGB animations are enabled (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_setrgb(r, g, b)` |Set all LEDs to the given RGB value where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_setrgb_at(r, g, b, led)` |Set a single LED to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 and `led` is between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM) |
|--------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`sethsv(hue, sat, val, ledbuf)` |Set ledbuf to the given HSV value |
|`sethsv_raw(hue, sat, val, ledbuf)` |Set ledbuf to the given HSV value without RGBLIGHT_LIMIT_VAL check |
|`setrgb(r, g, b, ledbuf)` |Set ledbuf to the given RGB value where `r`/`g`/`b` |
### Low level Functions
|Function |Description |
|--------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------|
|`rgblight_set()` |Flash out led buffers to LEDs |
|`rgblight_set_clipping_range(pos, num)` |Set clipping Range. see [Clipping Range](#clipping-range) |
Example:
```c
sethsv(HSV_WHITE, (LED_TYPE *)&led[0]); // led 0
sethsv(HSV_RED, (LED_TYPE *)&led[1]); // led 1
sethsv(HSV_GREEN, (LED_TYPE *)&led[2]); // led 2
rgblight_set(); // Utility functions do not call rgblight_set() automatically, so they need to be called explicitly.
```
### Effects and Animations Functions
#### effect range setting
|Function |Description |
|--------------------------------------------|------------------|
|`rgblight_set_effect_range(pos, num)` |Set Effects Range |
#### direct operation
|Function |Description |
|--------------------------------------------|-------------|
|`rgblight_setrgb_at(r, g, b, index)` |Set a single LED to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 and `index` is between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_sethsv_at(h, s, v, index)` |Set a single LED to the given HSV value, where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255, and `index` is between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_setrgb_range(r, g, b, start, end)`|Set a continuous range of LEDs to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 and `start`(included) and `stop`(excluded) are between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM)|
|`rgblight_sethsv_range(h, s, v, start, end)`|Set a continuous range of LEDs to the given HSV value, where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255, and `start`(included) and `stop`(excluded) are between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM)|
|`rgblight_setrgb(r, g, b)` |Set effect range LEDs to the given RGB value where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_setrgb_master(r, g, b)` |Set the LEDs on the master side to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_setrgb_slave(r, g, b)` |Set the LEDs on the slave side to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_sethsv(h, s, v)` |Set all LEDs to the given HSV value where `h` is between 0 and 360 and `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 |
|`rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(h, s, v)` |Set all LEDs to the given HSV value where `h` is between 0 and 360 and `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_sethsv_at(h, s, v, led)` |Set a single LED to the given HSV value, where `h` is between 0 and 360, `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255, and `led` is between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM)|
|`rgblight_sethsv_range(h, s, v, start, end)`|Set a continuous range of LEDs to the given HSV value, where `h` is between 0 and 360, `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255, and `start`(included) and `stop`(excluded) are between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM)|
|`rgblight_sethsv_master(h, s, v)` |Set the LEDs on the master side to the given HSV value, where `h` is between 0 and 360, `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_sethsv_slave(h, s, v)` |Set the LEDs on the slave side to the given HSV value, where `h` is between 0 and 360, `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_toggle()` |Toggle all LEDs between on and off |
|`rgblight_toggle_noeeprom()` |Toggle all LEDs between on and off (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_sethsv_master(h, s, v)` |Set the LEDs on the master side to the given HSV value, where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_sethsv_slave(h, s, v)` |Set the LEDs on the slave side to the given HSV value, where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
Example:
```c
rgblight_sethsv(HSV_WHITE, 0); // led 0
rgblight_sethsv(HSV_RED, 1); // led 1
rgblight_sethsv(HSV_GREEN, 2); // led 2
// The above functions automatically calls rgblight_set(), so there is no need to call it explicitly.
// Note that it is inefficient to call repeatedly.
```
#### effect mode change
|Function |Description |
|--------------------------------------------|-------------|
|`rgblight_mode(x)` |Set the mode, if RGB animations are enabled |
|`rgblight_mode_noeeprom(x)` |Set the mode, if RGB animations are enabled (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_step()` |Change the mode to the next RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations |
|`rgblight_step_noeeprom()` |Change the mode to the next RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_step_reverse()` |Change the mode to the previous RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations |
|`rgblight_step_reverse_noeeprom()` |Change the mode to the previous RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_increase_hue()` |Increase the hue for all LEDs. This wraps around at maximum hue |
|`rgblight_increase_hue_noeeprom()` |Increase the hue for all LEDs. This wraps around at maximum hue (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_decrease_hue()` |Decrease the hue for all LEDs. This wraps around at minimum hue |
|`rgblight_decrease_hue_noeeprom()` |Decrease the hue for all LEDs. This wraps around at minimum hue (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_increase_sat()` |Increase the saturation for all LEDs. This wraps around at maximum saturation |
|`rgblight_increase_sat_noeeprom()` |Increase the saturation for all LEDs. This wraps around at maximum saturation (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_decrease_sat()` |Decrease the saturation for all LEDs. This wraps around at minimum saturation |
|`rgblight_decrease_sat_noeeprom()` |Decrease the saturation for all LEDs. This wraps around at minimum saturation (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_increase_val()` |Increase the value for all LEDs. This wraps around at maximum value |
|`rgblight_increase_val_noeeprom()` |Increase the value for all LEDs. This wraps around at maximum value (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_decrease_val()` |Decrease the value for all LEDs. This wraps around at minimum value |
|`rgblight_decrease_val_noeeprom()` |Decrease the value for all LEDs. This wraps around at minimum value (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_set_clipping_range(pos, num)` |Set clipping Range |
Additionally, [`rgblight_list.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight_list.h) defines several predefined shortcuts for various colors. Feel free to add to this list!
#### effects mode disable/enable
|Function |Description |
|--------------------------------------------|-------------|
|`rgblight_toggle()` |Toggle effect range LEDs between on and off |
|`rgblight_toggle_noeeprom()` |Toggle effect range LEDs between on and off (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_enable()` |Turn effect range LEDs on, based on their previous state |
|`rgblight_enable_noeeprom()` |Turn effect range LEDs on, based on their previous state (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_disable()` |Turn effect range LEDs off |
|`rgblight_disable_noeeprom()` |Turn effect range LEDs off (not written to EEPROM) |
#### hue, sat, val change
|Function |Description |
|--------------------------------------------|-------------|
|`rgblight_increase_hue()` |Increase the hue for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum hue |
|`rgblight_increase_hue_noeeprom()` |Increase the hue for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum hue (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_decrease_hue()` |Decrease the hue for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum hue |
|`rgblight_decrease_hue_noeeprom()` |Decrease the hue for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum hue (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_increase_sat()` |Increase the saturation for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum saturation |
|`rgblight_increase_sat_noeeprom()` |Increase the saturation for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum saturation (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_decrease_sat()` |Decrease the saturation for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum saturation |
|`rgblight_decrease_sat_noeeprom()` |Decrease the saturation for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum saturation (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_increase_val()` |Increase the value for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum value |
|`rgblight_increase_val_noeeprom()` |Increase the value for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum value (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_decrease_val()` |Decrease the value for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum value |
|`rgblight_decrease_val_noeeprom()` |Decrease the value for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum value (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_sethsv(h, s, v)` |Set effect range LEDs to the given HSV value where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 |
|`rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(h, s, v)` |Set effect range LEDs to the given HSV value where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
#### query
|Function |Description |
|-----------------------|-----------------|
|`rgblight_get_mode()` |Get current mode |
|`rgblight_get_hue()` |Get current hue |
|`rgblight_get_sat()` |Get current sat |
|`rgblight_get_val()` |Get current val |
## Colors
These are shorthands to popular colors. The `RGB` ones can be passed to the `setrgb` functions, while the `HSV` ones to the `sethsv` functions.
|RGB |HSV |
|-------------------|-------------------|
|`RGB_WHITE` |`HSV_WHITE` |
|`RGB_RED` |`HSV_RED` |
|`RGB_CORAL` |`HSV_CORAL` |
|`RGB_ORANGE` |`HSV_ORANGE` |
|`RGB_GOLDENROD` |`HSV_GOLDENROD` |
|`RGB_GOLD` |`HSV_GOLD` |
|`RGB_YELLOW` |`HSV_YELLOW` |
|`RGB_CHARTREUSE` |`HSV_CHARTREUSE` |
|`RGB_GREEN` |`HSV_GREEN` |
|`RGB_SPRINGGREEN` |`HSV_SPRINGGREEN` |
|`RGB_TURQUOISE` |`HSV_TURQUOISE` |
|`RGB_TEAL` |`HSV_TEAL` |
|`RGB_CYAN` |`HSV_CYAN` |
|`RGB_AZURE` |`HSV_AZURE` |
|`RGB_BLUE` |`HSV_BLUE` |
|`RGB_PURPLE` |`HSV_PURPLE` |
|`RGB_MAGENTA` |`HSV_MAGENTA` |
|`RGB_PINK` |`HSV_PINK` |
```c
rgblight_setrgb(RGB_ORANGE);
rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(HSV_GREEN);
rgblight_setrgb_at(RGB_GOLD, 3);
rgblight_sethsv_range(HSV_WHITE, 0, 6);
```
These are defined in [`rgblight_list.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight_list.h). Feel free to add to this list!
## Changing the order of the LEDs
@ -266,4 +380,6 @@ In addition to setting the Clipping Range, you can use `RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP` togeth
```
<img src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/2170248/55743747-119e4c00-5a6e-11e9-91e5-013203ffae8a.JPG" alt="clip mapped" width="70%"/>
## Hardware Modification
If your keyboard lacks onboard underglow LEDs, you may often be able to solder on an RGB LED strip yourself. You will need to find an unused pin to wire to the data pin of your LED strip. Some keyboards may break out unused pins from the MCU to make soldering easier. The other two pins, VCC and GND, must also be connected to the appropriate power pins.

60
docs/feature_space_cadet.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
# Space Cadet: The Future, Built In
Steve Losh described the [Space Cadet Shift](http://stevelosh.com/blog/2012/10/a-modern-space-cadet/) quite well. Essentially, when you tap Left Shift on its own, you get an opening parenthesis; tap Right Shift on its own and you get the closing one. When held, the Shift keys function as normal. Yes, it's as cool as it sounds, and now even cooler supporting Control and Alt as well!
## Usage
Firstly, in your keymap, do one of the following:
- Replace the Left Shift key with `KC_LSPO` (Left Shift, Parenthesis Open), and Right Shift with `KC_RSPC` (Right Shift, Parenthesis Close).
- Replace the Left Control key with `KC_LCPO` (Left Control, Parenthesis Open), and Right Control with `KC_RCPC` (Right Control, Parenthesis Close).
- Replace the Left Alt key with `KC_LAPO` (Left Alt, Parenthesis Open), and Right Alt with `KC_RAPC` (Right Alt, Parenthesis Close).
- Replace any Shift key in your keymap with `KC_SFTENT` (Right Shift, Enter).
## Keycodes
|Keycode |Description |
|-----------|-------------------------------------------|
|`KC_LSPO` |Left Shift when held, `(` when tapped |
|`KC_RSPC` |Right Shift when held, `)` when tapped |
|`KC_LCPO` |Left Control when held, `(` when tapped |
|`KC_RCPC` |Right Control when held, `)` when tapped |
|`KC_LAPO` |Left Alt when held, `(` when tapped |
|`KC_RAPC` |Right Alt when held, `)` when tapped |
|`KC_SFTENT`|Right Shift when held, Enter when tapped |
## Caveats
Space Cadet's functionality can conflict with the default Command functionality when both Shift keys are held at the same time. See the [Command feature](feature_command.md) for info on how to change it, or make sure that Command is disabled in your `rules.mk` with:
```make
COMMAND_ENABLE = no
```
## Configuration
By default Space Cadet assumes a US ANSI layout, but if your layout uses different keys for parentheses, you can redefine them in your `config.h`. In addition, you can redefine the modifier to send on tap, or even send no modifier at all. The new configuration defines bundle all options up into a single define of 3 key codes in this order: the `Modifier` when held or when used with other keys, the `Tap Modifer` sent when tapped (no modifier if `KC_TRNS`), finally the `Keycode` sent when tapped. Now keep in mind, mods from other keys will still apply to the `Keycode` if say `KC_RSFT` is held while tapping `KC_LSPO` key with `KC_TRNS` as the `Tap Modifer`.
|Define |Default |Description |
|----------------|-------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`LSPO_KEYS` |`KC_LSFT, LSPO_MOD, LSPO_KEY` |Send `KC_LSFT` when held, the mod and key defined by `LSPO_MOD` and `LSPO_KEY`. |
|`RSPC_KEYS` |`KC_RSFT, RSPC_MOD, RSPC_KEY` |Send `KC_RSFT` when held, the mod and key defined by `RSPC_MOD` and `RSPC_KEY`. |
|`LCPO_KEYS` |`KC_LCTL, KC_LSFT, KC_9` |Send `KC_LCTL` when held, the mod `KC_LSFT` with the key `KC_9` when tapped. |
|`RCPC_KEYS` |`KC_RCTL, KC_RSFT, KC_0` |Send `KC_RCTL` when held, the mod `KC_RSFT` with the key `KC_0` when tapped. |
|`LAPO_KEYS` |`KC_LALT, KC_LSFT, KC_9` |Send `KC_LALT` when held, the mod `KC_LSFT` with the key `KC_9` when tapped. |
|`RAPC_KEYS` |`KC_RALT, KC_RSFT, KC_0` |Send `KC_RALT` when held, the mod `KC_RSFT` with the key `KC_0` when tapped. |
|`SFTENT_KEYS` |`KC_RSFT, KC_TRNS, SFTENT_KEY` |Send `KC_RSFT` when held, no mod with the key `SFTENT_KEY` when tapped. |
|`SPACE_CADET_MODIFIER_CARRYOVER` |*Not defined* |Store current modifiers before the hold mod is pressed and use them with the tap mod and keycode. Useful for when you frequently release a modifier before triggering Space Cadet. |
## Obsolete Configuration
These defines are used in the above defines internally to support backwards compatibility, so you may continue to use them, however the above defines open up a larger range of flexibility than before. As an example, say you want to not send any modifier when you tap just `KC_LSPO`, with the old defines you had an all or nothing choice of using the `DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_MODIFIER` define. Now you can define that key as: `#define LSPO_KEYS KC_LSFT, KC_TRNS, KC_9`. This tells the system to set Left Shift if held or used with other keys, then on tap send no modifier (transparent) with the `KC_9`.
|Define |Default |Description |
|------------------------------|-------------|------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`LSPO_KEY` |`KC_9` |The keycode to send when Left Shift is tapped |
|`RSPC_KEY` |`KC_0` |The keycode to send when Right Shift is tapped |
|`LSPO_MOD` |`KC_LSFT` |The modifier to apply to `LSPO_KEY` |
|`RSPC_MOD` |`KC_RSFT` |The modifier to apply to `RSPC_KEY` |
|`SFTENT_KEY` |`KC_ENT` |The keycode to send when the Shift key is tapped |
|`DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_MODIFIER`|*Not defined*|If defined, prevent the Space Cadet from applying a modifier |

37
docs/feature_space_cadet_shift.md
View File

@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
# Space Cadet Shift: The Future, Built In
Steve Losh described the [Space Cadet Shift](http://stevelosh.com/blog/2012/10/a-modern-space-cadet/) quite well. Essentially, when you tap Left Shift on its own, you get an opening parenthesis; tap Right Shift on its own and you get the closing one. When held, the Shift keys function as normal. Yes, it's as cool as it sounds.
## Usage
Replace the Left Shift key in your keymap with `KC_LSPO` (Left Shift, Parenthesis Open), and Right Shift with `KC_RSPC` (Right Shift, Parenthesis Close).
## Keycodes
|Keycode |Description |
|---------|--------------------------------------|
|`KC_LSPO`|Left Shift when held, `(` when tapped |
|`KC_RSPC`|Right Shift when held, `)` when tapped|
## Caveats
Space Cadet's functionality can conflict with the default Command functionality when both Shift keys are held at the same time. Make sure that Command is disabled in your `rules.mk` with:
```make
COMMAND_ENABLE = no
```
## Configuration
By default Space Cadet assumes a US ANSI layout, but if your layout uses different keys for parentheses, you can redefine them in your `config.h`.
You can also disable the rollover, allowing you to use the opposite Shift key to cancel the Space Cadet state in the event of an erroneous press, instead of emitting a pair of parentheses when the keys are released.
Also, by default, the Space Cadet applies modifiers LSPO_MOD and RSPC_MOD to keys defined by LSPO_KEY and RSPC_KEY. You can override this behavior by redefining those variables in your `config.h`. You can also prevent the Space Cadet to apply a modifier by defining DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_MODIFIER in your `config.h`.
|Define |Default |Description |
|------------------------------|-------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`LSPO_KEY` |`KC_9` |The keycode to send when Left Shift is tapped |
|`RSPC_KEY` |`KC_0` |The keycode to send when Right Shift is tapped |
|`LSPO_MOD` |`KC_LSFT` |The keycode to send when Left Shift is tapped |
|`RSPC_MOD` |`KC_RSFT` |The keycode to send when Right Shift is tapped |
|`DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_ROLLOVER`|*Not defined*|If defined, use the opposite Shift key to cancel Space Cadet |
|`DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_MODIFIER`|*Not defined*|If defined, prevent the Space Cadet to apply a modifier to LSPO_KEY and RSPC_KEY|

31
docs/feature_space_cadet_shift_enter.md
View File

@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
# Space Cadet Shift Enter
Based on the [Space Cadet Shift](feature_space_cadet_shift.md) feature. Tap the Shift key on its own, and it behaves like Enter. When held, the Shift functions as normal.
## Usage
Replace any Shift key in your keymap with `KC_SFTENT` (Shift, Enter), and you're done.
## Keycodes
|Keycode |Description |
|-----------|----------------------------------------|
|`KC_SFTENT`|Right Shift when held, Enter when tapped|
## Caveats
As with Space Cadet Shift, this feature may conflict with Command, so it should be disabled in your `rules.mk` with:
```make
COMMAND_ENABLE = no
```
This feature also uses the same timers as Space Cadet Shift, so using them in tandem may produce strange results.
## Configuration
By default Space Cadet assumes a US ANSI layout, but if you'd like to use a different key for Enter, you can redefine it in your `config.h`:
|Define |Default |Description |
|------------|--------|------------------------------------------------|
|`SFTENT_KEY`|`KC_ENT`|The keycode to send when the Shift key is tapped|

199
docs/feature_split_keyboard.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
# Split Keyboard
Many keyboards in the QMK Firmware repo are "split" keyboards. They use two controllers—one plugging into USB, and the second connected by a serial or an I<sup>2</sup>C connection over a TRRS or similar cable.
Split keyboards can have a lot of benefits, but there is some additional work needed to get them enabled.
QMK Firmware has a generic implementation that is usable by any board, as well as numerous board specific implementations.
For this, we will mostly be talking about the generic implementation used by the Let's Split and other keyboards.
!> ARM is not yet supported for Split Keyboards. Progress is being made, but we are not quite there, yet.
## Hardware Configuration
This assumes that you're using two Pro Micro-compatible controllers, and are using TRRS jacks to connect to two halves.
### Required Hardware
Apart from diodes and key switches for the keyboard matrix in each half, you will need 2x TRRS sockets and 1x TRRS cable.
Alternatively, you can use any sort of cable and socket that has at least 3 wires.
If you want to use I<sup>2</sup>C to communicate between halves, you will need a cable with at least 4 wires and 2x 4.7kΩ pull-up resistors.
#### Considerations
The most commonly used connection is a TRRS cable and jacks. These provide 4 wires, making them very useful for split keyboards, and are easy to find.
However, since one of the wires carries VCC, this means that the boards are not hot pluggable. You should always disconnect the board from USB before unplugging and plugging in TRRS cables, or you can short the controller, or worse.
Another option is to use phone cables (as in, old school RJ-11/RJ-14 cables). Make sure that you use one that actually supports 4 wires/lanes.
However, USB cables, SATA cables, and even just 4 wires have been known to be used for communication between the controllers.
!> Using USB cables for communication between the controllers works just fine, but the connector could be mistaken for a normal USB connection and potentially short out the keyboard, depending on how it's wired. For this reason, they are not recommended for connecting split keyboards.
### Serial Wiring
The 3 wires of the TRS/TRRS cable need to connect GND, VCC, and D0 (aka PDO or pin 3) between the two Pro Micros.
?> Note that the pin used here is actually set by `SOFT_SERIAL_PIN` below.
![serial wiring](https://i.imgur.com/C3D1GAQ.png)
### I<sup>2</sup>C Wiring
The 4 wires of the TRRS cable need to connect GND, VCC, and SCL and SDA (aka PD0/pin 3 and PD1/pin 2, respectively) between the two Pro Micros.
The pull-up resistors may be placed on either half. It is also possible to use 4 resistors and have the pull-ups in both halves, but this is unnecessary in simple use cases.
![I2C wiring](https://i.imgur.com/Hbzhc6E.png)
## Firmware Configuration
To enable the split keyboard feature, add the following to your `rules.mk`:
```make
SPLIT_KEYBOARD = yes
```
If you're using a custom transport (communication method), then you will also need to add:
```make
SPLIT_TRANSPORT = custom
```
### Setting Handedness
By default, the firmware does not know which side is which; it needs some help to determine that. There are several ways to do this, listed in order of precedence.
#### Handedness by Pin
You can configure the firmware to read a pin on the controller to determine handedness. To do this, add the following to your `config.h` file:
```c
#define SPLIT_HAND_PIN B7
```
This will read the specified pin. If it's high, then the controller assumes it is the left hand, and if it's low, it's assumed to be the right side.
#### Handedness by EEPROM
This method sets the keyboard's handedness by setting a flag in the persistent storage (`EEPROM`). This is checked when the controller first starts up, and determines what half the keyboard is, and how to orient the keyboard layout.
To enable this method, add the following to your `config.h` file:
```c
#define EE_HANDS
```
However, you'll have to flash the EEPROM files for the correct hand to each controller. You can do this manually, or there are targets for avrdude and dfu to do this, while flashing the firmware:
* `:avrdude-split-left`
* `:avrdude-split-right`
* `:dfu-split-left`
* `:dfu-split-right`
* `:dfu-util-split-left`
* `:dfu-util-split-right`
This setting is not changed when re-initializing the EEPROM using the `EEP_RST` key, or using the `eeconfig_init()` function. However, if you reset the EEPROM outside of the firmware's built in options (such as flashing a file that overwrites the `EEPROM`, like how the [QMK Toolbox]()'s "Reset EEPROM" button works), you'll need to re-flash the controller with the `EEPROM` files.
You can find the `EEPROM` files in the QMK firmware repo, [here](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/quantum/split_common).
#### Handedness by `#define`
You can set the handedness at compile time. This is done by adding the following to your `config.h` file:
```c
#define MASTER_RIGHT
```
or
```c
#define MASTER_LEFT
```
If neither are defined, the handedness defaults to `MASTER_LEFT`.
### Communication Options
Because not every split keyboard is identical, there are a number of additional options that can be configured in your `config.h` file.
```c
#define USE_I2C
```
This enables I<sup>2</sup>C support for split keyboards. This isn't strictly for communication, but can be used for OLED or other I<sup>2</sup>C-based devices.
```c
#define SOFT_SERIAL_PIN D0
```
This sets the pin to be used for serial communication. If you're not using serial, you shouldn't need to define this.
However, if you are using serial and I<sup>2</sup>C on the board, you will need to set this, and to something other than D0 and D1 (as these are used for I<sup>2</sup>C communication).
```c
#define SELECT_SOFT_SERIAL_SPEED {#}`
```
If you're having issues with serial communication, you can change this value, as it controls the communication speed for serial. The default is 1, and the possible values are:
* **`0`**: about 189kbps (Experimental only)
* **`1`**: about 137kbps (default)
* **`2`**: about 75kbps
* **`3`**: about 39kbps
* **`4`**: about 26kbps
* **`5`**: about 20kbps
### Hardware Configuration Options
There are some settings that you may need to configure, based on how the hardware is set up.
```c
#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS_RIGHT { <row pins> }
#define MATRIX_COL_PINS_RIGHT { <col pins> }
```
This allows you to specify a different set of pins for the matrix on the right side. This is useful if you have a board with differently-shaped halves that requires a different configuration (such as Keebio's Quefrency).
```c
#define DIRECT_PINS_RIGHT { { F1, F0, B0, C7 }, { F4, F5, F6, F7 } }
```
This allows you to specify a different set of direct pins for the right side.
```c
#define ENCODERS_PAD_A_RIGHT { encoder1a, encoder2a }
#define ENCODERS_PAD_B_RIGHT { encoder1b, encoder2b }
```
This allows you to specify a different set of encoder pins for the right side.
```c
#define RGBLIGHT_SPLIT
```
This option enables synchronization of the RGB Light modes between the controllers of the split keyboard. This is for keyboards that have RGB LEDs that are directly wired to the controller (that is, they are not using the "extra data" option on the TRRS cable).
```c
#define RGBLED_SPLIT { 6, 6 }
```
This sets how many LEDs are directly connected to each controller. The first number is the left side, and the second number is the right side.
?> This setting implies that `RGBLIGHT_SPLIT` is enabled, and will forcibly enable it, if it's not.
## Additional Resources
Nicinabox has a [very nice and detailed guide](https://github.com/nicinabox/lets-split-guide) for the Let's Split keyboard, that covers most everything you need to know, including troubleshooting information.
However, the RGB Light section is out of date, as it was written long before the RGB Split code was added to QMK Firmware. Instead, wire each strip up directly to the controller.
<!-- I may port this information later, but for now ... it's very nice, and covers everything -->

152
docs/feature_tap_dance.md
View File

@ -1,25 +1,38 @@
# Tap Dance: A Single Key Can Do 3, 5, or 100 Different Things
<!-- FIXME: Break this up into multiple sections -->
## Introduction
Hit the semicolon key once, send a semicolon. Hit it twice, rapidly -- send a colon. Hit it three times, and your keyboard's LEDs do a wild dance. That's just one example of what Tap Dance can do. It's one of the nicest community-contributed features in the firmware, conceived and created by [algernon](https://github.com/algernon) in [#451](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/451). Here's how algernon describes the feature:
With this feature one can specify keys that behave differently, based on the amount of times they have been tapped, and when interrupted, they get handled before the interrupter.
To make it clear how this is different from `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`, let's explore a certain setup! We want one key to send `Space` on single tap, but `Enter` on double-tap.
## Explanatory Comparison with `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`
`ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP` can offer similar functionality to Tap Dance, but it's worth noting some important differences. To do this, let's explore a certain setup! We want one key to send `Space` on single-tap, but `Enter` on double-tap.
With `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`, it is quite a rain-dance to set this up, and has the problem that when the sequence is interrupted, the interrupting key will be sent first. Thus, `SPC a` will result in `a SPC` being sent, if they are typed within `TAPPING_TERM`. With the tap dance feature, that'll come out as `SPC a`, correctly.
With `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`, it is quite a rain-dance to set this up, and has the problem that when the sequence is interrupted, the interrupting key will be sent first. Thus, `SPC a` will result in `a SPC` being sent, if `SPC` and `a` are both typed within `TAPPING_TERM`. With the Tap Dance feature, that'll come out correctly as `SPC a` (even if both `SPC` and `a` are typed within the `TAPPING_TERM`.
The implementation hooks into two parts of the system, to achieve this: into `process_record_quantum()`, and the matrix scan. We need the latter to be able to time out a tap sequence even when a key is not being pressed, so `SPC` alone will time out and register after `TAPPING_TERM` time.
To achieve this correct handling of interrupts, the implementation of Tap Dance hooks into two parts of the system: `process_record_quantum()`, and the matrix scan. These two parts are explained below, but for now the point to note is that we need the latter to be able to time out a tap sequence even when a key is not being pressed. That way, `SPC` alone will time out and register after `TAPPING_TERM` time.
But lets start with how to use it, first!
## How to Use Tap Dance
But enough of the generalities; lets look at how to actually use Tap Dance!
First, you will need `TAP_DANCE_ENABLE=yes` in your `rules.mk`, because the feature is disabled by default. This adds a little less than 1k to the firmware size. Next, you will want to define some tap-dance keys, which is easiest to do with the `TD()` macro, that - similar to `F()`, takes a number, which will later be used as an index into the `tap_dance_actions` array.
First, you will need `TAP_DANCE_ENABLE=yes` in your `rules.mk`, because the feature is disabled by default. This adds a little less than 1k to the firmware size.
This array specifies what actions shall be taken when a tap-dance key is in action. Currently, there are five possible options:
Optionally, you might want to set a custom `TAPPING_TERM` time by adding something like this in you `config.h`:
```
#define TAPPING_TERM 175
```
The `TAPPING_TERM` time is the maximum time allowed between taps of your Tap Dance key, and is measured in milliseconds. For example, if you used the above `#define` statement and set up a Tap Dance key that sends `Space` on single-tap and `Enter` on double-tap, then this key will send `ENT` only if you tap this key twice in less than 175ms. If you tap the key, wait more than 175ms, and tap the key again you'll end up sending `SPC SPC` instead.
Next, you will want to define some tap-dance keys, which is easiest to do with the `TD()` macro, that - similar to `F()` - takes a number, which will later be used as an index into the `tap_dance_actions` array.
After this, you'll want to use the `tap_dance_actions` array to specify what actions shall be taken when a tap-dance key is in action. Currently, there are five possible options:
* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(kc1, kc2)`: Sends the `kc1` keycode when tapped once, `kc2` otherwise. When the key is held, the appropriate keycode is registered: `kc1` when pressed and held, `kc2` when tapped once, then pressed and held.
* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DUAL_ROLE(kc, layer)`: Sends the `kc` keycode when tapped once, or moves to `layer`. (this functions like the `TO` layer keycode).
* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_LAYER_MOVE(kc, layer)`: Sends the `kc` keycode when tapped once, or moves to `layer`. (this functions like the `TO` layer keycode).
* This is the same as `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DUAL_ROLE`, but renamed to something that is clearer about its functionality. Both names will work.
* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_LAYER_TOGGLE(kc, layer)`: Sends the `kc` keycode when tapped once, or toggles the state of `layer`. (this functions like the `TG` layer keycode).
* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN(fn)`: Calls the specified function - defined in the user keymap - with the final tap count of the tap dance action.
* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(on_each_tap_fn, on_dance_finished_fn, on_dance_reset_fn)`: Calls the first specified function - defined in the user keymap - on every tap, the second function when the dance action finishes (like the previous option), and the last function when the tap dance action resets.
* `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED_TIME(on_each_tap_fn, on_dance_finished_fn, on_dance_reset_fn, tap_specific_tapping_term)`: This functions identically to the `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED` function, but uses a custom tapping term for it, instead of the predefined `TAPPING_TERM`.
@ -28,13 +41,18 @@ The first option is enough for a lot of cases, that just want dual roles. For ex
!> Keep in mind that only [basic keycodes](keycodes_basic.md) are supported here. Custom keycodes are not supported.
And that's the bulk of it!
Similar to the first option, the second option is good for simple layer-switching cases.
And now, on to the explanation of how it works!
For more complicated cases, use the third or fourth options (examples of each are listed below).
The main entry point is `process_tap_dance()`, called from `process_record_quantum()`, which is run for every keypress, and our handler gets to run early. This function checks whether the key pressed is a tap-dance key. If it is not, and a tap-dance was in action, we handle that first, and enqueue the newly pressed key. If it is a tap-dance key, then we check if it is the same as the already active one (if there's one active, that is). If it is not, we fire off the old one first, then register the new one. If it was the same, we increment the counter and the timer.
Finally, the fifth option is particularly useful if your non-Tap-Dance keys start behaving weirdly after adding the code for your Tap Dance keys. The likely problem is that you changed the `TAPPING_TERM` time to make your Tap Dance keys easier for you to use, and that this has changed the way your other keys handle interrupts.
This means that you have `TAPPING_TERM` time to tap the key again, you do not have to input all the taps within that timeframe. This allows for longer tap counts, with minimal impact on responsiveness.
## Implementation Details
Well, that's the bulk of it! You should now be able to work through the examples below, and to develop your own Tap Dance functionality. But if you want a deeper understanding of what's going on behind the scenes, then read on for the explanation of how it all works!
The main entry point is `process_tap_dance()`, called from `process_record_quantum()`, which is run for every keypress, and our handler gets to run early. This function checks whether the key pressed is a tap-dance key. If it is not, and a tap-dance was in action, we handle that first, and enqueue the newly pressed key. If it is a tap-dance key, then we check if it is the same as the already active one (if there's one active, that is). If it is not, we fire off the old one first, then register the new one. If it was the same, we increment the counter and reset the timer.
This means that you have `TAPPING_TERM` time to tap the key again; you do not have to input all the taps within a single `TAPPING_TERM` timeframe. This allows for longer tap counts, with minimal impact on responsiveness.
Our next stop is `matrix_scan_tap_dance()`. This handles the timeout of tap-dance keys.
@ -397,3 +415,111 @@ qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
```
Wrap each tapdance keycode in `TD()` when including it in your keymap, e.g. `TD(ALT_LP)`.
### Example 6: Using tap dance for momentary-layer-switch and layer-toggle keys
Tap Dance can be used to mimic MO(layer) and TG(layer) functionality. For this example, we will set up a key to function as `KC_QUOT` on single-tap, as `MO(_MY_LAYER)` on single-hold, and `TG(_MY_LAYER)` on double-tap.
The first step is to include the following code towards the beginning of your `keymap.c`:
```
typedef struct {
bool is_press_action;
int state;
} tap;
//Define a type for as many tap dance states as you need
enum {
SINGLE_TAP = 1,
SINGLE_HOLD = 2,
DOUBLE_TAP = 3
};
enum {
QUOT_LAYR = 0 //Our custom tap dance key; add any other tap dance keys to this enum
};
//Declare the functions to be used with your tap dance key(s)
//Function associated with all tap dances
int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state);
//Functions associated with individual tap dances
void ql_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
void ql_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
//Declare variable to track which layer is active
int active_layer;
```
The above code is similar to that used in previous examples. The one point to note is that you need to declare a variable to keep track of what layer is currently the active layer. We'll see why shortly.
Towards the bottom of your `keymap.c`, include the following code:
```
//Update active_layer
uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
switch (biton32(state)) {
case 1:
active_layer = 1;
break;
case 2:
active_layer = 2;
break;
case 3:
active_layer = 3;
break;
default:
active_layer = 0;
break;
}
return state;
}
//Determine the current tap dance state
int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state) {
if (state->count == 1) {
if (!state->pressed) {return SINGLE_TAP;}
else return SINGLE_HOLD;
} else if (state->count == 2) {return DOUBLE_TAP;}
else return 8;
}
//Initialize tap structure associated with example tap dance key
static tap ql_tap_state = {
.is_press_action = true,
.state = 0
};
//Functions that control what our tap dance key does
void ql_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
ql_tap_state.state = cur_dance(state);
switch (ql_tap_state.state) {
case SINGLE_TAP: tap_code(KC_QUOT); break;
case SINGLE_HOLD: layer_on(_MY_LAYER); break;
case DOUBLE_TAP:
if (active_layer==_MY_LAYER) {layer_off(_MY_LAYER);}
else layer_on(_MY_LAYER);
}
}
void ql_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
if (ql_tap_state.state==SINGLE_HOLD) {layer_off(_MY_LAYER);}
ql_tap_state.state = 0;
}
//Associate our tap dance key with its functionality
qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
[QUOT_LAYR] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED_TIME(NULL, ql_finished, ql_reset, 275)
};
```
The is where the real logic of our tap dance key gets worked out. Since `layer_state_set_user()` is called on any layer switch, we use it to update `active_layer`. Our example is assuming that your `keymap.c` includes 4 layers, so adjust the switch statement here to fit your actual number of layers.
The use of `cur_dance()` and `ql_tap_state` mirrors the above examples.
The `case:SINGLE_TAP` in `ql_finished` is similar to the above examples. The `case:SINGLE_HOLD` works in conjunction with `ql_reset()` to switch to `_MY_LAYER` while the tap dance key is held, and to switch away from `_MY_LAYER` when the key is released. This mirrors the use of `MO(_MY_LAYER)`. The `case:DOUBLE_TAP` works by checking whether `_MY_LAYER` is the active layer, and toggling it on or off accordingly. This mirrors the use of `TG(_MY_LAYER)`.
`tap_dance_actions[]` works similar to the above examples. Note that I used `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED_TIME()` instead of `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED()`. This is because I like my `TAPPING_TERM` to be short (~175ms) for my non-tap-dance keys but find that this is too quick for me to reliably complete tap dance actions - thus the increased time of 275ms here.
Finally, to get this tap dance key working, be sure to include `TD(QUOT_LAYR)` in your `keymaps[]`.

117
docs/feature_unicode.md
View File

@ -1,22 +1,38 @@
# Unicode Support
There are three Unicode keymap definition methods available in QMK:
Unicode characters can be input straight from your keyboard! There are some limitations, however.
## `UNICODE_ENABLE`
QMK has three different methods for enabling Unicode input and defining keycodes:
Supports Unicode up to `0x7FFF`. This covers characters for most modern languages, as well as symbols, but it doesn't cover emoji. The keycode function is `UC(c)` in the keymap file, where _c_ is the code point's number (preferably hexadecimal, up to 4 digits long). For example: `UC(0x45B)`, `UC(0x30C4)`.
## Basic Unicode
## `UNICODEMAP_ENABLE`
This method supports Unicode code points up to `0x7FFF`. This covers characters for most modern languages, as well as symbols, but it doesn't cover emoji.
Supports Unicode up to `0x10FFFF` (all possible code points). You need to maintain a separate mapping table `const uint32_t PROGMEM unicode_map[] = {...}` in your keymap file. The keycode function is `X(i)`, where _i_ is an array index into the mapping table. The table may contain at most 1024 entries.
Add the following to your `rules.mk`:
You may want to have an enum to make referencing easier. So, you could add something like this to your keymap file:
```make
UNICODE_ENABLE = yes
```
Then add `UC(c)` keycodes to your keymap, where _c_ is the code point (preferably in hexadecimal, up to 4 digits long). For example: `UC(0x45B)`, `UC(0x30C4)`.
## Unicode Map
This method supports all possible code points (up to `0x10FFFF`); however, you need to maintain a separate mapping table in your keymap file, which may contain at most 16384 entries.
Add the following to your `rules.mk`:
```make
UNICODEMAP_ENABLE = yes
```
Then add `X(i)` keycodes to your keymap, where _i_ is an array index into the mapping table:
```c
enum unicode_names {
BANG,
IRONY,
SNEK,
SNEK
};
const uint32_t PROGMEM unicode_map[] = {
@ -26,13 +42,27 @@ const uint32_t PROGMEM unicode_map[] = {
};
```
Then you can use `X(BANG)` etc. in your keymap.
Then you can use `X(BANG)`, `X(SNEK)` etc. in your keymap.
## `UCIS_ENABLE`
### Lower and Upper Case
Supports Unicode up to `0x10FFFF` (all possible code points). As with `UNICODEMAP`, you need to maintain a mapping table in your keymap file. However, there are no built-in keycodes for this feature — you will have to add a keycode or function that calls `qk_ucis_start()`. Once this function's been called, you can type the corresponding mnemonic for your character, then hit Space or Enter to complete it, or Esc to cancel. If the mnemonic matches an entry in your table, the typed text will automatically be erased and the corresponding Unicode character inserted.
Characters often come in lower and upper case pairs, such as å and Å. To make inputting these characters easier, you can use `XP(i, j)` in your keymap, where _i_ and _j_ are the mapping table indices of the lower and upper case character, respectively. If you're holding down Shift or have Caps Lock turned on when you press the key, the second (upper case) character will be inserted; otherwise, the first (lower case) version will appear.
For instance, you would define a table like this in your keymap file:
This is most useful when creating a keymap for an international layout with special characters. Instead of having to put the lower and upper case versions of a character on separate keys, you can have them both on the same key by using `XP()`. This helps blend Unicode keys in with regular alphas.
Due to keycode size constraints, _i_ and _j_ can each only refer to one of the first 128 characters in your `unicode_map`. In other words, 0 ≤ _i_ ≤ 127 and 0 ≤ _j_ ≤ 127. This is enough for most use cases, but if you'd like to customize the index calculation, you can override the [`unicodemap_index()`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/71f640d47ee12c862c798e1f56392853c7b1c1a8/quantum/process_keycode/process_unicodemap.c#L40) function. This also allows you to, say, check Ctrl instead of Shift/Caps.
## UCIS
This method also supports all possible code points. As with the Unicode Map method, you need to maintain a mapping table in your keymap file. However, there are no built-in keycodes for this feature — you have to create a custom keycode or function that invokes this functionality.
Add the following to your `rules.mk`:
```make
UCIS_ENABLE = yes
```
Then define a table like this in your keymap file:
```c
const qk_ucis_symbol_t ucis_symbol_table[] = UCIS_TABLE(
@ -42,7 +72,7 @@ const qk_ucis_symbol_t ucis_symbol_table[] = UCIS_TABLE(
);
```
You call `qk_ucis_start()`, then type "rofl" and hit Enter. QMK should erase the "rofl" text and input the laughing emoji.
To use it, call `qk_ucis_start()`. Then, type the mnemonic for the character (such as "rofl"), and hit Space or Enter. QMK should erase the "rofl" text and insert the laughing emoji.
### Customization
@ -60,28 +90,29 @@ Unicode input in QMK works by inputting a sequence of characters to the OS, sort
The following input modes are available:
* **`UC_OSX`**: Mac OS X built-in Unicode hex input. Supports code points up to `0xFFFF` (`0x10FFFF` with `UNICODEMAP`).
* **`UC_OSX`**: macOS built-in Unicode hex input. Supports code points up to `0xFFFF` (`0x10FFFF` with Unicode Map).
To enable, go to _System Preferences > Keyboard > Input Sources_, add _Unicode Hex Input_ to the list (it's under _Other_), then activate it from the input dropdown in the Menu Bar.
By default, this mode uses the left Option key (`KC_LALT`), but this can be changed by defining [`UNICODE_OSX_KEY`](#input-key-configuration) with another keycode.
By default, this mode uses the left Option key (`KC_LALT`) for Unicode input, but this can be changed by defining [`UNICODE_KEY_OSX`](#input-key-configuration) with another keycode.
**Note:** Using the _Unicode Hex Input_ input source may disable some Option based shortcuts, such as: Option + Left Arrow (`moveWordLeftAndModifySelection`) and Option + Right Arrow (`moveWordRightAndModifySelection`).
!> Using the _Unicode Hex Input_ input source may disable some Option based shortcuts, such as Option + Left Arrow and Option + Right Arrow.
* **`UC_LNX`**: Linux built-in IBus Unicode input. Supports code points up to `0x10FFFF` (all possible code points).
Enabled by default and works almost anywhere on IBus-enabled distros. Without IBus, this mode works under GTK apps, but rarely anywhere else.
By default, this mode uses Ctrl+Shift+U (`LCTL(LSFT(KC_U))`) to start Unicode input, but this can be changed by defining [`UNICODE_KEY_LNX`](#input-key-configuration) with another keycode. This might be required for IBus versions ≥1.5.15, where Ctrl+Shift+U behavior is consolidated into Ctrl+Shift+E.
* **`UC_WIN`**: _(not recommended)_ Windows built-in hex numpad Unicode input. Supports code points up to `0xFFFF`.
To enable, create a registry key under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Input Method\EnableHexNumpad` of type `REG_SZ` called `EnableHexNumpad` and set its value to `1`. This can be done from the Command Prompt by running `reg add "HKCU\Control Panel\Input Method" -v EnableHexNumpad -t REG_SZ -d 1` with administrator privileges. Afterwards, reboot.
To enable, create a registry key under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Input Method\EnableHexNumpad` of type `REG_SZ` called `EnableHexNumpad` and set its value to `1`. This can be done from the Command Prompt by running `reg add "HKCU\Control Panel\Input Method" -v EnableHexNumpad -t REG_SZ -d 1` with administrator privileges. Reboot afterwards.
This mode is not recommended because of reliability and compatibility issues; use the `UC_WINC` mode instead.
* **`UC_BSD`**: _(non implemented)_ Unicode input under BSD. Not implemented at this time. If you're a BSD user and want to help add support for it, please [open an issue on GitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues).
* **`UC_WINC`**: Windows Unicode input using [WinCompose](https://github.com/samhocevar/wincompose). As of v0.8.2, supports code points up to `0xFFFFF` (all currently assigned code points).
* **`UC_WINC`**: Windows Unicode input using [WinCompose](https://github.com/samhocevar/wincompose). As of v0.9.0, supports code points up to `0x10FFFF` (all possible code points).
To enable, install the [latest release](https://github.com/samhocevar/wincompose/releases/latest). Once installed, WinCompose will automatically run on startup. Works reliably under all version of Windows supported by the app.
By default, this mode uses the right Alt key (`KC_RALT`), but this can be changed in the WinCompose settings and by defining [`UNICODE_WINC_KEY`](#input-key-configuration) with another keycode.
By default, this mode uses right Alt (`KC_RALT`) as the Compose key, but this can be changed in the WinCompose settings and by defining [`UNICODE_KEY_WINC`](#input-key-configuration) with another keycode.
### Switching Input Modes
@ -89,17 +120,17 @@ There are two ways to set the input mode for Unicode: by keycode or by function.
You can switch the input mode at any time by using one of the following keycodes. The easiest way is to add the ones you use to your keymap.
|Keycode |Alias |Input mode |Description |
|-----------------------|---------|-------------|-----------------------------------------|
|`UNICODE_MODE_FORWARD` |`UC_MOD` | |Cycles forwards through the available modes. [(Disabled by default)](#input-method-cycling)|
|`UNICODE_MODE_REVERSE` |`UC_RMOD`| |Cycles forwards through the available modes. [(Disabled by default)](#input-method-cycling)|
|`UNICODE_MODE_OSX` |`UC_M_OS`|`UC_OSX` |Switch to Mac OS X input. |
|`UNICODE_MODE_LNX` |`UC_M_LN`|`UC_LNX` |Switch to Linux input. |
|`UNICODE_MODE_WIN` |`UC_M_WI`|`UC_WIN` |Switch to Windows input. |
|`UNICODE_MODE_BSD` |`UC_M_BS`|`UC_BSD` |Switch to BSD input (not implemented). |
|`UNICODE_MODE_WINC` |`UC_M_WC`|`UC_WINC` |Switch to Windows input using WinCompose.|
|Keycode |Alias |Input Mode |Description |
|----------------------|---------|------------|--------------------------------------------------------------|
|`UNICODE_MODE_FORWARD`|`UC_MOD` |Next in list|[Cycle](#input-mode-cycling) through selected modes |
|`UNICODE_MODE_REVERSE`|`UC_RMOD`|Prev in list|[Cycle](#input-mode-cycling) through selected modes in reverse|
|`UNICODE_MODE_OSX` |`UC_M_OS`|`UC_OSX` |Switch to macOS input |
|`UNICODE_MODE_LNX` |`UC_M_LN`|`UC_LNX` |Switch to Linux input |
|`UNICODE_MODE_WIN` |`UC_M_WI`|`UC_WIN` |Switch to Windows input |
|`UNICODE_MODE_BSD` |`UC_M_BS`|`UC_BSD` |Switch to BSD input (not implemented) |
|`UNICODE_MODE_WINC` |`UC_M_WC`|`UC_WINC` |Switch to Windows input using WinCompose |
You can also switch the input mode by calling `set_unicode_input_mode(x)` in your code, where _x_ is one of the above input mode constants (e.g. `UC_LNX`). Since the function only needs to be called once, it's recommended that you do it in `eeconfig_init_user` (or a similar function). For example:
You can also switch the input mode by calling `set_unicode_input_mode(x)` in your code, where _x_ is one of the above input mode constants (e.g. `UC_LNX`). Since the function only needs to be called once, it's recommended that you do it in `eeconfig_init_user()` (or a similar function). For example:
```c
void eeconfig_init_user(void) {
@ -123,35 +154,45 @@ For instance, you can add these definitions to your `config.h` file:
### Additional Customization
Because Unicode is such a large and variable feature, there are a number of options that you can customize to work better on your system.
Because Unicode is a large and versatile feature, there are a number of options you can customize to make it work better on your system.
#### Start and Finish input functions
#### Start and Finish Input Functions
The functions for starting and finishing Unicode input on your platform can be overridden locally. Possible uses include customizing input mode behavior if you don't use the default keys, or adding extra visual/audio feedback to Unicode input.
* `void unicode_input_start(void)` – This sends the initial sequence that tells your platform to enter Unicode input mode. For example, it presses Ctrl+Shift+U on Linux and holds the Option key on Mac.
* `void unicode_input_start(void)` – This sends the initial sequence that tells your platform to enter Unicode input mode. For example, it presses Ctrl+Shift+U on Linux and holds the Option key on macOS.
* `void unicode_input_finish(void)` – This is called to exit Unicode input mode, for example by pressing Space or releasing the Option key.
You can find the default implementations of these functions in [`process_unicode_common.c`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode_common.c).
#### Input Key Configuration
Additionally, you can customize the keys used to trigger the unicode input for macOS and WinCompose by adding defines to your `config.h`
You can customize the keys used to trigger Unicode input for macOS, Linux and WinCompose by adding corresponding defines to your `config.h`. The default values match the platforms' default settings, so you shouldn't need to change this unless Unicode input isn't working, or you want to use a different key (e.g. in order to free up left or right Alt).
|Define |Type |Default |Example |
|------------------|----------|------------------|-------------------------------------------|
|`UNICODE_KEY_OSX` |`uint8_t` |`KC_LALT` |`#define UNICODE_KEY_OSX KC_RALT` |
|`UNICODE_KEY_LNX` |`uint16_t`|`LCTL(LSFT(KC_U))`|`#define UNICODE_KEY_LNX LCTL(LSFT(KC_E))`|
|`UNICODE_KEY_WINC`|`uint8_t` |`KC_RALT` |`#define UNICODE_KEY_WINC KC_RGUI` |
#### Input Mode Cycling
You can choose which input modes are available for cycling through. By default, this is disabled. If you want to enable it, limiting it to just the modes you use makes sense. Note that the values in the list are comma-delimited.
```c
#define UNICODE_OSX_KEY KC_LALT
#define UNICODE_WINC_KEY KC_RALT
#define UNICODE_SELECTED_MODES UC_OSX, UC_LNX, UC_WIN, UC_WINC
```
#### Input Method Cycling
You can cycle through the selected modes by using the `UC_MOD`/`UC_RMOD` keycodes, or by calling `cycle_unicode_input_mode(offset)` in your code (`offset` is how many modes to move forward by, so +1 corresponds to `UC_MOD`).
Also, you can choose which input methods are availble for cycling through. By default, this is disabled. But if you want to enabled it, then limiting it to just those modes makes sense. Note that `UNICODE_SELECTED_MODES` define is comma delimited.
By default, when the keyboard boots, it will initialize the input mode to the last one you used. You can disable this and make it start with the first mode in the list every time by adding the following to your `config.h`:
```c
#define UNICODE_SELECTED_MODES UC_OSX, UC_LNX, UC_WIN, UC_BSD, UC_WINC
#define UNICODE_CYCLE_PERSIST false
```
!> Using `UNICODE_SELECTED_MODES` means you don't have to initially set the input mode in `matrix_init_user()` (or a similar function); the Unicode system will do that for you on startup. This has the added benefit of avoiding unnecessary writes to EEPROM.
## `send_unicode_hex_string`
To type multiple characters for things like (ノಠ痊ಠ)ノ彡┻━┻, you can use `send_unicode_hex_string()` much like `SEND_STRING()` except you would use hex values separate by spaces.

6
docs/feature_userspace.md
View File

@ -110,16 +110,16 @@ QMK has a bunch of [functions](custom_quantum_functions.md) that have [`_quantum
However, you can actually add support for keymap version, so that you can use it in both your userspace and your keymap!
For instance, lets looks at the `layer_state_set_user` function. Lets enable the [Tri Layer State](ref_functions.md#olkb-tri-layers) functionalitly to all of our boards, and then still have your `keymap.c` still able to use this functionality.
For instance, let's look at the `layer_state_set_user()` function. You can enable the [Tri Layer State](ref_functions.md#olkb-tri-layers) functionality on all of your boards, while also retaining the Tri Layer functionality in your `keymap.c` files.
In your `<name.c>` file, you'd want to add this:
```c
__attribute__ ((weak))
uint32_t layer_state_set_keymap (uint32_t state) {
layer_state_t layer_state_set_keymap (layer_state_t state) {
return state;
}
uint32_t layer_state_set_user (uint32_t state) {
layer_state_t layer_state_set_user (layer_state_t state) {
state = update_tri_layer_state(state, 2, 3, 5);
return layer_state_set_keymap (state);
}

11
docs/features.md
View File

@ -7,12 +7,16 @@ QMK has a staggering number of features for building your keyboard. It can take
* [Audio](feature_audio.md) - Connect a speaker to your keyboard for audio feedback, midi support, and music mode.
* [Auto Shift](feature_auto_shift.md) - Tap for the normal key, hold slightly longer for its shifted state.
* [Backlight](feature_backlight.md) - LED lighting support for your keyboard.
* [Bluetooth](feature_bluetooth.md) - BlueTooth support for your keyboard.
* [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md) - Adjust the behavior of your keyboard using hotkeys.
* [Combos](feature_combo.md) - Custom actions for multiple key holds.
* [Command](feature_command.md) - Runtime version of bootmagic (Formerly known as "Magic").
* [Debounce API](feature_debounce_type.md) - Customization of debouncing algorithms, and the ability to add more/custom debouncing.
* [DIP Switch](feature_dip_switch.md) - Toggle switches for customizing board function.
* [Dynamic Macros](feature_dynamic_macros.md) - Record and playback macros from the keyboard itself.
* [Encoders](feature_encoders.md) - Rotary encoders!
* [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md) - Lets you use a single key for Esc and Grave.
* [Haptic Feedback](feature_haptic_feedback.md) - Add haptic feedback drivers to your board.
* [HD44780 LCD Display](feature_hd44780.md) - Support for LCD character displays using the HD44780 standard.
* [Key Lock](feature_key_lock.md) - Lock a key in the "down" state.
* [Layouts](feature_layouts.md) - Use one keymap with any keyboard that supports your layout.
@ -20,12 +24,14 @@ QMK has a staggering number of features for building your keyboard. It can take
* [LED Matrix](feature_led_matrix.md) - LED Matrix single color lights for per key lighting (Single Color, not RGB).
* [Macros](feature_macros.md) - Send multiple key presses when pressing only one physical key.
* [Mouse keys](feature_mouse_keys.md) - Control your mouse pointer from your keyboard.
* [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys) - Sticky Keys, lets hit a key rather than holding it.
* [OLED Driver](feature_oled_driver.md) - Add OLED screens to your keyboard.
* [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys) - Sticky Keys, lets you hit a key rather than holding it.
* [Pointing Device](feature_pointing_device.md) - Framework for connecting your custom pointing device to your keyboard.
* [PS2 Mouse](feature_ps2_mouse.md) - Driver for connecting a PS/2 mouse directly to your keyboard.
* [RGB Light](feature_rgblight.md) - RGB lighting for your keyboard.
* [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) - RGB Matrix lights for per key lighting.
* [Space Cadet](feature_space_cadet_shift.md) - Use your left/right shift keys to type parenthesis and brackets.
* [Space Cadet](feature_space_cadet.md) - Use your left/right shift keys to type parenthesis and brackets.
* [Split Keyboard](feature_split_keyboard.md)
* [Stenography](feature_stenography.md) - Put your keyboard into Plover mode for stenography use.
* [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md) - Mirror your keyboard for one handed usage.
* [Tap Dance](feature_tap_dance.md) - Make a single key do as many things as you want.
@ -33,3 +39,4 @@ QMK has a staggering number of features for building your keyboard. It can take
* [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md) - Connect a thermal printer to your keyboard to be able to toggle on a printed log of everything you type.
* [Unicode](feature_unicode.md) - Unicode input support.
* [Userspace](feature_userspace.md) - Share code between different keymaps and keyboards.
* [Velocikey](feature_velocikey.md) - Allows changes in RGB animation speed based on WPM/Typing speed.

113
docs/flashing.md
View File

@ -10,11 +10,17 @@ Atmel's DFU bootloader comes on all atmega32u4 chips by default, and is used by
To ensure compatibility with the DFU bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk` (optionally with `lufa-dfu` or `qmk-dfu` instead):
# Bootloader
# This definition is optional, and if your keyboard supports multiple bootloaders of
# different sizes, comment this out, and the correct address will be loaded
# automatically (+60). See bootloader.mk for all options.
```make
# Bootloader selection
# Teensy halfkay
# Pro Micro caterina
# Atmel DFU atmel-dfu
# LUFA DFU lufa-dfu
# QMK DFU qmk-dfu
# ATmega32A bootloadHID
# ATmega328P USBasp
BOOTLOADER = atmel-dfu
```
Compatible flashers:
@ -64,11 +70,17 @@ Arduino boards and their clones use the [Caterina bootloader](https://github.com
To ensure compatibility with the Caterina bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk`:
# Bootloader
# This definition is optional, and if your keyboard supports multiple bootloaders of
# different sizes, comment this out, and the correct address will be loaded
# automatically (+60). See bootloader.mk for all options.
```make
# Bootloader selection
# Teensy halfkay
# Pro Micro caterina
# Atmel DFU atmel-dfu
# LUFA DFU lufa-dfu
# QMK DFU qmk-dfu
# ATmega32A bootloadHID
# ATmega328P USBasp
BOOTLOADER = caterina
```
Compatible flashers:
@ -100,11 +112,17 @@ Halfkay is a super-slim protocol developed by PJRC that uses HID, and come on al
To ensure compatibility with the Halfkay bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk`:
# Bootloader
# This definition is optional, and if your keyboard supports multiple bootloaders of
# different sizes, comment this out, and the correct address will be loaded
# automatically (+60). See bootloader.mk for all options.
```make
# Bootloader selection
# Teensy halfkay
# Pro Micro caterina
# Atmel DFU atmel-dfu
# LUFA DFU lufa-dfu
# QMK DFU qmk-dfu
# ATmega32A bootloadHID
# ATmega328P USBasp
BOOTLOADER = halfkay
```
Compatible flashers:
@ -119,6 +137,73 @@ Flashing sequence:
3. Flash a .hex file
4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
## USBasploader
USBasploader is a bootloader developed by matrixstorm. It is used in some non-USB AVR chips such as the ATmega328P, which run V-USB.
To ensure compatibility with the USBasploader bootloader, make sure this block is present in your `rules.mk`:
```make
# Bootloader selection
# Teensy halfkay
# Pro Micro caterina
# Atmel DFU atmel-dfu
# LUFA DFU lufa-dfu
# QMK DFU qmk-dfu
# ATmega32A bootloadHID
# ATmega328P USBasp
BOOTLOADER = USBasp
```
Compatible flashers:
* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
* [avrdude](http://www.nongnu.org/avrdude/) with the `usbasp` programmer
* [AVRDUDESS](https://github.com/zkemble/AVRDUDESS)
Flashing sequence:
1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or keep the boot pin shorted to GND while quickly shorting RST to GND
2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
3. Flash a .hex file
4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
## BootloadHID
BootloadHID is a USB bootloader for AVR microcontrollers. The uploader tool requires no kernel level driver on Windows and can therefore be run without installing any DLLs.
To ensure compatibility with the bootloadHID bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk`:
```make
# Bootloader selection
# Teensy halfkay
# Pro Micro caterina
# Atmel DFU atmel-dfu
# LUFA DFU lufa-dfu
# QMK DFU qmk-dfu
# ATmega32A bootloadHID
# ATmega328P USBasp
BOOTLOADER = bootloadHID
```
Compatible flashers:
* [HIDBootFlash](http://vusb.wikidot.com/project:hidbootflash) (recommended Windows GUI)
* [bootloadhid Command Line](https://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/bootloadhid.html) / `:BootloadHID` in QMK (recommended command line)
Flashing sequence:
1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods:
* Tap the `RESET` keycode (may not work on all devices)
* Hold the salt key while plugging the keyboard in (usually documented within keyboard readme)
2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
3. Flash a .hex file
4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
or:
make <keyboard>:<keymap>:bootloadHID
## STM32
All STM32 chips come preloaded with a factory bootloader that cannot be modified nor deleted. Some STM32 chips have bootloaders that do not come with USB programming (e.g. STM32F103) but the process is still the same.
@ -147,6 +232,6 @@ Flashing sequence:
There are a number of DFU commands that you can use to flash firmware to a STM32 device:
* `:dfu-util` - The default command for flashing to STM32 devices.
* `:dfu-util-wait` - This works like the default command, but it gives you a (configurable) 10 second timeout before it attempts to flash the firmware. You can use `TIME_DELAY=20` from the command line to change the timeout.
* Eg: `make <keyboard>:<keymap>:dfu-util TIME_DELAY=5`
* `:dfu-util-split-left` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:dfu-util`). However, this also configures the "Left Side" EEPROM setting for split keyboards.
* `:dfu-util-split-right` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:dfu-util`). However, this also configures the "Right Side" EEPROM setting for split keyboards.
* `:st-link-cli` - This allows you to flash the firmware via ST-LINK's CLI utility, rather than dfu-util.

70
docs/flashing_bootloadhid.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
# BootloadHID Flashing Instructions and Bootloader Information
ps2avr(GB) boards use an ATmega32A microcontroller and a different bootloader. It is not flashable using the regular QMK methods.
General flashing sequence:
1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods:
* Tap the `RESET` keycode (may not work on all devices)
* Hold the salt key while plugging the keyboard in (usually documented within keyboard readme)
2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
3. Flash a .hex file
4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
## bootloadHID Flashing Target
Using the QMK installation script, detailed [here](newbs_getting_started.md), the required bootloadHID tools should be automatically installed.
To flash via the command line, use the target `:bootloadHID` by executing the following command:
make <keyboard>:<keymap>:bootloadHID
## GUI Flashing
### Windows
1. Download [HIDBootFlash](http://vusb.wikidot.com/project:hidbootflash).
2. Place your keyboard into reset.
3. Ensure the configured VendorID is `16c0` and ProductID is `05df`
4. Press the `Find Device` button and ensure that your keyboard is found.
5. Press the `Open .hex File` button and locate the `.hex` file you created.
6. Press the `Flash Device` button and wait for the process to complete.
## Command Line Flashing
1. Place your keyboard into reset.
2. Flash the board by typing `bootloadHID -r` followed by the path to your `.hex` file.
### Windows Manual Installation
For MSYS2:
1. Download the BootloadHID firmware package from https://www.obdev.at/downloads/vusb/bootloadHID.2012-12-08.tar.gz.
2. Extract contents using a compatible tool, for example 7-Zip.
3. Add to the MSYS path by copying `commandline/bootloadHID.exe` from the extracted archive to your MSYS2 installation, typically `C:\msys64\usr\bin`.
For native Windows flashing, the `bootloadHID.exe` can be used outside of the MSYS2 environment.
### Linux Manual Installation
1. Install libusb development dependency:
```bash
# This depends on OS - for Debian the following works
sudo apt-get install libusb-dev
```
2. Download the BootloadHID firmware package:
```
wget https://www.obdev.at/downloads/vusb/bootloadHID.2012-12-08.tar.gz -O - | tar -xz -C /tmp
```
3. Build the bootloadHID executable:
```
cd /tmp/bootloadHID.2012-12-08/commandline/
make
sudo cp bootloadHID /usr/local/bin
```
### MacOS Manual Installation
1. Install Homebrew by typing the following:
```
/usr/bin/ruby -e "$(curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Homebrew/install/master/install)"
```
2. Install the following packages:
```
brew install --HEAD https://raw.githubusercontent.com/robertgzr/homebrew-tap/master/bootloadhid.rb
```

6
docs/getting_started_build_tools.md
View File

@ -62,14 +62,14 @@ If you're using [homebrew,](http://brew.sh/) you can use the following commands:
brew tap osx-cross/avr
brew tap PX4/homebrew-px4
brew update
brew install avr-gcc@7
brew link --force avr-gcc@7
brew install avr-gcc@8
brew link --force avr-gcc@8
brew install dfu-programmer
brew install dfu-util
brew install gcc-arm-none-eabi
brew install avrdude
This is the recommended method. If you don't have homebrew, [install it!](http://brew.sh/) It's very much worth it for anyone who works in the command line. Note that the `make` and `make install` portion during the homebrew installation of `avr-gcc@7` can take over 20 minutes and exhibit high CPU usage.
This is the recommended method. If you don't have homebrew, [install it!](http://brew.sh/) It's very much worth it for anyone who works in the command line. Note that the `make` and `make install` portion during the homebrew installation of `avr-gcc@8` can take over 20 minutes and exhibit high CPU usage.
## Windows with msys2 (recommended)

8
docs/getting_started_introduction.md
View File

@ -12,11 +12,17 @@ Within the folder `users` is a directory for each user. This is a place for user
### Keyboard Project Structure
Within the folder `keyboards` and its subfolder `handwired` is a directory for each keyboard project, for example `qmk_firmware/keyboards/clueboard`. Within it you'll find the following structure:
Within the folder `keyboards`, its subfolder `handwired` and its vendor and manufacture subdirectories e.g. `clueboard` is a directory for each keyboard project, for example `qmk_firmware/keyboards/clueboard/2x1800`. Within it, you'll find the following structure:
* `keymaps/`: Different keymaps that can be built
* `rules.mk`: The file that sets the default "make" options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `rules.mk`.
* `config.h`: The file that sets the default compile time options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `config.h`.
* `info.json`: The file used for setting layout for QMK Configurator. See [Configurator Support](reference_configurator_support.md) for more information.
* `readme.md`: A brief overview of the keyboard.
* `<keyboardName>.h`: This file is where the keyboard layout is defined against the keyboard's switch matrix.
* `<keyboardName>.c`: This file is where you can find custom code for the keyboard.
For more information on project structure, see [QMK Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md).
### Keymap Structure

4
docs/getting_started_make_guide.md
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ The full syntax of the `make` command is `<keyboard_folder>:<keymap>:<target>`,
The `<target>` means the following
* If no target is given, then it's the same as `all` below
* `all` compiles as many keyboard/revision/keymap combinations as specified. For example, `make planck/rev4:default` will generate a single .hex, while `make planck/rev4:all` will generate a hex for every keymap available to the planck.
* `dfu`, `teensy`, `avrdude` or `dfu-util`, compile and upload the firmware to the keyboard. If the compilation fails, then nothing will be uploaded. The programmer to use depends on the keyboard. For most keyboards it's `dfu`, but for ChibiOS keyboards you should use `dfu-util`, and `teensy` for standard Teensys. To find out which command you should use for your keyboard, check the keyboard specific readme.
* `dfu`, `teensy`, `avrdude`, `dfu-util` or `bootloadHID`, compile and upload the firmware to the keyboard. If the compilation fails, then nothing will be uploaded. The programmer to use depends on the keyboard. For most keyboards it's `dfu`, but for ChibiOS keyboards you should use `dfu-util`, and `teensy` for standard Teensys. To find out which command you should use for your keyboard, check the keyboard specific readme.
* **Note**: some operating systems need root access for these commands to work, so in that case you need to run for example `sudo make planck/rev4:default:dfu`.
* `clean`, cleans the build output folders to make sure that everything is built from scratch. Run this before normal compilation if you have some unexplainable problems.
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ This allows the keyboard to tell the host OS that up to 248 keys are held down a
`BACKLIGHT_ENABLE`
This enables your backlight on Timer1 and ports B5, B6, or B7 (for now). You can specify your port by putting this in your `config.h`:
This enables the in-switch LED backlighting. You can specify the backlight pin by putting this in your `config.h`:
#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7

46
docs/getting_started_vagrant.md
View File

@ -1,16 +1,20 @@
# Vagrant Quick Start
This project includes a Vagrantfile that will allow you to build a new firmware for your keyboard very easily without major changes to your primary operating system. This also ensures that when you clone the project and perform a build, you have the exact same environment as anyone else using the Vagrantfile to build. This makes it much easier for people to help you troubleshoot any issues you encounter.
This project includes a `Vagrantfile` that will allow you to build a new firmware for your keyboard very easily without major changes to your primary operating system. This also ensures that when you clone the project and perform a build, you have the exact same environment as anyone else using the Vagrantfile to build. This makes it much easier for people to help you troubleshoot any issues you encounter.
## Requirements
Using the `/Vagrantfile` in this repository requires you have [Vagrant](http://www.vagrantup.com/) as well as [VirtualBox](https://www.virtualbox.org/) (or [VMware Workstation](https://www.vmware.com/products/workstation) and [Vagrant VMware plugin](http://www.vagrantup.com/vmware) but the (paid) VMware plugin requires a licensed copy of VMware Workstation/Fusion).
Using the `Vagrantfile` in this repository requires you have [Vagrant](http://www.vagrantup.com/) as well as a supported provider installed:
*COMPATIBILITY NOTICE* Certain versions of Virtualbox 5 appear to have an incompatibility with the Virtualbox extensions installed in the boxes in this Vagrantfile. If you encounter any issues with the /vagrant mount not succeeding, please upgrade your version of Virtualbox to at least 5.0.12. **Alternately, you can try running the following command:** `vagrant plugin install vagrant-vbguest`
* [VirtualBox](https://www.virtualbox.org/) (Version at least 5.0.12)
* Sold as 'the most accessible platform to use Vagrant'
* [VMware Workstation](https://www.vmware.com/products/workstation) and [Vagrant VMware plugin](http://www.vagrantup.com/vmware)
* The (paid) VMware plugin requires a licensed copy of VMware Workstation/Fusion
* [Docker](https://www.docker.com/)
Other than having Vagrant and Virtualbox installed and possibly a restart of your computer afterwards, you can simple run a 'vagrant up' anywhere inside the folder where you checked out this project and it will start a Linux virtual machine that contains all the tools required to build this project. There is a post Vagrant startup hint that will get you off on the right foot, otherwise you can also reference the build documentation below.
Other than having Vagrant, a suitable provider installed and possibly a restart of your computer afterwards, you can simple run a 'vagrant up' anywhere inside the folder where you checked out this project and it will start an environment (either a virtual machine or container) that contains all the tools required to build this project. There is a post Vagrant startup hint that will get you off on the right foot, otherwise you can also reference the build documentation below.
# Flashing the Firmware
## Flashing the Firmware
The "easy" way to flash the firmware is using a tool from your host OS:
@ -19,3 +23,35 @@ The "easy" way to flash the firmware is using a tool from your host OS:
* [Atmel FLIP](http://www.atmel.com/tools/flip.aspx)
If you want to program via the command line you can uncomment the ['modifyvm'] lines in the Vagrantfile to enable the USB passthrough into Linux and then program using the command line tools like dfu-util/dfu-programmer or you can install the Teensy CLI version.
## Vagrantfile Overview
The development environment is configured to run the QMK Docker image, `qmkfm/base_container`. This not only ensures predictability between systems, it also mirrors the CI environment.
## FAQ
### Why am I seeing issues under Virtualbox?
Certain versions of Virtualbox 5 appear to have an incompatibility with the Virtualbox extensions installed in the boxes in this Vagrantfile. If you encounter any issues with the /vagrant mount not succeeding, please upgrade your version of Virtualbox to at least 5.0.12. **Alternately, you can try running the following command:**
```console
vagrant plugin install vagrant-vbguest
```
### How do I remove an existing environment?
Finished with your environment? From anywhere inside the folder where you checked out this project, Execute:
```console
vagrant destory
```
### What if I want to use Docker directly?
Want to benefit from the Vagrant workflow without a virtual machine? The Vagrantfile is configured to bypass running a virtual machine, and run the container directly. Execute the following when bringing up the environment to force the use of Docker:
```console
vagrant up --provider=docker
```
### How do I access the virtual machine instead of the Docker container?
Execute the following to bypass the `vagrant` user booting directly to the official qmk builder image:
```console
vagrant ssh -c 'sudo -i'
```

10
docs/hand_wire.md
View File

@ -198,15 +198,17 @@ From here, you should have a working keyboard once you program a firmware. Befor
To start out, download [the firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/) - we'll be using my (Jack's) fork of TMK called QMK/Quantum. We'll be doing a lot from the Terminal/command prompt, so get that open, along with a decent text editor like [Sublime Text](http://www.sublimetext.com/) (paid) or [Visual Studio Code](https://code.visualstudio.com) (free).
The first thing we're going to do is create a new project using the script in the root directory of the firmware. In your terminal, run this command with `<project_name>` replaced by the name of your project - it'll need to be different from any other project in the `keyboards/` folder:
The first thing we're going to do is create a new keyboard. In your terminal, run this command, which will ask you some questions and generate a basic keyboard project:
```
util/new_project.sh <project_name>
./util/new_keyboard.sh
```
You'll want to navigate to the `keyboards/<project_name>/` folder by typing, like the print-out from the script specifies:
```
cd keyboards/<project_name>
```
### `config.h`
@ -326,7 +328,7 @@ Carefully flip your keyboard over, open up a new text document, and try typing -
2. Check the solder joints on the diode - if the diode is loose, part of your row may register, while the other may not.
3. Check the solder joints on the columns - if your column wiring is loose, part or all of the column may not work.
4. Check the solder joints on both sides of the wires going to/from the Teensy - the wires need to be fully soldered and connect to both sides.
5. Check the <project_name>.h file for errors and incorrectly placed `KC_NO`s - if you're unsure where they should be, instead duplicate a k*xy* variable.
5. Check the `<project_name>.h` file for errors and incorrectly placed `KC_NO`s - if you're unsure where they should be, instead duplicate a k*xy* variable.
6. Check to make sure you actually compiled the firmware and flashed the Teensy correctly. Unless you got error messages in the terminal, or a pop-up during flashing, you probably did everything correctly.
If you've done all of these things, keep in mind that sometimes you might have had multiple things affecting the keyswitch, so it doesn't hurt to test the keyswitch by shorting it out at the end.
@ -335,4 +337,4 @@ If you've done all of these things, keep in mind that sometimes you might have h
Now that you have a working board, it's time to get things in their permanent positions. I've often used liberal amounts of hot glue to secure and insulate things, so if that's your style, start spreading that stuff like butter. Otherwise, double-sided tape is always an elegant solution, and electrical tape is a distant second. Due to the nature of these builds, a lot of this part is up to you and how you planned (or didn't plan) things out.
There are a lot of possibilities inside the firmware - explore [docs.qmk.fm](http://docs.qmk.fm) for a full feature list, and dive into the different project (Planck, Clueboard, Ergodox EZ, etc) to see how people use all of them. You can always stop by [the OLKB subreddit for help!](http://reddit.com/r/olkb)
There are a lot of possibilities inside the firmware - explore [docs.qmk.fm](http://docs.qmk.fm) for a full feature list, and dive into the different keyboards (Planck, Clueboard, Ergodox EZ, etc) to see how people use all of them. You can always stop by [the OLKB subreddit for help!](http://reddit.com/r/olkb)

32
docs/hardware_avr.md
View File

@ -6,14 +6,26 @@ If you have not yet you should read the [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_
## Adding Your AVR Keyboard to QMK
QMK has a number of features to simplify working with AVR keyboards. For most keyboards you don't have to write a single line of code. To get started run the `util/new_project.sh` script:
QMK has a number of features to simplify working with AVR keyboards. For most keyboards you don't have to write a single line of code. To get started, run the `util/new_keyboard.sh` script:
```bash
$ util/new_project.sh my_awesome_keyboard
######################################################
# /keyboards/my_awesome_keyboard project created. To start
# working on things, cd into keyboards/my_awesome_keyboard
######################################################
```
$ ./util/new_keyboard.sh
Generating a new QMK keyboard directory
Keyboard Name: mycoolkb
Keyboard Type [avr]:
Your Name [John Smith]:
Copying base template files... done
Copying avr template files... done
Renaming keyboard files... done
Replacing %KEYBOARD% with mycoolkb... done
Replacing %YOUR_NAME% with John Smith... done
Created a new keyboard called mycoolkb.
To start working on things, cd into keyboards/mycoolkb,
or open the directory in your favourite text editor.
```
This will create all the files needed to support your new keyboard, and populate the settings with default values. Now you just need to customize it for your keyboard.
@ -66,7 +78,7 @@ Do change the `MANUFACTURER`, `PRODUCT`, and `DESCRIPTION` lines to accurately r
#define DESCRIPTION A custom keyboard
```
?> Note: On Windows and macOS the `MANUFACTURER`, `PRODUCT`, and `DESCRIPTION` fields will be displayed in the list of USB devices. ?> On Linux these values will not be visible in lsusb by default, since Linux takes the information from the list maintained by [USB ID Repository](http://www.linux-usb.org/usb-ids.html) by default. lsusb will show the information reported by the device when executed with -v option. It is also present in kernel logs after plugging in the device.
?> Windows and macOS will display the `MANUFACTURER` and `PRODUCT` in the list of USB devices. `lsusb` on Linux instead takes these from the list maintained by the [USB ID Repository](http://www.linux-usb.org/usb-ids.html) by default. `lsusb -v` will show the values reported by the device, and they are also present in kernel logs after plugging it in.
### Keyboard Matrix Configuration
@ -113,7 +125,7 @@ To configure a keyboard where each switch is connected to a separate pin and gro
### Backlight Configuration
By default QMK supports backlighting on pins `B5`, `B6`, and `B7`. If you are using one of those you can simply enable it here. For more details see the [Backlight Documentation](feature_backlight.md).
QMK supports backlighting on most GPIO pins. A select few of these can be driven by the MCU in hardware. For more details see the [Backlight Documentation](feature_backlight.md).
```c
#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7
@ -122,8 +134,6 @@ By default QMK supports backlighting on pins `B5`, `B6`, and `B7`. If you are us
#define BREATHING_PERIOD 6
```
?> You can use backlighting on any pin you like, but you will have to do more work to support that. See the [Backlight Documentation](feature_backlight.md) for more details.
### Other Configuration Options
There are a lot of features that can be configured or tuned in `config.h`. You should see the [Config Options](config_options.md) page for more details.

4
docs/hardware_drivers.md
View File

@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ QMK is used on a lot of different hardware. While support for the most common MC
Support for addressing pins on the ProMicro by their Arduino name rather than their AVR name. This needs to be better documented, if you are trying to do this and reading the code doesn't help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) and we can help you through the process.
## SSD1306 (AVR Only)
## SSD1306 OLED Driver
Support for SSD1306 based OLED displays. This needs to be better documented, if you are trying to do this and reading the code doesn't help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) and we can help you through the process.
Support for SSD1306 based OLED displays. For more information see the [OLED Driver Feature](feature_oled_driver.md) page.
## uGFX

10
docs/how_keyboards_work.md
View File

@ -33,7 +33,11 @@ The firmware does not send actual letters or characters, but only scancodes.
Thus, by modifying the firmware, you can only modify what scancode is sent over
USB for a given key.
## 3. What the Operating System Does
## 3. What the Event Input/Kernel Does
The *scancode* is mapped to a *keycode* dependent on the keyboard [60-keyboard.hwdb at Master](https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/hwdb/60-keyboard.hwdb). Without this mapping, the operating system will not receive a valid keycode and will be unable to do anything useful with that key press.
## 4. What the Operating System Does
Once the keycode reaches the operating system, a piece of software has to have
it match an actual character thanks to a keyboard layout. For example, if your
@ -63,10 +67,10 @@ You may wonder why a keyboard layout containing all of Unicode is not devised th
## How to (Maybe) Enter Unicode Characters
You can have the firmware send *sequences of keys* to use the [software Unicode Input Method](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_input#Hexadecimal_code_input) of the target operating system, thus effectively entering characters independently of the layout defined in the OS.
You can have the firmware send *sequences of keys* to use the [software Unicode Input Method](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_input#Hexadecimal_input) of the target operating system, thus effectively entering characters independently of the layout defined in the OS.
Yet, it does come with multiple disadvantages:
- Tied to a specific OS a a time (need recompilation when changing OS);
- Tied to a specific OS at a time (need recompilation when changing OS);
- Within a given OS, does not work in all software;
- Limited to a subset of Unicode on some systems.

42
docs/i2c_driver.md
View File

@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ The I2C Master drivers used in QMK have a set of common functions to allow porta
|Function |Description |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`void i2c_init(void);` |Initializes the I2C driver. This function should be called once before any transaction is initiated. |
|`uint8_t i2c_start(uint8_t address);` |Starts an I2C transaction. Address is the 7-bit slave address without the direction bit. |
|`uint8_t i2c_start(uint8_t address, uint16_t timeout);` |Starts an I2C transaction. Address is the 7-bit slave address without the direction bit. |
|`uint8_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);` |Transmit data over I2C. Address is the 7-bit slave address without the direction. Returns status of transaction. |
|`uint8_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);` |Receive data over I2C. Address is the 7-bit slave address without the direction. Saves number of bytes specified by `length` in `data` array. Returns status of transaction. |
|`uint8_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);` |Same as the `i2c_transmit` function but `regaddr` sets where in the slave the data will be written. |
@ -34,7 +34,6 @@ The following defines can be used to configure the I2C master driver.
|Variable |Description |Default|
|------------------|---------------------------------------------------|-------|
|`F_SCL` |Clock frequency in Hz |400KHz |
|`Prescaler` |Divides master clock to aid in I2C clock selection |1 |
AVRs usually have set GPIO which turn into I2C pins, therefore no further configuration is required.
@ -66,11 +65,46 @@ By default the I2C1 hardware driver is assumed to be used. If another hardware d
STM32 MCUs allows a variety of pins to be configured as I2C pins depending on the hardware driver used. By default B6 and B7 are set to I2C. You can use these defines to set your i2c pins:
| Variable | Description | Default |
|-------------|----------------------------------------------|---------|
| `I2C1_BANK` | The bank of pins (`GPIOA`, `GPIOB`, `GPIOC`) | `GPIOB` |
|--------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------|
| `I2C1_SCL_BANK` | The bank of pins (`GPIOA`, `GPIOB`, `GPIOC`) to use for SCL | `GPIOB` |
| `I2C1_SDA_BANK` | The bank of pins (`GPIOA`, `GPIOB`, `GPIOC`) to use for SDA | `GPIOB` |
| `I2C1_SCL` | The pin number for the SCL pin (0-9) | `6` |
| `I2C1_SDA` | The pin number for the SDA pin (0-9) | `7` |
| `I2C1_BANK` (deprecated) | The bank of pins (`GPIOA`, `GPIOB`, `GPIOC`), superceded by `I2C1_SCL_BANK`, `I2C1_SDA_BANK` | `GPIOB` |
The ChibiOS I2C driver configuration depends on STM32 MCU:
STM32F1xx, STM32F2xx, STM32F4xx, STM32L0xx and STM32L1xx use I2Cv1;
STM32F0xx, STM32F3xx, STM32F7xx and STM32L4xx use I2Cv2;
#### I2Cv1
STM32 MCUs allow for different clock and duty parameters when configuring I2Cv1. These can be modified using the following parameters, using <https://www.playembedded.org/blog/stm32-i2c-chibios/#I2Cv1_configuration_structure> as a reference:
| Variable | Default |
|--------------------|------------------|
| `I2C1_OPMODE` | `OPMODE_I2C` |
| `I2C1_CLOCK_SPEED` | `100000` |
| `I2C1_DUTY_CYCLE` | `STD_DUTY_CYCLE` |
#### I2Cv2
STM32 MCUs allow for different timing parameters when configuring I2Cv2. These can be modified using the following parameters, using <https://www.st.com/en/embedded-software/stsw-stm32126.html> as a reference:
| Variable | Default |
|-----------------------|---------|
| `I2C1_TIMINGR_PRESC` | `15U` |
| `I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLDEL` | `4U` |
| `I2C1_TIMINGR_SDADEL` | `2U` |
| `I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLH` | `15U` |
| `I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLL` | `21U` |
STM32 MCUs allow for different "alternate function" modes when configuring GPIO pins. These are required to switch the pins used to I2Cv2 mode. See the respective datasheet for the appropriate values for your MCU.
| Variable | Default |
|---------------------|---------|
| `I2C1_SCL_PAL_MODE` | `4` |
| `I2C1_SDA_PAL_MODE` | `4` |
#### Other
You can also overload the `void i2c_init(void)` function, which has a weak attribute. If you do this the configuration variables above will not be used. Please consult the datasheet of your MCU for the available GPIO configurations. The following is an example initialization function:
```C

6
docs/index.html
View File

@ -6,6 +6,12 @@
<meta http-equiv="X-UA-Compatible" content="IE=edge,chrome=1" />
<meta name="description" content="Description">
<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, user-scalable=no, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, minimum-scale=1.0">
<meta property="og:title" content="QMK Firmware Docs">
<meta property="og:type" content="website">
<meta property="og:description" content="The full documentation of the open-source firmware">
<meta property="og:image" content="https://i.imgur.com/svjvIrw.jpg">
<meta property="og:url" content="https://docs.qmk.fm">
<meta name="twitter:card" content="summary_large_image">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="//unpkg.com/docsify/lib/themes/vue.css" title="light">
<link rel="stylesheet" href="qmk.css" title="dark" disabled>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="sidebar.css" />

37
docs/keycodes.md
View File

@ -216,6 +216,11 @@ This is a reference only. Each group of keys links to the page documenting their
|`KC_GESC` |`GRAVE_ESC`|Escape when tapped, <code>&#96;</code> when pressed with Shift or GUI|
|`KC_LSPO` | |Left Shift when held, `(` when tapped |
|`KC_RSPC` | |Right Shift when held, `)` when tapped |
|`KC_LCPO` | |Left Control when held, `(` when tapped |
|`KC_RCPC` | |Right Control when held, `)` when tapped |
|`KC_LAPO` | |Left Alt when held, `(` when tapped |
|`KC_RAPC` | |Right Alt when held, `)` when tapped |
|`KC_SFTENT` | |Right Shift when held, Enter when tapped |
|`KC_LEAD` | |The [Leader key](feature_leader_key.md) |
|`KC_LOCK` | |The [Lock key](feature_key_lock.md) |
|`FUNC(n)` |`F(n)` |Call `fn_action(n)` (deprecated) |
@ -253,9 +258,11 @@ This is a reference only. Each group of keys links to the page documenting their
## [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
|Key |Aliases |Description |
|----------------------------------|---------|------------------------------------|
|----------------------------------|---------|-------------------------------------------|
|`MAGIC_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK` | |Swap Caps Lock and Left Control |
|`MAGIC_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL` | |Treat Caps Lock as Control |
|`MAGIC_SWAP_LCTL_LGUI` | |Swap Left Control and GUI |
|`MAGIC_SWAP_RCTL_RGUI` | |Swap Right Control and GUI |
|`MAGIC_SWAP_LALT_LGUI` | |Swap Left Alt and GUI |
|`MAGIC_SWAP_RALT_RGUI` | |Swap Right Alt and GUI |
|`MAGIC_NO_GUI` | |Disable the GUI key |
@ -263,8 +270,11 @@ This is a reference only. Each group of keys links to the page documenting their
|`MAGIC_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE` | |Swap `\` and Backspace |
|`MAGIC_HOST_NKRO` | |Force NKRO on |
|`MAGIC_SWAP_ALT_GUI` |`AG_SWAP`|Swap Alt and GUI on both sides |
|`MAGIC_SWAP_CTL_GUI` |`CG_SWAP`|Swap Ctrl and GUI on both sides (for macOS)|
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK` | |Unswap Caps Lock and Left Control |
|`MAGIC_UNCAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL` | |Stop treating Caps Lock as Control |
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_LCTL_LGUI` | |Unswap Left Control and GUI |
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_RCTL_RGUI` | |Unswap Right Control and GUI |
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_LALT_LGUI` | |Unswap Left Alt and GUI |
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_RALT_RGUI` | |Unswap Right Alt and GUI |
|`MAGIC_UNNO_GUI` | |Enable the GUI key |
@ -272,8 +282,12 @@ This is a reference only. Each group of keys links to the page documenting their
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`| |Unswap `\` and Backspace |
|`MAGIC_UNHOST_NKRO` | |Force NKRO off |
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_ALT_GUI` |`AG_NORM`|Unswap Alt and GUI on both sides |
|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_CTL_GUI` |`CG_NORM`|Unswap Ctrl and GUI on both sides |
|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_ALT_GUI` |`AG_TOGG`|Toggle Alt and GUI swap on both sides |
|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_CTL_GUI` |`CG_TOGG`|Toggle Ctrl and GUI swap on both sides |
|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO` | |Turn NKRO on or off |
|`MAGIC_EE_HANDS_LEFT` | |Set "Left Hand" for EE_HANDS handedness |
|`MAGIC_EE_HANDS_RIGHT` | |Set "Right Hand" for EE_HANDS handedness |
## [Bluetooth](feature_bluetooth.md)
@ -293,7 +307,7 @@ This is a reference only. Each group of keys links to the page documenting their
|`LM(layer, mod)`|Momentarily turn on `layer` (like MO) with `mod` active as well. Where `mod` is a mods_bit. Mods can be viewed [here](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/feature_advanced_keycodes?id=mod-tap). Example Implementation: `LM(LAYER_1, MOD_LALT)`|
|`LT(layer, kc)` |Turn on `layer` when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`TG(layer)` |Toggle `layer` on or off |
|`TO(layer)` |Turn on `layer` when pressed |
|`TO(layer)` |Turns on `layer` and turns off all other layers, except the default layer |
|`TT(layer)` |Normally acts like MO unless it's tapped multiple times, which toggles `layer` on |
## [Mouse Keys](feature_mouse_keys.md)
@ -340,7 +354,8 @@ This is a reference only. Each group of keys links to the page documenting their
## [Mod-Tap Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#mod-tap)
|Key |Aliases |Description |
|------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
|-------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
|`MT(mod, kc)`| |`mod` when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`LCTL_T(kc)` |`CTL_T(kc)` |Left Control when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`LSFT_T(kc)` |`SFT_T(kc)` |Left Shift when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`LALT_T(kc)` |`ALT_T(kc)` |Left Alt when held, `kc` when tapped |
@ -450,7 +465,15 @@ This is a reference only. Each group of keys links to the page documenting their
## [Unicode Support](feature_unicode.md)
|Key |Description |
|-------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`UC(c)`|Send Unicode code point `c` (`UNICODE_ENABLE`) |
|`X(i)` |Send Unicode code point at index `i` in `unicode_map` (`UNICODEMAP_ENABLE`)|
|Key |Aliases |Description |
|----------------------|---------|----------------------------------------------------------------|
|`UC(c)` | |Send Unicode code point `c` |
|`X(i)` | |Send Unicode code point at index `i` in `unicode_map` |
|`XP(i, j)` | |Send Unicode code point at index `i`, or `j` if Shift/Caps is on|
|`UNICODE_MODE_FORWARD`|`UC_MOD` |Cycle through selected input modes |
|`UNICODE_MODE_REVERSE`|`UC_RMOD`|Cycle through selected input modes in reverse |
|`UNICODE_MODE_OSX` |`UC_M_OS`|Switch to macOS input |
|`UNICODE_MODE_LNX` |`UC_M_LN`|Switch to Linux input |
|`UNICODE_MODE_WIN` |`UC_M_WI`|Switch to Windows input |
|`UNICODE_MODE_BSD` |`UC_M_BS`|Switch to BSD input (not implemented) |
|`UNICODE_MODE_WINC` |`UC_M_WC`|Switch to Windows input using WinCompose |

2
docs/newbs_building_firmware_configurator.md
View File

@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The [QMK Configurator](https://config.qmk.fm) is an online graphical user interf
?> **Please follow these steps in order.**
Watch the [Video Tutorial](https://youtu.be/7RH-1pAbjvw)
Watch the [Video Tutorial](https://youtu.be/tx54jkRC9ZY)
The QMK Configurator works best with Chrome/Firefox.

56
docs/newbs_flashing.md
View File

@ -127,9 +127,7 @@ Once it does this, you'll want to reset the controller. It should then show out
>>> dfu-programmer atmega32u4 reset
```
If you have any issues with this, you may need to this:
sudo make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>:dfu
?> If you have any issues with this - such as `dfu-programmer: no device present` - please see the [Frequently Asked Build Questions](faq_build.md).
#### DFU commands
@ -217,7 +215,7 @@ Additionally, if you want to flash multiple boards, use the following command:
When you're done flashing boards, you'll need to hit Ctrl + C or whatever the correct keystroke is for your operating system to break the loop.
## HalfKay
### HalfKay
For the PJRC devices (Teensy's), when you're ready to compile and flash your firmware, open up your terminal window and run the build command:
@ -225,7 +223,7 @@ For the PJRC devices (Teensy's), when you're ready to compile and flash your fir
For example, if your keymap is named "xyverz" and you're building a keymap for an Ergodox or Ergodox EZ, you'll use this command:
make erdogox_ez:xyverz:teensy
make ergodox_ez:xyverz:teensy
Once the firmware finishes compiling, it will output something like this:
@ -250,7 +248,43 @@ Programming.....................................................................
Booting
```
## STM32 (ARM)
### BootloadHID
For Bootmapper Client(BMC)/bootloadHID/ATmega32A based boards, when you're ready to compile and flash your firmware, open up your terminal window and run the build command:
make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>:bootloaderHID
For example, if your keymap is named "xyverz" and you're building a keymap for a jj40, you'll use this command:
make jj40:xyverz:bootloaderHID
Once the firmware finishes compiling, it will output something like this:
```
Linking: .build/jj40_default.elf [OK]
Creating load file for flashing: .build/jj40_default.hex [OK]
Copying jj40_default.hex to qmk_firmware folder [OK]
Checking file size of jj40_default.hex [OK]
* The firmware size is fine - 21920/28672 (6752 bytes free)
```
After it gets to this point, the build script will look for the DFU bootloader every 5 seconds. It will repeat the following until the device is found or you cancel it.
```
Error opening HIDBoot device: The specified device was not found
Trying again in 5s.
```
Once it does this, you'll want to reset the controller. It should then show output similar to this:
```
Page size = 128 (0x80)
Device size = 32768 (0x8000); 30720 bytes remaining
Uploading 22016 (0x5600) bytes starting at 0 (0x0)
0x05580 ... 0x05600
```
### STM32 (ARM)
For a majority of ARM boards (including the Proton C, Planck Rev 6, and Preonic Rev 3), when you're ready to compile and flash your firmware, open up your terminal window and run the build command:
@ -300,6 +334,16 @@ File downloaded successfully
Transitioning to dfuMANIFEST state
```
#### STM32 Commands
There are a number of DFU commands that you can use to flash firmware to a STM32 device:
* `:dfu-util` - The default command for flashing to STM32 devices.
* `:dfu-util-wait` - This works like the default command, but it gives you a (configurable) 10 second timeout before it attempts to flash the firmware. You can use `TIME_DELAY=20` from the command line to change the timeout.
* Eg: `make <keyboard>:<keymap>:dfu-util TIME_DELAY=5`
* `:dfu-util-split-left` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:dfu-util`). However, this also configures the "Left Side" EEPROM setting for split keyboards.
* `:dfu-util-split-right` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:dfu-util`). However, this also configures the "Right Side" EEPROM setting for split keyboards.
## Test It Out!
Congrats! Your custom firmware has been programmed to your keyboard!

60
docs/newbs_testing_debugging.md
View File

@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ Note: These programs are not provided by or endorsed by QMK.
* [Keyboard Tester](http://www.keyboardtester.com) (Web Based)
* [Keyboard Checker](http://keyboardchecker.com) (Web Based)
## Debugging With QMK Toolbox
## Debugging
[QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox) will show messages from your keyboard if you have `CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes` in your `rules.mk`. By default the output is very limited, but you can turn on debug mode to increase the amount of debug output. Use the `DEBUG` keycode in your keymap, use the [Command](feature_command.md) feature to enable debug mode, or add the following code to your keymap.
Your keyboard will output debug information if you have `CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes` in your `rules.mk`. By default the output is very limited, but you can turn on debug mode to increase the amount of debug output. Use the `DEBUG` keycode in your keymap, use the [Command](feature_command.md) feature to enable debug mode, or add the following code to your keymap.
```c
void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
@ -27,6 +27,14 @@ void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
}
```
### Debugging With QMK Toolbox
For compatible platforms, [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox) can be used to display debug messages from your keyboard.
### Debugging With hid_listen
Prefer a terminal based solution? [hid_listen](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/hid_listen.html), provided by PJRC, can also be used to display debug messages. Prebuilt binaries for Windows,Linux,and MacOS are available.
<!-- FIXME: Describe the debugging messages here. -->
## Sending Your Own Debug Messages
@ -41,3 +49,51 @@ After that you can use a few different print functions:
* `uprintf("%s string", var)`: Print a formatted string
* `dprint("string")` Print a simple string, but only when debug mode is enabled
* `dprintf("%s string", var)`: Print a formatted string, but only when debug mode is enabled
## Debug Examples
Below is a collection of real world debugging examples. For additional information, refer to [Debugging/Troubleshooting QMK](faq_debug.md).
### Which matrix position is this keypress?
When porting, or when attempting to diagnose pcb issues, it can be useful to know if a keypress is scanned correctly. To enable logging for this scenario, add the following code to your keymaps `keymap.c`
```c
bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
// If console is enabled, it will print the matrix position and status of each key pressed
#ifdef CONSOLE_ENABLE
uprintf("KL: kc: %u, col: %u, row: %u, pressed: %u\n", keycode, record->event.key.col, record->event.key.row, record->event.pressed);
#endif
return true;
}
```
Example output
```text
Waiting for device:.......
Listening:
KL: kc: 169, col: 0, row: 0, pressed: 1
KL: kc: 169, col: 0, row: 0, pressed: 0
KL: kc: 174, col: 1, row: 0, pressed: 1
KL: kc: 174, col: 1, row: 0, pressed: 0
KL: kc: 172, col: 2, row: 0, pressed: 1
KL: kc: 172, col: 2, row: 0, pressed: 0
```
### How long did it take to scan for a keypress?
When testing performance issues, it can be useful to know the frequency at which the switch matrix is being scanned. To enable logging for this scenario, add the following code to your keymaps `config.h`
```c
#define DEBUG_MATRIX_SCAN_RATE
```
Example output
```text
> matrix scan frequency: 315
> matrix scan frequency: 313
> matrix scan frequency: 316
> matrix scan frequency: 316
> matrix scan frequency: 316
> matrix scan frequency: 316
```

28
docs/porting_your_keyboard_to_qmk_(arm_and_other_chibios_cpus).md
View File

@ -1,15 +1,25 @@
Setting up your ARM based PCB is a little more involved than an Atmel MCU, but is easy enough. Start by using `util/new_project.sh <keyboard>` to create a new project:
Setting up your ARM based PCB is a little more involved than an Atmel MCU, but is easy enough. Start by running `util/new_keyboard.sh`:
```
$ util/new_project.sh simontester
######################################################
# /keyboards/simontester project created. To start
# working on things, cd into keyboards/simontester
######################################################
$ ./util/new_keyboard.sh
Generating a new QMK keyboard directory
Keyboard Name: mycoolkb
Keyboard Type [avr]:
Your Name [John Smith]:
Copying base template files... done
Copying avr template files... done
Renaming keyboard files... done
Replacing %KEYBOARD% with mycoolkb... done
Replacing %YOUR_NAME% with John Smith... done
Created a new keyboard called mycoolkb.
To start working on things, cd into keyboards/mycoolkb,
or open the directory in your favourite text editor.
```
# END OF NEW ARM DOC, OLD ATMEL DOC FOLLOWS
## `/keyboards/<keyboard>/config.h`
@ -24,7 +34,7 @@ For the `DIODE_DIRECTION`, most hand-wiring guides will instruct you to wire the
To configure a keyboard where each switch is connected to a separate pin and ground instead of sharing row and column pins, use `DIRECT_PINS`. The mapping defines the pins of each switch in rows and columns, from left to right. Must conform to the sizes within `MATRIX_ROWS` and `MATRIX_COLS`, use `NO_PIN` to fill in blank spaces. Overrides the behaviour of `DIODE_DIRECTION`, `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` and `MATRIX_COL_PINS`.
`BACKLIGHT_PIN` is the pin that your PWM-controlled backlight (if one exists) is hooked-up to. Currently only B5, B6, and B7 are supported.
`BACKLIGHT_PIN` is the pin that your PWM-controlled backlight (if one exists) is hooked-up to.
`BACKLIGHT_BREATHING` is a fancier backlight feature that adds breathing/pulsing/fading effects to the backlight. It uses the same timer as the normal backlight. These breathing effects must be called by code in your keymap.

7
docs/quantum_keycodes.md
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
# Quantum Keycodes
Quantum keycodes allow for easier customisation of your keymap than the basic ones provide, without having to define custom actions.
Quantum keycodes allow for easier customization of your keymap than the basic ones provide, without having to define custom actions.
All keycodes within quantum are numbers between `0x0000` and `0xFFFF`. Within your `keymap.c` it may look like you have functions and other special cases, but ultimately the C preprocessor will translate those into a single 4 byte integer. QMK has reserved `0x0000` through `0x00FF` for standard keycodes. These are keycodes such as `KC_A`, `KC_1`, and `KC_LCTL`, which are basic keys defined in the USB HID specification.
@ -16,6 +16,11 @@ On this page we have documented keycodes between `0x00FF` and `0xFFFF` which are
|`KC_GESC` |`GRAVE_ESC`|Escape when tapped, <code>&#96;</code> when pressed with Shift or GUI|
|`KC_LSPO` | |Left Shift when held, `(` when tapped |
|`KC_RSPC` | |Right Shift when held, `)` when tapped |
|`KC_LCPO` | |Left Control when held, `(` when tapped |
|`KC_RCPC` | |Right Control when held, `)` when tapped |
|`KC_LAPO` | |Left Alt when held, `(` when tapped |
|`KC_RAPC` | |Right Alt when held, `)` when tapped |
|`KC_SFTENT` | |Right Shift when held, Enter when tapped |
|`KC_LEAD` | |The [Leader key](feature_leader_key.md) |
|`KC_LOCK` | |The [Lock key](feature_key_lock.md) |
|`FUNC(n)` |`F(n)` |Call `fn_action(n)` (deprecated) |

4
docs/redirects.json
View File

@ -43,6 +43,10 @@
{
"from": "unicode.html",
"to": "feature_unicode.html"
},
{
"from": "python_development.html",
"to": "cli_development.html"
}
]
}

4
docs/ref_functions.md
View File

@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ The caveat to this method is that you cannot access the `z` layer without having
#### Example
```c
uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
layer_state_t layer_state_set_user(layer_state_t state) {
return update_tri_layer_state(state, _LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
}
```
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
Alternatively, you don't have to immediately "return" the value. This is useful if you want to add multiple tri layers, or if you want to add additional effects.
```c
uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
layer_state_t layer_state_set_user(layer_state_t state) {
state = update_tri_layer_state(state, _LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
state = update_tri_layer_state(state, _RAISE, _SYMB, _SPECIAL);
return state;

2
docs/reference_configurator_support.md
View File

@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Once the layout is as desired, move to the Raw Data tab in KLE, and copy the con
To convert this data into our JSON, go to the [QMK KLE-JSON Converter](https://qmk.fm/converter/), paste the Raw Data into the Input field, and click the Convert button. After a moment, our JSON data will appear in the Output field. Copy the contents to a new text document, and name the document `info.json`, saving it in the same folder that contains `numpad.h`.
Use the `keyboard_name` object to set the name of the keyboard. The `bootloader` object is deprecated, so it can be deleted. For instruction purposes, we will put each key's object on its own line. This is only to make the file more human-readable, and does not affect the Configurator's functionality.
Use the `keyboard_name` object to set the name of the keyboard. For instruction purposes, we will put each key's object on its own line. This is only to make the file more human-readable, and does not affect the Configurator's functionality.
```json
{

32
docs/zh-cn/README.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
# QMK机械键盘固件
[![当前版本](https://img.shields.io/github/tag/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tags)
[![开发状态](https://travis-ci.org/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/qmk/qmk_firmware)
[![异议](https://img.shields.io/discord/440868230475677696.svg)](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh)
[![文档状态](https://img.shields.io/badge/docs-ready-orange.svg)](https://docs.qmk.fm)
[![GitHub贡献者](https://img.shields.io/github/contributors/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulse/monthly)
[![GitHub分支](https://img.shields.io/github/forks/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg?style=social&label=Fork)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/)
## 什么是 QMK 固件?
QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) 是一个社区维护的开源软件，包括 QMK 固件, QMK 工具箱, qmk.fm网站, 和这些文档。QMK 固件是一个基于[tmk\_keyboard](http://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard)的键盘固件，它在爱特梅尔AVR微控制器实现一些有用的功能,确切地说, 是在 [OLKB product line](http://olkb.com), 在 [ErgoDox EZ](http://www.ergodox-ez.com) 键盘, 和 [Clueboard product line](http://clueboard.co/). 上。它被移植到使用ChibiOS的ARM芯片上. 它可以在飞线键盘或定制PCB键盘中发挥功能.
## 如何得到它
如果你打算贡献布局, 键盘, 或者其他QMK特性, 一下是最简单的方法：[从Github获得repo分支](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box), 并克隆你的repo到本地进行编辑，推送，然后从你的分支打开 [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls).
此外, 你也可以直接下载 ([zip](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/zipball/master), [tar](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tarball/master)), 或者从git克隆 (`git@github.com:qmk/qmk_firmware.git`), 或 https (`https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git`).
## 如何编译
在你能编译之前, 你需要[部署环境](getting_started_build_tools.md) 用于 AVR or/and ARM 开发。完成后, 你可以使用 `make` 命令来编译一个键盘和布局使用以下命令:
make planck/rev4:default
这将建立 `planck`的`rev4` 修订版本并使用 `default`布局。并非所有键盘都有修订版本 (也叫做子项目或文件夹)，在此情况下，修订版本可以省略，如下:
make preonic:default
## 如何定制
QMK 有许多 [特性](features.md)来探索，也有很多 [参考文档](http://docs.qmk.fm) 供您发掘。你可以通过修改 [布局](keymap.md)和[键码](keycodes.md)来利用许多特性。

107
docs/zh-cn/_summary.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
* [完全菜鸟指南](newbs.md)
* [入门](newbs_getting_started.md)
* [构建你的第一个固件](newbs_building_firmware.md)
* [刷新固件](newbs_flashing.md)
* [测试和调试](newbs_testing_debugging.md)
* [Git最佳实践](newbs_best_practices.md)
* [学习资源](newbs_learn_more_resources.md)
* [QMK基础](README.md)
* [QMK简介](getting_started_introduction.md)
* [向QMK贡献](contributing.md)
* [如何使用Github](getting_started_github.md)
* [获得帮助](getting_started_getting_help.md)
* [问题解答](faq.md)
* [一般问题](faq_general.md)
* [构建/编译](faq_build.md)
* [调试/故障排除](faq_debug.md)
* [键盘映射](faq_keymap.md)
* 详细指南
* [安装构建工具](getting_started_build_tools.md)
* [vagrant指南](getting_started_vagrant.md)
* [构建/编译指令](getting_started_make_guide.md)
* [刷新固件](flashing.md)
* [定制功能](custom_quantum_functions.md)
* [映射概述](keymap.md)
* [硬件](hardware.md)
* [AVR处理器](hardware_avr.md)
* [驱动](hardware_drivers.md)
* 参考
* [键盘指南](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
* [配置选项](config_options.md)
* [键码](keycodes.md)
* [记录最佳实践](documentation_best_practices.md)
* [文档模板](documentation_templates.md)
* [术语表](reference_glossary.md)
* [单元测试](unit_testing.md)
* [有用的功能](ref_functions.md)
* [配置器支持](reference_configurator_support.md)
* [info.json 格式](reference_info_json.md)
* [特性](features.md)
* [基本键码](keycodes_basic.md)
* [US ANSI控制码](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)
* [量子键码](quantum_keycodes.md)
* [高级键码](feature_advanced_keycodes.md)
* [音频](feature_audio.md)
* [自动shift](feature_auto_shift.md)
* [背光](feature_backlight.md)
* [蓝牙](feature_bluetooth.md)
* [热改键](feature_bootmagic.md)
* [组合](feature_combo)
* [命令](feature_command.md)
* [拨动开关](feature_dip_switch.md)
* [动态宏指令](feature_dynamic_macros.md)
* [编码器](feature_encoders.md)
* [重音号Esc复合键](feature_grave_esc.md)
* [自锁键](feature_key_lock.md)
* [布局](feature_layouts.md)
* [前导键](feature_leader_key.md)
* [LED阵列](feature_led_matrix.md)
* [宏指令](feature_macros.md)
* [鼠标键](feature_mouse_keys.md)
* [一键功能](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)
* [指针设备](feature_pointing_device.md)
* [PS/2鼠标](feature_ps2_mouse.md)
* [RGB灯光](feature_rgblight.md)
* [RGB矩阵](feature_rgb_matrix.md)
* [空格候补换挡](feature_space_cadet_shift.md)
* [空格候补换挡回车](feature_space_cadet_shift_enter.md)
* [速录机](feature_stenography.md)
* [换手](feature_swap_hands.md)
* [多击键](feature_tap_dance.md)
* [终端](feature_terminal.md)
* [热敏打印机](feature_thermal_printer.md)
* [Unicode](feature_unicode.md)
* [用户空间](feature_userspace.md)
* [速度键](feature_velocikey.md)
* 针对制造者和定制者
* [手工连线指南](hand_wire.md)
* [ISP刷新指南](isp_flashing_guide.md)
* [ARM调试指南](arm_debugging.md)
* [I2C驱动](i2c_driver.md)
* [GPIO控制器](internals_gpio_control.md)
* [Proton C转换](proton_c_conversion.md)
* 深入了解
* [键盘如何工作](how_keyboards_work.md)
* [理解QMK](understanding_qmk.md)
* 其他话题
* [使用Eclipse开发QMK](other_eclipse.md)
* [使用VSCode开发QMK](other_vscode.md)
* [支持](support.md)
* QMK 内构 (正在编写)
* [定义](internals_defines.md)
* [输入回调寄存器](internals_input_callback_reg.md)
* [Midi设备](internals_midi_device.md)
* [Midi设备设置过程](internals_midi_device_setup_process.md)
* [Midi工具库](internals_midi_util.md)
* [发送函数](internals_send_functions.md)
* [Sysex工具](internals_sysex_tools.md)

205
docs/zh-cn/contributing.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
# 如何做贡献
👍🎉 首先感谢各位百忙之中抽空阅读本文档，并为我们无私奉献。给您点赞啦！ 🎉👍
第三方的帮助让Q酱成长了许多呢，Q酱也从你们那学到了不少新东西。Q酱希望每一个想帮助我的人都能很方便的做出有用的贡献。在这里我给摩拳擦掌的你们写了一点引导，让你们的代码在不对我做重大改动的情况下都能成功的被采纳哦。
* [项目概况](#项目概况)
* [代码规范](#代码规范)
* [一般教程](#一般教程)
* [行为守则对于我来说有何意义?](#行为守则对于我来说有何意义?)
## 这文章巨长无比不想读啊! 我就想问个问题而已!
您要是想问关于Q酱的问题的话可以在[OLKB Subreddit](https://reddit.com/r/olkb)或者是[Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh)随意问。
请记住:
* 维护Q酱的小可爱有的时候可能会有点忙，不能及时回答您的问题，耐心等等，他们都是很nice的人呀。
* 维护Q酱的人都是很无私的善良的人。无论是贡献代码还是回答问题，都是义务的。有时见到他们努力回答各种问题，解决各种BUG，Q酱也是很心疼的。
* 您可以看看下面的教程，可以让您的问题浅显易懂，更容易回答：
* https://opensource.com/life/16/10/how-ask-technical-questions
* http://www.catb.org/esr/faqs/smart-questions.html
# 项目概况
Q酱很大一部分是用C语言组成的，不过有一小部分特性是C++的。怎么说呢，都是我的一部分，两个我都爱。Q酱一般是在键盘上的嵌入式处理器那里工作的，尤其与AVR([LUFA](http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php))和ARM ([ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.com))两小哥哥搭配，干活不累，嘻嘻。如果您精通Arduino的话您会发现很多熟悉的概念，但也有点不爽，因为您以前的经验可能没法用来帮助Q酱。
<!-- 需要修正: 这里放些学习C语言的资源。另外感谢修正的小可爱。谢谢您了。-->
# Q酱，我在哪能帮助你嘞?
您要是有问题的话可以 [提出一个issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) 或 [在Discord上交流一下](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh).
# Q酱，我如何帮助你?
您以前是否没为开源贡献过代码，而又想知道帮助Q酱是怎么一回事? 稍安勿躁，咱给您总结一下！
0. 先注册一个 [GitHub](https://github.com) 账户。
1. 做好一个你要贡献的布局，那就要 [找一个你想解决的问题](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues)，或者 [找一个你想添加的特性](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Afeature)。
2. 把关联着问题的仓库分叉（fork）到你的仓库。这样你在`你的GitHub用户名/qmk_firmware`就有一个仓库备份啦。
3. 使用 `git clone https://github.com/此处添GitHub用户名/此处添仓库名.git`这个命令把仓库同步到你的电脑中。
4. 您要是想开发一个新特性的话可以先创建一个issue和Q酱的维护者讨论一下您要做什么。
5. 使用`git checkout -b 此处写分支名字（别用汉字）`命令来创建一个分支（branch）用于开发。
6. 对要解决的问题或要添加的特性进行适当的更改。
7. 使用 `git add 把改变的文件的目录写这里` 可以添加改变的文件内容到git用于管理工程状态的索引（快照）里。
8. 使用 `git commit -m "这里写修改的相关信息"` 来描述你做出了什么修改。
9. 使用 `git push origin 此处写分支名字`来把你的更改同步到GitHub库里（反正不是打篮球那个库里）。
10. 提交一个[QMK 固件的pull request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/new/master)。
11. 给你的pull request拟一个标题，包括简短的描述和问题或错误代码。比如, 你可以起一个这样的"Added more log outputting to resolve #4352"（最好用英语，毕竟Q酱的中文也不是那么的溜，有可能会看不懂中文）。
12. 在描述（description）里面写你做了哪些更改，你的代码里还存在什么问题, 或者你想问维护的小可爱们的问题。你的your pull request有点小问题无伤大雅(本来也没有完美的代码嘛), 维护的小可爱们会竭尽全力帮您改进的！
13. 维护人员审查代码可能需要一些时间。
14. 维护人员会通知您要更改什么地方，然后您就按照建议改一改。
15. 预祝您合并成功！
# 代码规范
其实也没有什么特别严格的规范啦，但是俗话说的好：没有规矩，不成方圆。您可以看一下您的要改动的代码周围的画风，然后保持队形。如果你感觉周围都不知道是什么牛鬼蛇神的话就看看下面的建议：
* 我们用肆(4)个空格来缩进(软件中也可以设置到Tab键)
* 我们使用改良的1TBS(允许单行样式)
* 左大括号: 在开放性语句块那行的末尾
* 右大括号: 和开放性语句块第一个字母对齐
* Else If: 将右大括号放在行的开头，下一个左大括号放在同一行的结尾
* 可选大括号: 可选大括号是必选的
* 应该这样: if (condition) { return false; }
* 不应该这样: if (condition) return false;
* 建议使用C语言风格的注释: `/* */`
* 把注释想象成一个描述特征的故事
* 充分使用注释来描述你为何这样修改
* 有些公认的东西就不要写到注释里面了
* 如果你不知道注释是否多余,看下面
* 一般不要主动换行，主动换行的话每行不要超过76列
* 要把 `#pragma once` 放到头文件的开始哦，抛弃老土的(`#ifndef THIS_FILE_H`, `#define THIS_FILE_H`, ..., `#endif`)吧
* 下面两种预处理命令都可以用: `#ifdef DEFINED` 还有 `#if defined(DEFINED)`
* 以上那句对处女座不是很友好哈，处女座的朋友们就别纠结了，直接 `#if defined(DEFINED)` 。
* 还有就是选好一种风格就一直用，一直用一直爽，不要朝三暮四, 除非你要变化到多重条件的 `#if`。
* `#` 和 `if`要挨在一起哦，再让本空格在中间冒充电灯泡本空格会生气的。
* 以下是缩进规则:
* 首先考虑可读性，强迫症的朋友们总想要保持代码的高一致性，这样可不好。
* 保证文件已有风格不变。如果代码本来就是杂糅风格，那就见机行事，让你的修改更有意义些。
* 其实你也可以在缩进的时候看看周围其他代码，然后范水模山，预处理命令可以有自己的缩进风格。
可以参照下面:
```c
/* foo 的 Enums*/
enum foo_state {
FOO_BAR,
FOO_BAZ,
};
/* 有返回值的情况 */
int foo(void) {
if (some_condition) {
return FOO_BAR;
} else {
return -1;
}
}
```
# Clang-format的自动格式化
[Clang-format](https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html) 是LLVM的一部分，可以帮你自动格式化代码。我们给你准备好了一个适用于以上规范的配置文件，会帮你调整缩进和换行，你只需要写好括号就好。有了它，你再也不用担心调整代码格式太耗时，没有时间陪伴自己（虚构）的另一半了。
使用[LLVM 完整安装](http://llvm.org/builds/)可以在Windows上安装clang-format, Ubuntu用户要用`sudo apt install clang-format`。
命令行的朋友们, 加上 `-style=file`选项就会自动在QMK的根目录寻找.clang-format配置文件了。
VSCode用户, 标准的 C/C++ 插件就支持clang-format, 或者可以用[独立扩展](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=LLVMExtensions.ClangFormat)也行。
有些东西(比如LAYOUT宏) 会被clang-format打乱，所以那些文件就别用clang-format了,这里就教您一个小窍门，在`// clang-format off` 和 `//clang-format on`之间装上会被搞乱的代码就好了。
# 一般教程
你可以给Q酱的不同部分添砖加瓦，但也要用不同的方法严谨检查。不论你修改哪里最好还是看看下边。
* 将PR（pull request）分成一个个的逻辑单元。 比如，不要一次将两个新特性PR出去。要添加的特性排好队，一个一个来。
* 提交之前看一眼，`git diff --check`的空格一定要写对了
* 确定你的代码能通过编译
* 布局: 确定`make keyboard:your_new_keymap` 不返回错误
* 键盘: 确定 `make keyboard:all` 不返回错误
* 核心代码: 确定 `make all` 不返回错误
* 提交的信息尽量明确。第一行写点简短介绍(每行不多于70个英文字母), 第二行空着,第三行和后面就要写些必要的细节了。最好用英文写，比如:
```
Adjust the fronzlebop for the kerpleplork
The kerpleplork was intermittently failing with error code 23. The root cause was the fronzlebop setting, which causes the kerpleplork to activate every N iterations.
Limited experimentation on the devices I have available shows that 7 is high enough to avoid confusing the kerpleplork, but I'd like to get some feedback from people with ARM devices to be sure.
```
## 文档
想帮助Q酱当然是先看文档最简单了。找到这个文档哪里错了然后改正它对于你来说超级简单! 我们也对有写文档能力的人求贤若渴，如果你是对的人[点这个](#Q酱，我在哪能帮助你嘞?)!
文档呢，都静静的放在`qmk_firmware/docs` 目录里, 也或者您想为网页做贡献的话也是可以的哦。
在文档中附代码案例时, 先观察文档其他地方的命名规范。比如, 把enums的名字都改成像`my_layers`或者`my_keycodes`来防止名字不一致的enums被当作特务枪毙:
```c
enum my_layers {
_FIRST_LAYER,
_SECOND_LAYER
};
enum my_keycodes {
FIRST_LAYER = SAFE_RANGE,
SECOND_LAYER
};
```
## 布局
大多数QMK新手都从创建一个自己的布局开始。我们尽力保证布局规范宽松 (毕竟布局是个性的体现) 不过建议遵守以下准则，这样可以让别人更好理解你的代码
* 用 [模板](documentation_templates.md)写个`readme.md`。
* 所有的布局PR都会被squash, 如果你想知道你的提交是怎么被squash的那你就自己来吧
* 不要把新特性和布局一起PR。可以分别PR他们
* 布局文件夹就不要放`Makefile`了，这个操作都过时啦
* 更新文件头部的copyrights(看`%YOUR_NAME%`那)
## 键盘
QMK的最终归宿是键盘。有些键盘是社区维护的，有一些是制作这些键盘的人维护的。`readme.md`会告诉你是谁维护了这个键盘，如果你对某个键盘有疑问，可以 [创建一个Issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) 来问一问维护者。
我们建议你按下面的来操作:
* 用[模板](documentation_templates.md)写`readme.md`。
* 提交数量尽量合理，不然我们可就要把你的PR给squash了。
* 不要把新特性和新键盘一起PR。可以分别PR他们
* 用父文件夹的名字命名 `.c`/`.h`文件, 比如`/keyboards/<kb1>/<kb2>/<kb2>.[ch]`
* 键盘文件夹就不要放`Makefile`了，这个操作都过时啦
* 更新文件头部的copyrights(看`%YOUR_NAME%`那)
## Quantum/TMK 核心
在您废寝忘食地开发Q酱新特性或者帮Q酱驱虫之前，一定要确保你的工作是有意义的。看看[了解QMK](understanding_qmk.md)你会对Q酱有更深的了解，这个文档将带你领略QMK的程序流程。现在你应该和维护团对谈谈来了解实现你想法的最佳方法了。一下渠道都可以：
* [在Discord交流](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh)
* [建立一个Issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new)
新特性和BUG的修复影响所有键盘。开发组也在翻修QMK。所以，在实施重大返修之前一定要讨论一下。如果你在没有事先与维护团队沟通的情况下提交了一个PR，而且你的选择与维护团队的计划方向不符，那你可能要面临大改了。
修复BUG或者开发新特性之前看看这个：
* **默认不启用** - QMK运行的芯片多数内存有限，所以首要考虑的还应该是布局不要被破坏，于是特性默认是不启用的。你喜欢什么特性的话就打开它，如果你觉得有些特性应该默认开启或者你能帮助缩减代码，那就联系维护组吧。
* **提交之前在本地编译** - 这个简直就是家喻户晓了，但是也确实需要编译啊！ 我们的Travis系统会发现一切问题，但是自己编译一下可要比在线等快多了。
* **注意版本和芯片平台** - 有那么几个键盘有支持不同配置甚至是不同芯片的版本。试着写一个能AVR和ARM两个平台运行的特性，或者在不支持的平台自动禁用。
* **解释你的新特性** - 在`docs/`写个文档, 你可以创建新文档或者写到现有文档中。如果你不把它记录下来，其他人就无法从你的努力中获益。
也可以看看以下建议：
* 提交数量尽量合理，不然我们可就要把你的PR给squash了。
* 不要把新特性、布局和键盘一起PR。可以分别PR他们。
* 给你的特性写[单元测试](unit_testing.md)。
* 你编辑的文件风格要一致，如果风格不明确或者是混搭风的，你就要先看看[代码规范](#代码规范)确认情况。
## 重构
为了保持QMK脉络清晰，Q酱打算深入规划重构一下自己，然后让合作者进行修改。如果你有重构的思路或建议[创建一个issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues), Q酱很乐意讨论一下怎么改进一下。
# 行为守则对于我来说有何意义?
我们的[行为守则](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) 是说明您有责任尊重和礼貌地对待项目中的每个人，无论他们的身份如何。 如果你是我们行为准则所描述的不当行为的受害者，我们将站在你这边，并按照行为准则对施暴者进行适当谴责。

490
docs/zh-cn/custom_quantum_functions.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,490 @@
# 如何定制你键盘的功能
对于很多人来说客制化键盘可不只是向你的电脑发送你按了那个件这么简单。你肯定想实现比简单按键和宏更复杂的功能。QMK有能让你注入代码的钩子, 覆盖功能, 另外，还可以自定义键盘在不同情况下的行为。
本页不假定任何特殊的QMK知识，但阅读[理解QMK](understanding_qmk.md)将会在更基础的层面帮你理解发生了什么。
## A Word on Core vs 键盘 vs 布局
我们把qmk组织成一个层次结构：
* Core (`_quantum`)
* Keyboard/Revision (`_kb`)
* Keymap (`_user`)
下面描述的每一个函数都可以在定义上加一个`_kb()`或 `_user()` 后缀。 建议在键盘/修订层使用`_kb()`后缀，在布局层使用`_user()`后缀。
在键盘/修订层定义函数时，`_kb()`在执行任何代码前先调用`_user()`是必要的，不然布局层函数就不要被调用。
<!-- 翻译问题：上面那句翻译的不太好-->
# 自定义键码
到目前为止，最常见的任务是更改现有键码的行为或创建新的键码。从代码角度来看这些操作都很相似。
## 定义一个新键码
创建键码第一步，先枚举出它全部，也就是给键码起个名字并分配唯一数值。QMK没有直接限制最大键码值大小，而是提供了一个`SAFE_RANGE`宏。你可以在枚举时用`SAFE_RANGE`来保证你取得了唯一的键码值。
这有枚举两个键码的例子。把这块加到`keymap.c`的话你就在布局中能用`FOO`和`BAR`了。
```c
enum my_keycodes {
FOO = SAFE_RANGE,
BAR
};
```
## 为键码的行为编程
当你覆盖一个已存在按键的行为时，或将这个行为赋给新键时，你要用`process_record_kb()`和`process_record_user()`函数。这俩函数在键处理中真实键事件被处理前被QMK调用。如果这俩函数返回`true`，QMK将会用正常的方式处理键码。这样可以很方便的扩展键码的功能而不是替换它。如果函数返回`false` QMK会跳过正常键处理，然后发送键子抬起还是按下事件就由你决定了。
当某个键按下或释放时这俩函数会被调用。
### process_record_user()`函数示例实现
这个例子做了两个事。自定义了一个叫做`FOO`的键码的行为，并补充了在按下回车时播放音符。
```c
bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
switch (keycode) {
case FOO:
if (record->event.pressed) {
// 按下时做些什么
} else {
// 释放时做些什么
}
return false; // 跳过此键的所有进一步处理
case KC_ENTER:
// 当按下回车时播放音符
if (record->event.pressed) {
PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty);
}
return true; // 让QMK触发回车按下/释放事件
default:
return true; // 正常处理其他键码
}
}
```
### `process_record_*` 函数文档
* 键盘/修订: `bool process_record_kb(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`
* 布局: `bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`
`keycode(键码)`参数是在布局上定义的，比如`MO(1)`, `KC_L`, 等等。 你要用 `switch...case` 块来处理这些事件。
`record`参数含有实际按键的信息：
```c
keyrecord_t record {
keyevent_t event {
keypos_t key {
uint8_t col
uint8_t row
}
bool pressed
uint16_t time
}
}
```
# LED控制
qmk提供了读取HID规范包含的5个LED的方法。:
* `USB_LED_NUM_LOCK`
* `USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK`
* `USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK`
* `USB_LED_COMPOSE`
* `USB_LED_KANA`
这五个常量对应于主机LED状态的位置位。
有两种方法可以获得主机LED状态：
* 通过执行 `led_set_user()`
* 通过调用 `host_keyboard_leds()`
## `led_set_user()`
当5个LED中任何一个的状态需要改变时，此函数将被调用。此函数通过参数输入LED参数。
使用`IS_LED_ON(usb_led, led_name)`和`IS_LED_OFF(usb_led, led_name)`这两个宏来检查LED状态。
!> `host_keyboard_leds()`可能会在`led_set_user()`被调用前返回新值。
### `led_set_user()`函数示例实现
```c
void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led) {
if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_NUM_LOCK)) {
writePinLow(B0);
} else {
writePinHigh(B0);
}
if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
writePinLow(B1);
} else {
writePinHigh(B1);
}
if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) {
writePinLow(B2);
} else {
writePinHigh(B2);
}
if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_COMPOSE)) {
writePinLow(B3);
} else {
writePinHigh(B3);
}
if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_KANA)) {
writePinLow(B4);
} else {
writePinHigh(B4);
}
}
```
### `led_set_*`函数文档
* 键盘/修订: `void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led)`
* 布局: `void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led)`
## `host_keyboard_leds()`
调用这个函数会返回最后收到的LED状态。这个函数在`led_set_*`之外读取LED状态时很有用，比如在[`matrix_scan_user()`](#矩阵扫描代码).
为了便捷，你可以用`IS_HOST_LED_ON(led_name)`和`IS_HOST_LED_OFF(led_name)` 宏，而不直接调用和检查`host_keyboard_leds()`。
## 设置物理LED状态
一些键盘实现了为设置物理LED的状态提供了方便的方法。
### Ergodox Boards
Ergodox实现了提供`ergodox_right_led_1`/`2`/`3_on`/`off()`来让每个LED开或关, 也可以用 `ergodox_right_led_on`/`off(uint8_t led)` 按索引打开或关闭他们。
此外，还可以使用`ergodox_led_all_set(uint8_t n)`指定所有LED的亮度级别；针对每个LED用`ergodox_right_led_1`/`2`/`3_set(uint8_t n)`；使用索引的话用`ergodox_right_led_set(uint8_t led, uint8_t n)`。
Ergodox boards 同时定义了最低亮度级别`LED_BRIGHTNESS_LO`和最高亮度级别`LED_BRIGHTNESS_HI`(默认最高).
# 键盘初始化代码
键盘初始化过程有几个步骤。你是用那个函数取决于你想要做什么。
有三个主要初始化函数，按调用顺序列出。
* `keyboard_pre_init_*` - 会在大多数其他东西运行前运行。适用于哪些需要提前运行的硬件初始化。
* `matrix_init_*` - 在固件启动过程中间被调用。此时硬件已初始化，功能尚未初始化。
* `keyboard_post_init_*` - 在固件启动过程最后被调用。大多数情况下，你的“客制化”代码都可以放在这里。
!> 对于大多数人来说`keyboard_post_init_user`是你想要调用的函数。例如, 此时你可以设置RGB灯发光。
## 键盘预初始化代码
这代码极早运行，甚至都在USB初始化前运行。
在这之后不久矩阵就被初始化了。
对于大多数用户来说,这用不到，因为它主要是用于面向硬件的初始化。
但如果你有硬件初始化的话放在这里再好不过了(比如初始化LED引脚一类的).
### `keyboard_pre_init_user()`函数示例实现
本例中在键盘级别，设定 B0, B1, B2, B3, 和 B4 是LED引脚。
```c
void keyboard_pre_init_user(void) {
// 调用键盘预初始化代码
// 设置LED引脚为输出模式
setPinOutput(B0);
setPinOutput(B1);
setPinOutput(B2);
setPinOutput(B3);
setPinOutput(B4);
}
```
### `keyboard_pre_init_*` 函数文档
* 键盘/修订: `void keyboard_pre_init_kb(void)`
* 布局: `void keyboard_pre_init_user(void)`
## 矩阵初始化代码
这将会在矩阵初始化时被调用，在某些硬件设置好后，但在一些功能被初始化前。
这在你设置其他地方会用到的东西的时候会很有用，但与硬件无关，也不依赖于它的启动位置。
### `matrix_init_*`函数文档
* 键盘/修订: `void matrix_init_kb(void)`
* 布局: `void matrix_init_user(void)`
## 键盘后初始化代码
这是键盘初始化过程中的最后一个任务。如果您想更改某些特性，这会很有用，因为此时应该对它们进行初始化。
### `keyboard_post_init_user()`示例实现
本示例在所有初始化完成后运行，配置RGB灯。
```c
void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
// 调用后初始化代码
rgblight_enable_noeeprom(); // 使能Rgb，不保存设置
rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(180, 255, 255); // 将颜色设置到蓝绿色(青色)不保存
rgblight_mode_noeeprom(RGBLIGHT_MODE_BREATHING + 3); // 设置快速呼吸模式不保存
}
```
### `keyboard_post_init_*` 函数文档
* 键盘/修订: `void keyboard_post_init_kb(void)`
* 布局: `void keyboard_post_init_user(void)`
# 矩阵扫描代码
可能的话你要用`process_record_*()`自定义键盘，以这种方式连接到事件中，以确保代码不会对键盘产生负面的性能影响。然而，在极少数情况下，有必要进行矩阵扫描。在这些函数中要特别注意代码的性能，因为它每秒至少被调用10次。
### `matrix_scan_*`示例实现
这个例子被故意省略了。在hook这样一个对性能及其敏感的区域之前，您应该足够了解qmk的内部结构，以便在没有示例的情况下编写。如果你需要帮助，请[建立一个issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new)或[在Discord上与我们交流](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh).
### `matrix_scan_*` 函数文档
* 键盘/修订: `void matrix_scan_kb(void)`
* 布局: `void matrix_scan_user(void)`
该函数在每次矩阵扫描时被调用，这基本与MCU处理能力上限相同。在这里写代码要谨慎，因为它会运行很多次。
你会在自定义矩阵扫描代码时用到这个函数。这也可以用作自定义状态输出(比如LED灯或者屏幕)或者其他即便用户不输入你也想定期运行的功能。
# 键盘 空闲/唤醒 代码
如果键盘支持就可以通过停止一大票功能来达到"空闲"。RGB灯和背光就是很好的例子。这可以节约能耗，也可能让你键盘风味更佳。
用两个函数控制: `suspend_power_down_*`和`suspend_wakeup_init_*`, 分别在系统板空闲和唤醒时调用。
### suspend_power_down_user()和suspend_wakeup_init_user()示例实现
```c
void suspend_power_down_user(void) {
rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
}
void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void) {
rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
}
```
### 键盘 挂起/唤醒 函数文档
* 键盘/修订: `void suspend_power_down_kb(void)` 和`void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void)`
* 布局: `void suspend_power_down_kb(void)` 和 `void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void)`
# 层改变代码
每当层改变这个就运行代码。这对于层指示或自定义层处理很有用。
### `layer_state_set_*` 示例实现
本例使用了Planck键盘示范了如何设置 [RGB背光灯](feature_rgblight.md)使之与层对应
```c
uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
switch (biton32(state)) {
case _RAISE:
rgblight_setrgb (0x00, 0x00, 0xFF);
break;
case _LOWER:
rgblight_setrgb (0xFF, 0x00, 0x00);
break;
case _PLOVER:
rgblight_setrgb (0x00, 0xFF, 0x00);
break;
case _ADJUST:
rgblight_setrgb (0x7A, 0x00, 0xFF);
break;
default: // for any other layers, or the default layer
rgblight_setrgb (0x00, 0xFF, 0xFF);
break;
}
return state;
}
```
### `layer_state_set_*` 函数文档
* 键盘/修订: `uint32_t layer_state_set_kb(uint32_t state)`
* 布局: `uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state)`
该`状态`是活动层的bitmask, 详见[布局概述](keymap.md#布局的层状态)
# 掉电保存配置 (EEPROM)
这会让你的配置长期的保存在键盘中。这些配置保存在你主控的EEPROM里，掉电不会消失。 设置可以用`eeconfig_read_kb`和`eeconfig_read_user`读取，可以用`eeconfig_update_kb`和`eeconfig_update_user`写入。这对于您希望能够切换的功能很有用(比如切换RGB层指示。此外，你可以用`eeconfig_init_kb`和`eeconfig_init_user`来设置EEPROM默认值。
最复杂的部分可能是，有很多方法可以通过EEPROM存储和访问数据，并且并没有用哪种方法是“政治正确”的。你每个功能只有一个双字(四字节)空间。
记住EEPROM是有写入寿命的。尽管写入寿命很高，但是并不是只有设置写道EEPROM中。如果你写入频繁，你的MCU寿命将会变短。
* 如果您不理解这个例子，那么您可能希望避免使用这个特性，因为它相当复杂。
### 示例实现
本例讲解了如何添加设置，并且读写。本里使用了用户布局。这是一个复杂的函数，有很多事情要做。实际上，它使用了很多上述函数来工作！
在你的keymap.c文件中，将以下代码添加至顶部:
```c
typedef union {
uint32_t raw;
struct {
bool rgb_layer_change :1;
};
} user_config_t;
user_config_t user_config;
```
以上代码建立了一个结构体，该结构体可以存储设置并可用于写入EEPROM。如此这般将无需定义变量，因为在结构体中已然定义。要记住`bool` (布尔)值使用1位, `uint8_t`使用8位, `uint16_t`使用16位。你可以混合搭配使用，但是顺序记错可能会招致麻烦，因为那会改变写入写出的值。
`layer_state_set_*`函数中使用了`rgb_layer_change`，使用了`keyboard_post_init_user`和`process_record_user`来配置一切。
首先要使用`keyboard_post_init_user，你要加入`eeconfig_read_user()`来填充你刚刚创建的结构体。然后您可以立即使用这个结构来控制您的布局中的功能。就像这样：
```c
void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
// 调用布局级别的矩阵初始化
// 从EEPROM读用户配置
user_config.raw = eeconfig_read_user();
// 如使能，设置默认层
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) {
rgblight_enable_noeeprom();
rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_cyan();
rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1);
}
}
```
以上函数会在读EEPROM配置后立即使用该设置来设置默认层RGB颜色。"raw"的值是从你上面基于"union"创建的结构体中转换来的。
```c
uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
switch (biton32(state)) {
case _RAISE:
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_magenta(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
break;
case _LOWER:
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_red(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
break;
case _PLOVER:
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_green(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
break;
case _ADJUST:
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_white(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
break;
default: // 针对其他层或默认层
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_cyan(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
break;
}
return state;
}
```
这样仅在值使能时会改变RGB背光灯。现在配置这个值, 为`process_record_user`创建一个新键码叫做`RGB_LYR`。我们要确保，如果使用正常的RGB代码，使用上面的示例将其关闭，请将其设置为：
```c
bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
switch (keycode) {
case FOO:
if (record->event.pressed) {
// 按下时做点什么
} else {
// 释放时做点什么
}
return false; // 跳过此键的进一步处理
case KC_ENTER:
// 在按下回车时播放音符
if (record->event.pressed) {
PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty);
}
return true; // 让QMK产生回车按下/释放事件
case RGB_LYR: // 本句让underglow作为层指示，或正常使用。
if (record->event.pressed) {
user_config.rgb_layer_change ^= 1; // 切换状态
eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // 向EEPROM写入新状态
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { // 如果层状态被使能
layer_state_set(layer_state); // 那么立刻更新层颜色
}
}
return false; break;
case RGB_MODE_FORWARD ... RGB_MODE_GRADIENT: // 对于所有的RGB代码 (see quantum_keycodes.h, L400 可以参考)
if (record->event.pressed) { //本句失能层指示，假设你改变了这个…你要把它禁用
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { // 仅当使能时
user_config.rgb_layer_change = false; // 失能，然后
eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // 向EEPROM写入设置
}
}
return true; break;
default:
return true; // 按其他键正常
}
}
```
最后你要加入`eeconfig_init_user`函数，所以当EEPROM重置时，可以指定默认值, 甚至自定义操作。想强制重置EEPROM，请用`EEP_RST`键码或[Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)函数。比如，如果要在默认情况下设置RGB层指示，并保存默认值
```c
void eeconfig_init_user(void) { // EEPROM正被重置
user_config.raw = 0;
user_config.rgb_layer_change = true; // 我们想要默认使能
eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // 向EEPROM写入默认值
// use the non noeeprom versions, 还要向EEPROM写入这些值
rgblight_enable(); // 默认使能RGB
rgblight_sethsv_cyan(); // 默认设置青色
rgblight_mode(1); // 默认设置长亮
}
```
然后就完事了。RGB层指示会在你想让它工作时工作。这个设置会一直保存，即便你拔下键盘。如果你使用其他RGB代码，层指示将失能，现在它可以做你所想了。
### 'EECONFIG' 函数文档
* 键盘/修订: `void eeconfig_init_kb(void)`, `uint32_t eeconfig_read_kb(void)`和`void eeconfig_update_kb(uint32_t val)`
* 布局: `void eeconfig_init_user(void)`, `uint32_t eeconfig_read_user(void)`和`void eeconfig_update_user(uint32_t val)`
`val` 是你想写入EEPROM的值，`eeconfig_read_*`函数会从EEPROM返回一个32位(双字)的值。
# 自定义击键-长按临界值(TAPPING_TERM)
默认情况下,击键-长按临界值是全球统一的，并且不能通过键进行配置。对于大多数用户来说这很好。但是在有些情况下，对于`LT`键来说按键延时对双功能键的提升更大，可能是因为有些键比其他的键更容易按住。为了不给每个都自定义键码，本功能可以为每个键定义`TAPPING_TERM`。
想使能这个功能的话, 要先在`config.h`加上`#define TAPPING_TERM_PER_KEY`。
## `get_tapping_term`示例实现
想要修改基于键码的`TAPPING TERM`,你要向`keymap.c`文件添加如下代码:
```c
uint16_t get_tapping_term(uint16_t keycode) {
switch (keycode) {
case SFT_T(KC_SPC):
return TAPPING_TERM + 1250;
case LT(1, KC_GRV):
return 130;
default:
return TAPPING_TERM;
}
}
```
### `get_tapping_term` 函数文档
不像这篇的其他功能,这个不需要quantum或者键盘级别的函数，只要用户级函数即可。

6
docs/zh-cn/faq.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
# 常见问题
* [一般问题](faq_general.md)
* [构建和编译QMK](faq_build.md)
* [QMK调试和故障排除](faq_debug.md)
* [布局问题](faq_keymap.md)

150
docs/zh-cn/faq_build.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
# 关于构建的常见问题
本页所写是QMK构建的常见问题.如果你还没有进行过编译,就看一下[构建环境搭建](getting_started_build_tools.md) 和 [make的说明](getting_started_make_guide.md).
## 如果您不能在Linux上编程
您需要适当的权限才能操作设备。对于Linux用户, 请参阅下方有关`udev`规则的说明。如果您对`udev`有问题，解决方法是用`sudo`命令。如果您不熟悉此命令，使用`man sudo`查看其手册或[看这个网页](https://linux.die.net/man/8/sudo).
在你的主控是ATMega32u4时，以下是使用`sudo`命令的样例：
$ sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase --force
$ sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 flash your.hex
$ sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 reset
或只用；
$ sudo make <keyboard>:<keymap>:dfu
使用`sudo`运行`make`一般来说**不**推荐，如果可能，尽量使用前一种方法之一。
### Linux `udev` 规则
在Linux上，您需要适当的权限才能访问MCU。你也可以在刷新固件时使用 `sudo`，或把这些文件放到`/etc/udev/rules.d/`。
**/etc/udev/rules.d/50-atmel-dfu.rules:**
```
# Atmel ATMega32U4
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ff4", MODE:="0666"
# Atmel USBKEY AT90USB1287
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ffb", MODE:="0666"
# Atmel ATMega32U2
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ff0", MODE:="0666"
```
**/etc/udev/rules.d/52-tmk-keyboard.rules:**
```
# tmk键盘产品 https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="feed", MODE:="0666"
```
**/etc/udev/rules.d/54-input-club-keyboard.rules:**
```
# Input Club keyboard bootloader
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="1c11", MODE:="0666"
```
### 串行设备在Linux上检测不到bootloader模式
确保您的内核对您的设备有相应的支持。 如果你的设备是 USB ACM, 比如Pro Micro (Atmega32u4)，就要加上`CONFIG_USB_ACM=y`. 其他设备可能需要`USB_SERIAL` 及其任何子选项。
## DFU Bootloader的未知设备
如果您在使用Windows来刷新键盘的时候碰到了问题，检查设备管理器。如果在键盘处于 "bootloader模式"时你看到 "未知设备"，说明你可能面临设备问题。
重新运行MSYS2上的安装脚本或许会凑效（比如在MSYS2/WSL运行 `./util/qmk_install.sh`) 或者重新安装QMK工具箱也可能会解决你的问题。
如果以上方法还是短针攻疽，那您可能需要使用[Zadig Utility](https://zadig.akeo.ie/)。下载此程序, 找到设备问题, 然后选择 `WinUSB`选项, 然后点击"Reinstall driver"。完成后再试试刷新你的键盘。倘若依然徒劳无功，那就尝试所有选项直到好用为止。
?> 事实上没有一个驱动的最佳选择，有些选项就是和某些系统相辅相成。但libUSB和WinUSB似乎也算是这里的最佳选择了。
如果bootloader在设备列表中没有显示，你可能要使能 "List all devices"选项在选项菜单中`Options`，然后找到有问题的bootloader设备。(译者注：在win10中可能为 查看-显示隐藏的设备)
## WINAVR已淘汰
不再推荐使用WINAVR，使用可能会导致问题
详情请见[TMK Issue #99](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/99).
## USB VID 和 PID
你可以在编辑`config.h`时使用任何你想用的ID值。实际上，使用任何可能未使用的ID都没有问题，除了有极低的与其他产品发生冲突的可能性。
大多数QMK主板使用`0xFEED`作为vendor ID。您应该查看其他键盘，以确保选择了唯一的Product ID。
也要看看这个。
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/150
一也可以在下方链接购买一个唯一的VID:PID。不过个人使用似乎用不着这个。
- http://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/license.html
- http://www.mcselec.com/index.php?page=shop.product_details&flypage=shop.flypage&product_id=92&option=com_phpshop&Itemid=1
## Cortex: `cstddef: No such file or directory`
在Ubuntu 14.04上的GCC 4.8 会出现这种问题需要用这个PPA升级到4.9。
https://launchpad.net/~terry.guo/+archive/ubuntu/gcc-arm-embedded
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/212
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/mbed-cortex-porting#compile-error-cstddef
https://developer.mbed.org/forum/mbed/topic/5205/
## `clock_prescale_set` and `clock_div_1` Not Available
你的工具链太旧了不支持MCU。比如WinAVR 20100110就不支持ATMega32u2.
```
Compiling C: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c
avr-gcc -c -mmcu=atmega32u2 -gdwarf-2 -DF_CPU=16000000UL -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096 -DF_USB=16000000UL -DARCH=ARCH_AVR8 -DUSB_DEVICE_ONLY -DUSE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" -DFIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8 -DFIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1 -DPROTOCOL_LUFA -DEXTRAKEY_ENABLE -DCONSOLE_ENABLE -DCOMMAND_ENABLE -DVERSION=unknown -Os -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -fno-inline-small-functions -fpack-struct -fshort-enums -fno-strict-aliasing -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes -Wa,-adhlns=obj_alps64/protocol/lufa/lufa.lst -I. -I../../tmk_core -I../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa -I../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git -I../../tmk_core/common -std=gnu99 -include config.h -MMD -MP -MF .dep/obj_alps64_protocol_lufa_lufa.o.d ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c -o obj_alps64/protocol/lufa/lufa.o
../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c: In function 'setup_mcu':
../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c:575: warning: implicit declaration of function 'clock_prescale_set'
../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c:575: error: 'clock_div_1' undeclared (first use in this function)
../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c:575: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c:575: error: for each function it appears in.)
make: *** [obj_alps64/protocol/lufa/lufa.o] Error 1
```
## AVR的BOOTLOADER_SIZE
注意Teensy2.0++ bootloader的大小是2048字节。有些Makefile注释错了。
```
# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
# Teensy halfKay 512
# Teensy++ halfKay 2048
# Atmel DFU loader 4096 (TMK Alt Controller)
# LUFA bootloader 4096
# USBaspLoader 2048
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=2048
```
## 在MacOS上 `avr-gcc: internal compiler error: Abort trap: 6 (program cc1)`
这是brew更新的问题，导致AVR GCC依赖的符号链接被损坏。
解决方案是移除并重新安装所有受影响的模块。
```
brew rm avr-gcc
brew rm dfu-programmer
brew rm dfu-util
brew rm gcc-arm-none-eabi
brew rm avrdude
brew install avr-gcc
brew install dfu-programmer
brew install dfu-util
brew install gcc-arm-none-eabi
brew install avrdude
```
### avr-gcc 8.1 和 LUFA
如果你把avr-gcc升级到7以上你可能会遇到关于LUFA的问题。比如:
`lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h:380:5: error: 'const' attribute on function returning 'void'`
那你就需要在brew中把avr-gcc回退到7。
```
brew uninstall --force avr-gcc
brew install avr-gcc@8
brew link --force avr-gcc@8
```
### 我刷新了我的键盘但是键盘不工作/按键没有注册 - 而且还是ARM的 (rev6 planck, clueboard 60, hs60v2, etc...) (Feb 2019)
由于EEPROM在基于ARM的芯片上的工作原理，保存的设置可能不再有效。这会影响默认层，而且*或许*在某些情况下，会使键盘不好用，我们仍在调查这些情况。重置EEPROM将解决此问题。
[Planck rev6键盘重置EEPROM](https://cdn.discordapp.com/attachments/473506116718952450/539284620861243409/planck_rev6_default.bin) 是用于强制重置EEPROM的。刷入这个文件后，再次刷入正常固件，这会将键盘恢复到_正常_工作状态。
[Preonic rev3键盘重置EEPROM](https://cdn.discordapp.com/attachments/473506116718952450/537849497313738762/preonic_rev3_default.bin)
如果以任何形式启用了bootmagic， 那么您还需要(看[Bootmagic文档](feature_bootmagic.md) 以及键盘信息，以了解如何执行此操作的详细信息).

216
docs/zh-cn/faq_debug.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
# 调试的常见问题
本篇详细介绍了人们在键盘故障排除时的各种常见问题。
# 调试控制台
## `hid_listen` 无法识别设备
当设备的调试控制台未就绪时，您将看到如下内容：
```
Waiting for device:.........
```
插入设备后，*hid_listen*找到该设备，您将收到以下消息：
```
Waiting for new device:.........................
Listening:
```
如果您无法获得这条“Listening:”消息，请尝试在[Makefile]中使用 `CONSOLE_ENABLE=yes`
在Linux这样的操作系统上，你可能需要一些权限。
- 使用`sudo hid_listen`
## 控制台没有返回消息
检查:
- *hid_listen* 找到了你的设备。看前面。
- 输入**Magic**+d打开调试。详见[Magic Commands](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#magic-commands)。
- 设置`debug_enable=true` ，一般存在于**matrix.c**的`matrix_init()`中。
- 尝试使用'print'函数而不要用调试输出。详见**common/print.h**。
- 断开其他有控制台功能的设备。 详见[Issue #97](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/97)。
## Linux或UNIX这样的系统如何请求超级用户权限
用'sudo'来执行*hid_listen*就有权限了。
```
$ sudo hid_listen
```
或者把一个文件放到规则文件夹来为TMK设备添加*udev规则*，不同系统的目录可能有所不同。
文件: /etc/udev/rules.d/52-tmk-keyboard.rules(在Ubuntu系统的情况下)
```
# tmk keyboard products https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard
SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="feed", MODE:="0666"
```
***
# 其他
## 安全注意事项
你应该不想要把你的键盘变成"砖头"吧，就是变成没法重写固件的那种。
下面讲解一些参数来告诉你什么风险很大（其实也不是很大）。
- 假如你键盘表面没有设计重置键"RESET", 那你要进入bootloader的话就要按PCB上的RESET了。
按PCB上的RESET要拧开键盘底部。
- 如果 tmk_core / common 里面的文件丢失键盘可能失灵。
- .hex太大可能不太好; `make dfu` 会删除块，检验大小（咦?好像反了...）。
一但出错，刷新键盘失败的话就困在DFU出不去了。
- 所以, 要知道大小限制。 Planck键盘上.hex文件最大大小是 is 7000h (十进制是28672)
```
Linking: .build/planck_rev4_cbbrowne.elf [OK]
Creating load file for Flash: .build/planck_rev4_cbbrowne.hex [OK]
Size after:
text data bss dec hex filename
0 22396 0 22396 577c planck_rev4_cbbrowne.hex
```
- 上面那个文件大小是 22396/577ch，比28672/7000h小
- 当你有一个合适的.hex文件时，你就要重试加载那个了
- 您在键盘Makefile中的某些选项可能消耗额外内存；注意以下这几个
BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE, MOUSEKEY_ENABLE, EXTRAKEY_ENABLE, CONSOLE_ENABLE, API_SYSEX_ENABLE
- DFU 工具/不/可以写入bootloader (unless you throw in extra fruit salad of options),
所以还是有点危险的
- EEPROM大概有100000次循环寿命。不要总是频繁重写固件；EEPROM会玩坏的。
## 全键无冲不好用
首先你要在**Makefile**用如下命令编译固件`NKRO_ENABLE`。
全键无冲还不好用的话试着用`Magic` **N** 命令(默认是`LShift+RShift+N`)。这个命令会在**全键无冲**和**六键无冲**之间临时切换。有些情况**全键无冲**不好用你就需要使用**六键无冲**模式，尤其是在BIOS中。
如果你的固件使用`BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE`编译的你要用`BootMagic` **N** 命令(默认`Space+N`)打开开关。这个设置保存在EEPROM中并保存在电源循环中。
<!--翻译问题：上面这句翻译的不贴切 -->
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#boot-magic-configuration---virtual-dip-switch
## 指点杆需要复位电路(PS/2 鼠标支持)
如果没有复位电路，由于硬件初始化不正确，您将得到不一致的结果。查看TPM754复位电路。
- http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=50176.msg1127447#msg1127447
- http://www.mikrocontroller.net/attachment/52583/tpm754.pdf
## 矩阵不可读16以上的列
当列超过16时[matrix.h]的`read_cols()`中，用`1UL<<16`而不要用`1<<16`。
在C语言中`1` 是一个[int] 类型的[16 bit]值，在AVR中你不能左移大于15次。如果你使用`1<<16`的话会得到意外的零。你要用 [unsigned long]类型，比如`1UL`。
http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/rebuilding-and-redesigning-a-classic-thinkpad-keyboard-t6181-60.html#p146279
## Bootloader跳转不好用
在**Makefile**中正确配置**Makefile**大小。如果分区大小不正确，引导加载程序可能无法从**Magic command**和**Boot Magic**加载。
```
# bootloader字节数：
# Atmel DFU loader(ATmega32U4) 4096
# Atmel DFU loader(AT90USB128) 8192
# LUFA bootloader(ATmega32U4) 4096
# Arduino Caterina(ATmega32U4) 4096
# USBaspLoader(ATmega***) 2048
# Teensy halfKay(ATmega32U4) 512
# Teensy++ halfKay(AT90USB128) 2048
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
```
AVR引导大小是通过**BOOTSZ**熔丝位来设置的。查阅你单片机的datasheet。
记住，datasheet用的是**Word**(2字节)表示大小和地址，TMK用的是**Byte**。
AVR引导部分位于闪存的末尾，如下所示（Application是应用区，Bootloader是引导区）。
```
byte Atmel/LUFA(ATMega32u4) byte Atmel(AT90SUB1286)
0x0000 +---------------+ 0x00000 +---------------+
| | | |
| | | |
| Application | | Application |
| | | |
= = = =
| | 32KB-4KB | | 128KB-8KB
0x6000 +---------------+ 0x1E000 +---------------+
| Bootloader | 4KB | Bootloader | 8KB
0x7FFF +---------------+ 0x1FFFF +---------------+
byte Teensy(ATMega32u4) byte Teensy++(AT90SUB1286)
0x0000 +---------------+ 0x00000 +---------------+
| | | |
| | | |
| Application | | Application |
| | | |
= = = =
| | 32KB-512B | | 128KB-2KB
0x7E00 +---------------+ 0x1FC00 +---------------+
| Bootloader | 512B | Bootloader | 2KB
0x7FFF +---------------+ 0x1FFFF +---------------+
```
详情请见下方issue。
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/179
如果你使用TeensyUSB, 有一个[已知bug](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/164)硬件重置按钮阻止软件定义重置键工作。重新插拔键盘就好了。
## 特殊额外键不起作用(系统，音频控制键)
你要在`rules.mk`定义`EXTRAKEY_ENABLE`在QMK中使用它们。
```
EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes # 音频控制和系统控制
```
## 睡眠唤醒不好用
在Windows查看设备管理器中该键盘设备属性中电源管理选项卡中的`允许此设备唤醒计算机(O)`是否勾选。同时看一眼BIOS设置。
在主机睡眠时按下任何键都可以唤醒了。
## 使用Arduino?
**注意Arduino的针脚名字和主控芯片的不一样。** 比如, Arduino的`D0`并不是`PD0`。自己用原理图捋一下电路。
- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-leonardo-schematic_3b.pdf
- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-micro-schematic.pdf
Arduino Leonardo和micro使用**ATMega32U4**，该芯片TMK可用，但Arduino的bootloader会导致问题。
## 为锁定键添加指示灯
你要自制CapsLock, ScrollLock 和 NumLock指示灯？见下文。
http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/tmk-keyboard-firmware-collection-t4478-120.html#p191560
## 为Arduino Micro/Leonardo编程
按下重置键然后在8秒内运行下方这样的命令。
```
avrdude -patmega32u4 -cavr109 -b57600 -Uflash:w:adb_usb.hex -P/dev/ttyACM0
```
设备名称因系统而异。
http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardMicro
https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1563867#msg1563867
## USB 3 兼容性
据传说有些人用USB3接口会有问题，用USB2的试试。
## Mac 兼容性
### OS X 10.11 和集线器
https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1884034#msg1884034
## 对于BIOS (UEFI)/恢复(睡眠和唤醒)/重新启动 有问题
有人说他们的键盘在BIOS中，或许是恢复(睡眠和唤醒)后不工作.
截止至目前，其根本原因未知，不排除与某些构建选项有关。试着在Makefile中失能`CONSOLE_ENABLE`, `NKRO_ENABLE`, `SLEEP_LED_ENABLE`这样的选项，也试试其他的。
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/266
https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=41989.msg1967778#msg1967778
## FLIP 不工作
### `AtLibUsbDfu.dll` 未找到
从设备管理器中删除当前驱动程序并在设备管理器重新安装一个FLIP提供的程序。
http://imgur.com/a/bnwzy

19
docs/zh-cn/faq_general.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
# 常见问题
## QMK是什么?
[QMK](https://github.com/qmk), 是量子机械键盘(Quantum Mechanical Keyboard)的缩写，是一群开源爱好者为定制键盘开发的工具。我们从[QMK固件](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware)开始，这是[TMK](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard)的魔改分叉。
### 为什么叫量子(Quantum)?
<!-- 待修复 译者吐槽：文档作者竟然也不知道为啥。。。 -->
## QMK和TMK有什么区别?
TMK最初由[Jun Wako](https://github.com/tmk)设计和执行。QMK始于[Jack Humbert](https://github.com/jackhumbert)为Planck键盘创建的TMK分叉。一段时间后，Jack的分叉就和TMK相去甚远了，于是在2015年，Jack决定改名QMK。
从技术观点来讲，QMK是TMK添加一些新功能而成的。尤其是QMK扩展了可用的键码，使高级功能进一步丰富比如 `S()`, `LCTL()`, 和 `MO()`。全部键码见[键码](keycodes.md).
从工程的社区管理来讲TMK自己维护了所有官方支持的键盘，只有很小一部分社区支持。独立社区维护已存在分叉或为其他键盘创建的分叉。默认支持很少的键码，所以用户通常不会与他人分享布局。QMK鼓励通过集中管理仓库分享布局和键盘，我们会采纳所有符合质量标准的PR。这就极大的保证了社区维护，同时QMK小组也会在必要时给予帮助。
这两种方法都有其优点和缺点，并且代码在有意义时在TMK和QMK之间自由流动。

212
docs/zh-cn/faq_keymap.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
# 布局常见问题
本页本页包含人们经常遇到的关于布局的问题。如果你觉得没什么问题，请先看[布局概览](keymap.md)。
## 我能用什么键码?
看[键码](keycodes.md)你可以找到你能用的键码索引。可以的话这些链接可以连接到更广泛的文档。
键码实际上定义在[common/keycode.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/keycode.h).
## 默认的键码什么样?
世界上有三种标准键盘设计，分别是：ANSI, ISO, and JIS. 主要是北美用ANSI(译者注：中国很多键盘使用这个), 欧洲和非洲主要使用ISO，日本使用JIS。未提及的区域通常使用ANSI或ISO。与这些设计对应的键代码如下所示：
<!-- 该图片的来源: http://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com/#/gists/bf431647d1001cff5eff20ae55621e9a -->
![键盘设计图](https://i.imgur.com/5wsh5wM.png)
## 我有一些键变成了其他功能或者不工作了
QMK有两个功能，Bootmagic和命令行，它允许您在运行中更改键盘的行为。该功能包括但不仅限于, 交换Ctrl/Caps，关闭界面，交换Alt/Gui，交换 Backspace/Backslash，禁用所有键，以及其他的行为改变。
快速解决方法是插入键盘时按住`Space`+`Backspace`。该操作将重置已保存设置，让这些键回复初始功能。这招不好用的话参阅下方：
* [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
* [命令](feature_command.md)
## 菜单键不好用
现在大多数键盘 `KC_RGUI`和`KC_RCTL`中间的键子叫做`KC_APP`。这是因为在这个键子发明之前相关标准里就已经有键叫做`MENU(菜单)`了，所以微软叫他`APP(应用)`键。
## `KC_SYSREQ` 不工作
使用抓屏的键码(`KC_PSCREEN`或`KC_PSCR`)而不用`KC_SYSREQ`。组合键'Alt + Print Screen'会被当作'System request'。
见[issue #168](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/168)和
* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magic_SysRq_key
* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System_request
## 电源键不工作
这有点让人困惑,QMK有两个"Power(电源)"键码: `KC_POWER` 在键盘/小键盘的HID使用页面中，`KC_SYSTEM_POWER` (或者叫`KC_PWR`)在用户页。
前者只能被macOS识别，但是后者，即`KC_SLEP`和`KC_WAKE`三大主要操作系统全都支持，所以推荐使用这两个。Windows下这些键立即生效，macOS要长按直到弹出对话框。
## 自动大小写锁定
可以解决'the'问题(正常应为The)。我经常在输入'The'时不慎输入了'the'或者'THe'。自动大小写锁定可以修正此类问题。详见下方链接。
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/67
## 修改 键/层 卡住
除非正确配置层切换，否则修改键或层可能会卡住。
对于修改键和图层操作，必须把`KC_TRANS`放到目标层的相同位置，用于注销修改键或在释放事件时返回到上一层。
* https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/doc/keymap.md#31-momentary-switching
* http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=57008.msg1492604#msg1492604
* https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/248
## 机械自锁开关支持Mechanical Lock Switch Support
本功能用于*机械自锁开关*比如[this Alps one](http://deskthority.net/wiki/Alps_SKCL_Lock)。你可以通过向`config.h`添加以下宏来使能该功能：
```
#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
```
在使能该功能后，要在键盘中使用`KC_LCAP`, `KC_LNUM` 和 `KC_LSCR`这三个键码。
远古机械键盘偶尔会有自锁机械开关，现在几乎没有了。***大多数情况下你不需要使用该功能，且要使用`KC_CAPS`, `KC_NLCK`和`KC_SLCK`这三个键码。***
## 输入ASCII之外的特殊字符比如Cédille 'Ç'
没有在所有系统中输入这个的通用方法。你要定义针对你的特定操作系统或布局的**宏**。
比如看这个**宏**代码的文章。
http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/tmk-keyboard-firmware-collection-t4478-120.html#p195620
<!--翻译问题：下方维基百科链接应全部替换为中文链接，暂未找到全部-->
在**Windows**上，可以用`AltGr`键或**Alt码**。
* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AltGr_key
* https://zh.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alt%E7%A0%81
在**Mac OS**定义`Option`键组合。
* https://zh.wikipedia.org/wiki/Option%E9%94%AE#%E6%9B%BF%E4%BB%A3%E9%94%AE%E7%9B%98%E8%BE%93%E5%85%A5
在**Xorg**可以改用`compose`键。
* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key
下方链接查看**Unicode**输入。
* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_input
## macOS上的`Fn`
不像大多数FN键，苹果上那个有自己的键码...呃，基本上算吧。 他取缔了基本6键无冲HID报告的第六个键码 -- 所以苹果键盘其实是5键无冲的。
技术上说QMK可以发送这个键。但是，这样做需要修改报告格式以添加FN键的状态。这还不是最糟糕的，你的键盘的VID和PID和真的苹果键盘不一样的话还不会被识别。
QMK官方支持这个会被律师函的，所以就当我没说过。
详见[issue#2179](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/2179)。
## Mac OSX的媒体控制键
#### KC_MNXT 和 KC_MPRV 在Mac上不好用
使用 `KC_MFFD`(`KC_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD`) 和 `KC_MRWD`(`KC_MEDIA_REWIND`)，不要用 `KC_MNXT` 和 `KC_MPRV`.
详见 https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/195
## Mac OSX中支持那些键?
你可以从此源码中获知在OSX中支持哪些键码
`usb_2_adb_keymap` 阵列映射 键盘/小键盘 页用于ADB扫描码(OSX内部键码).
https://opensource.apple.com/source/IOHIDFamily/IOHIDFamily-606.1.7/IOHIDFamily/Cosmo_USB2ADB.c
`IOHIDConsumer::dispatchConsumerEvent`会处理用户页面用法。
<!--翻译问题：上面那两句翻译的不好-> handles Consumer page usages. -->
https://opensource.apple.com/source/IOHIDFamily/IOHIDFamily-606.1.7/IOHIDFamily/IOHIDConsumer.cpp
## Mac OSX中的JIS键
岛国特别键比如`無変換(Muhenkan)`, `変換(Henkan)`, `ひらがな(hiragana)`OSX是不是别的。You can use **Seil** to enable those keys, try following options.
<!--翻译问题：以上“岛国特别键”没有任何地域歧视的意思 -->
* 在电脑键盘上使能NFER键
* 在电脑键盘上使能XFER键
* 在电脑键盘上使能KATAKAN键
https://pqrs.org/osx/karabiner/seil.html
## RN-42蓝牙模块与Karabiner不能有效协同工作
Karabiner - Mac OSX的改键软件 - 默认RN-42模块是不会被响应的。想要Karabiner和你的键盘协同工作你要使能此选项：
https://github.com/tekezo/Karabiner/issues/403#issuecomment-102559237
此问题详见下方链接。
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/213
https://github.com/tekezo/Karabiner/issues/403
## Esc 和 <code>&#96;</code> 双功能键
请见[Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md)功能。
## 右侧双角色修改键(诸如Shift、Alt等有修改其他键作用的键)变箭头键
右侧修改键单击时会变为箭头键，长按就还是修改键。在TMK中双角色键称之为**TAP**.
```
#include "keymap_common.h"
/* 用TMK双角色键功能实现右侧修改键改箭头键
*
* https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/doc/keymap.md#213-modifier-with-tap-keydual-role
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modifier_key#Dual-role_keys
*/
const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
/* 0: qwerty */
[0] = LAYOUT( \
ESC, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, NUHS,BSPC, \
TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, \
LCTL,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT,ENT, \
LSFT,NUBS,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH,FN0, ESC, \
FN4, LGUI,LALT, SPC, APP, FN2, FN1, FN3),
[1] = LAYOUT( \
GRV, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, TRNS,TRNS, \
TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,\
TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, \
TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,FN5, TRNS, \
TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, TRNS, TRNS,FN7, FN6, FN8),
};
const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
[0] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RSFT, KC_UP),
[1] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RGUI, KC_DOWN),
[2] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RALT, KC_LEFT),
[3] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_RIGHT),
[4] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(1),
[5] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RSFT, KC_PGUP),
[6] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RGUI, KC_PGDN),
[7] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RALT, KC_HOME),
[8] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_END),
};
```
双角色键说明: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modifier_key#Dual-role_keys
## Mac OSX的弹出键
`KC_EJCT` 键码在OSX可以使用 https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/250
似乎Windows10会忽略该键码，Linux/Xorg可以识别该键码但默认不映射。
目前尚不清楚如何在真正的苹果键盘按出弹出键。HHKB使用`F20`用于弹出键(`Fn+f`)，该功能在MAC模式有效但不保证与苹果弹出键码相符。
## `action_util.c`中的 `weak_mods`和`real_mods`是什么
___待改善___
real_mods 用于保存实际(物理)修改键的实际状态。
weak_mods 用于保存虚拟或临时修改键，它将不会影响实际修改键。
以按下左侧Shift键然后输入ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A)为例，
在weak_mods时，
* (1) 按下不抬起左Shift: real_mods |= MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
* (2) 按 ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A): weak_mods |= MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
* (3) 抬起 ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A): weak_mods &= ~MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
real_mods 还是保持在修改状态。
在没有weak_mods时，
* (1) 按下不抬起左Shift: real_mods |= MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
* (2) 按 ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A): real_mods |= MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
* (3) 抬起 ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A): real_mods &= ~MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
此时real_mods失去‘实际左Shift’的状态。
weak_mods和real_mods现已全部加入键盘数据包发送豪华套餐。
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/common/action_util.c#L57

15
docs/zh-cn/getting_started_getting_help.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
# 获得帮助
有很多方法来获得关于QMK的帮助.
## 实时聊天
你可以在我们的主要[Discord服务器](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh)找到QMK的开发者和用户。有很多讨论固件的不同频道, 工具箱(Toolbox), 硬件,配置工具(configurator).
## OLKB Subreddit
QMK的官方论坛是[/r/olkb](https://reddit.com/r/olkb) 在[reddit.com](https://reddit.com)上.
## Github的Issue
你可以在GitHub上 [提出issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues).当您的问题需要长期讨论或调试时，这尤其方便。

59
docs/zh-cn/getting_started_github.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
# 如何在QMK中使用Github
Github can be a little tricky to those that aren't familiar with it - this guide will walk through each step of forking, cloning, and submitting a pull request with QMK.
?> 本教程假设您已安装GitHub，并且您喜欢使用命令行工作。
首先 [Github上的QMK页面](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), 您能看到右上方有个按钮写着"Fork":
![从Github上分叉](http://i.imgur.com/8Toomz4.jpg)
如果你是某组织成员，你将需要选择分叉到哪个账户。一般情况下, 你是想要分叉到你的私人账户下。当你完成分叉 (有时需要等一会), 点击"Clone or Download" 按钮:
!从Github下载](http://i.imgur.com/N1NYcSz.jpg)
你要选择 "HTTPS", 然后选择链接复制:
![HTTPS链接](http://i.imgur.com/eGO0ohO.jpg)
然后，在命令行输入`git clone `，然后粘贴你的链接:
```
user@computer:~$ git clone https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git
Cloning into 'qmk_firmware'...
remote: Counting objects: 46625, done.
remote: Compressing objects: 100% (2/2), done.
remote: Total 46625 (delta 0), reused 0 (delta 0), pack-reused 46623
Receiving objects: 100% (46625/46625), 84.47 MiB | 3.14 MiB/s, done.
Resolving deltas: 100% (29362/29362), done.
Checking out files: 100% (2799/2799), done.
```
现在你本地计算机有QMK的分叉了,你可以添加你的布局了, 为你的键盘编译并刷新固件吧。如果你觉得你的修改很不错, 你可以添加,提交,然后想你的分叉推出（pull）你的改变，像这样:
```
user@computer:~$ git add .
user@computer:~$ git commit -m "adding my keymap"
[master cccb1608] adding my keymap
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
create mode 100644 keyboards/planck/keymaps/mine/keymap.c
user@computer:~$ git push
Counting objects: 1, done.
Delta compression using up to 4 threads.
Compressing objects: 100% (1/1), done.
Writing objects: 100% (1/1), 1.64 KiB | 0 bytes/s, done.
Total 1 (delta 1), reused 0 (delta 0)
remote: Resolving deltas: 100% (1/1), completed with 1 local objects.
To https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git
+ 20043e64...7da94ac5 master -> master
```
现在你的改动已经在你Github上的分支中了 - 如果你回到这 (`https://github.com/你的GitHub账户名/qmk_firmware`) ,你可以点击下方所示按钮创建 "New Pull Request":
![新的 Pull Request](http://i.imgur.com/DxMHpJ8.jpg)
现在你可以看到你所做的一切 - 如果看起来不错, 就可以点击 "Create Pull Request"定稿了:
![创建Pull Request](http://i.imgur.com/Ojydlaj.jpg)
提交后,我们会开跟你说你的改动,要求您进行更改, 并最终接受您的更改!感谢您为QMK做的贡献 :)

54
docs/zh-cn/getting_started_introduction.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
# 介绍
本页解释了使用QMK项目所需的基本信息。它假定您能熟练使用Unix shell，但您不熟悉C语言也不熟悉使用make编译。
## 基本QMK结构
QMK是[Jun Wako](https://github.com/tmk)的[tmk_keyboard](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard)工程的一个分叉。经过更改的TMK原始代码放在`tmk` 文件夹中。 QMK增加的新东西可以在 `quantum` 文件夹中找到。 键盘项目可以在 `handwired`（手动飞线） 和 `keyboard`（PCB键盘）这两个文件夹找到。
### 用户空间结构
在`users`文件夹里面的目录是每个用户的目录。这个文件夹里面放的是用户们在不同键盘都能用到的代码。详见[用户空间特性](feature_userspace.md)
### 键盘项目结构
在`keyboards`文件夹和他的子文件夹`handwired`中就是各个键盘的项目了，比如`qmk_firmware/keyboards/clueboard`。内部结构与如下:
* `keymaps/`: 可以构建的不同布局
* `rules.mk`: 用来设置 "make" 命令默认选项的文件。别直接编辑这个文件,你应该使用具体某个布局的 `rules.mk`.
* `config.h`: 用于设置默认编译选项的文件。别直接编辑这个文件, 你应该使用具体某个布局的 `config.h`.
### 布局结构
在各个布局的文件夹，你能找到以下文件。只有 `keymap.c` 是必要的, 如果其他文件找不到就会直接选择默认选项。
* `config.h`: 配置布局的选项
* `keymap.c`: 布局的全部代码, 必要文件
* `rules.mk`: 使能的QMK特性
* `readme.md`:介绍你的布局,告诉别人怎么使用，附上功能说明。请将图片上传到imgur等图床（译者注：imgur可能已被墙，为了方便国人访问，建议使用国内可以直接访问的图床）。
# `config.h` 文件
有三个重要的`config.h` 位置:
* 键盘 (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/config.h`)
* 用户空间 (`/users/<user>/config.h`)
* 布局 (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/keymaps/<keymap>/config.h`)
构建系统按照上述顺序自动获取配置文件。如果要覆盖由上一个 `config.h` 所做的设置，您需要首先为要更改的设置包含一些样板代码。
```
#pragma once
```
要覆盖上一个 `config.h` 所做的设置，你要先 `#undef` 然后再 `#define` 这个设置.
样板代码和设置看起来像这样：
```
#pragma once
// 像下面那样覆盖设置（MY_SETTING指的是你要覆盖的设置项）!
#undef MY_SETTING
#define MY_SETTING 4
```

23
docs/zh-cn/newbs.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
# QMK菜鸟教程
QMK是为你机械硬盘设计的的一个强大的开源固件。使用QMK可以很简单的让你的定制键盘变得强大。看完这篇文章，无论你是菜鸟还是大佬，都可以顺利的使用QMK来定制键盘。
你是否为不知道你的键盘能不能运行QMK而苦恼? 如果你的机械键盘是你自己做的，那么这把键盘一般可以运行QMK。我们提供了[一大堆自制键盘](http://qmk.fm/keyboards/), 所以即便你的键盘不能运行QMK你也很容易能找到满足你需求的键盘。
## 概览
这个教程有7个主要部分：
* [新手上路](newbs_getting_started.md)
* [用命令行构建你的第一个固件](newbs_building_firmware.md)
* [用在线界面构建你的第一个固件](newbs_building_firmware_configurator.md)
* [刷新固件](newbs_flashing.md)
* [测试和调试](newbs_testing_debugging.md)
* [Git最佳实践](newbs_best_practices.md)
* [其他学习资源](newbs_learn_more_resources.md)
这份教程旨在帮助没有固件构建经验的人，也是根据该目的做出选择和建议。这些程序有很多替代方法，大部分替代我们都支持。如果你对完成一个任务有疑问，可以[向我们寻求帮助](getting_started_getting_help.md).
## 其他资源
* [Thomas Baart的 QMK基础博客](https://thomasbaart.nl/category/mechanical-keyboards/firmware/qmk/qmk-basics/) – 这是一个用户创建的博客，涵盖了为新手准备的使用QMK的基础知识。

163
docs/zh-cn/newbs_best_practices.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
# 最佳实践
## 或者说, "我应如何学会不再担心并开始爱上Git。"
本文档旨在指导新手以最佳方式获得为QMK做出贡献的丝滑体验。我们将介绍为QMK做出贡献的过程，详细介绍使这项任务更容易的一些方法，然后我们将制造一些问题，来教你如何解决它们。
本文假设了一些内容:
1. 一有个GitHub账户, 并[创建qmk_firmware仓库分叉](getting_started_github.md)到你的帐户.
2. 你已经[建立你的构建环境](newbs_getting_started.md?id=environment-setup).
## 你分叉的主分支: 一直在上传，但不要提交
十分推荐您在QMK开发过程中无论开发是否完成都要保持你的 `master` 分支更新，但是 ***一定不要*** 提交。相反，你应该在一个开发分叉中做出你所有修改并在开发时提交pull request。
减少合并冲突的可能性 &mdash; 两个或多个用户同时编辑文件的同一部分的实例 &mdash; 保持 `master` 分支最新，并创建一个新的分支来开始新的开发。
### 更新你的主分支
保持你的 `master` 更新, 推荐你添加QMK Firmware仓库作为Git的远程仓库，想这么做的话, 你可以打开你的Git命令行接口然后输入:
```
git remote add upstream https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git
```
运行 `git remote -v`, 来确定这个仓库已经添加，以下是回显:
```
$ git remote -v
origin https://github.com/<your_username>/qmk_firmware.git (fetch)
origin https://github.com/<your_username>/qmk_firmware.git (push)
upstream https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git (fetch)
upstream https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git (push)
```
现在添加已完成，你可以用`git fetch upstream`来检查仓库的更新. 这会检索branches 和 tags &mdash; 统称为"refs" &mdash; 从QMK仓库, 也就是 `upstream`。我们可以比较我们的分叉和QMK的 `origin` 数据的不同。
要更新你的分叉的主分支，请运行以下命令，在每行之后按Enter键:
```
git checkout master
git fetch upstream
git pull upstream master
git push origin master
```
这回切换到你的`master` 分支, 检索你QMK仓库的refs, 下载当前QMK `master` 分支到你的电脑, 并上传到你的分叉.
### 做改动
你可以输入以下命令来创建一个新的分支来做改动:
```
git checkout -b dev_branch
git push --set-upstream origin dev_branch
```
这回建立一个叫做 `dev_branch`的新分支, 检查一下, 然后想你的分叉保存分支. 使用 `--set-upstream` 参数来告诉git使用你的分叉并且当每次你对你的分支用`git push` 或 `git pull`时要使用`dev_branch`。 它仅需要在第一次push的时候使用；然后你就可以很安全的用 `git push` 或 `git pull`, 并不需要其他参数了。
!> 使用 `git push`, 你可以用 `-u` 来代替 `--set-upstream` &mdash; `-u`是`--set-upstream`的简写。
您可以将您的分支命名为您想要的任何名称，但建议将其命名为与您要进行的更改相关的内容。
默认情况下 `git checkout -b` 在已经检出的分支上建立新的分支。您可以将新的分支建立在未检出的现有分支的基础上，方法是将现有分支的名称添加到命令：
```
git checkout -b dev_branch master
```
现在您已经有了一个开发分支，那么就打开您的文本编辑器并进行您需要做的任何更改。建议对您的分支进行许多小的提交；这样，任何引起问题的更改都可以在需要时更容易地跟踪和撤消。要进行更改，编辑并保存任何需要更新的文件，请将它们添加到Git的 *staging area* ，然后将它们提交到您的分支：
```
git add path/to/updated_file
git commit -m "My commit message."
```
` git add`添加已更改到Git的*临时区域*也就是Git的“加载区域”的文件。其中包含使用 `git commit` 命令 *提交* 的并已经保存到仓库的更改。建议您使用描述性的提交消息，这样您就可以一目了然地知道更改了什么。
!> 如果你修改了很多文件，但所有的文件都是同一个更改的一部分，你可以用 `git add .` 来添加当前目录中所有已更改的文件而不是单独添加每个文件.
### 发布更改
最后一步是将更改推送到您的分叉。 输入 `git push`来推送. 现在Git将`dev_branch`的当前状态发布到您的分叉。
## 解决合并冲突
有时，当您在某个分支中的工作需要很长时间才能完成时，其他人所做的更改与您在打开pull request时对该分支所做的更改相冲突。这称为*rebase* 即合并冲突，当多个人编辑同一文件的同一部分时会发生这种情况。
### 重新调整您的更改
*rebase*是Git的一种方法，它获取在某一点上应用的更改，撤销它们，然后将相同的更改应用到另一点。在合并冲突的情况下，您可以重新设置您的分支以获取在创建分支时和当前时间之间的那段时间所做的更改。
运行以下命令来开始：
```
git fetch upstream
git rev-list --left-right --count HEAD...upstream/master
```
这里的`git rev-list` 命令返回当前分支和qmk的主分支之间不同的提交数。我们首先运行`git fetch`，以确保我们有代表upstream仓库的refs。 `git rev-list` 命令的回显有两个数字：
```
$ git rev-list --left-right --count HEAD...upstream/master
7 35
```
第一个数字表示自创建以来当前分支的提交数, 第二个数字是自创建当前分支以来对 `upstream/master` 进行的提交数, 因此, 当前分支中未记录变动。
既然知道当前分支和upstream仓库的当前状态，我们可以开始一个rebase操作：
```
git rebase upstream/master
```
这就是让Git撤销当前分支上的提交，然后根据QMK的主分支重新应用它们。
```
$ git rebase upstream/master
First, rewinding head to replay your work on top of it...
Applying: Commit #1
Using index info to reconstruct a base tree...
M conflicting_file_1.txt
Falling back to patching base and 3-way merge...
Auto-merging conflicting_file_1.txt
CONFLICT (content): Merge conflict in conflicting_file_1.txt
error: Failed to merge in the changes.
hint: Use 'git am --show-current-patch' to see the failed patch
Patch failed at 0001 Commit #1
Resolve all conflicts manually, mark them as resolved with
"git add/rm <conflicted_files>", then run "git rebase --continue".
You can instead skip this commit: run "git rebase --skip".
To abort and get back to the state before "git rebase", run "git rebase --abort".
```
这告诉我们有一个合并冲突，并给出带有冲突的文件的名称。在文本编辑器中打开冲突的文件，在该文件的某个位置，您会发现如下内容：
```
<<<<<<< HEAD
<p>For help with any issues, email us at support@webhost.us.</p>
=======
<p>Need help? Email support@webhost.us.</p>
>>>>>>> Commit #1
```
`<<<<<<< HEAD`行标记合并冲突的开始, `>>>>>>> Commit #1` 行标记结束, 冲突选项被 `=======`分隔。`HEAD`那端的部分来自文件的qmk master版本，标记有commit消息的部分来自当前的分支持和提交。
因为Git跟踪 *对文件的更改* 而不是直接跟踪文件的内容，所以如果Git在提交之前找不到文件中的文本，它将不知道如何编辑该文件。重新编辑文件将解决冲突。进行更改，然后保存文件。
```
<p>Need help? Email support@webhost.us.</p>
```
现在运行:
```
git add conflicting_file_1.txt
git rebase --continue
```
Git记录对冲突文件的更改，并继续应用来自我们的分支的提交，直到它到达末尾。

81
docs/zh-cn/newbs_building_firmware.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
# 构建第一个固件
现在您已经建立了构建环境，就可以开始构建自定义固件了。对于本指南的这一部分，我们将在3个程序之间切换——文件管理器、文本编辑器和终端窗口。请保持所有3个程序打开，直到您完成并对键盘固件满意。
如果您在按照指南第一部分的操作之后关闭并重新打开了终端窗口，请不要忘记输入“cd qmk_firmware”，来使您的终端位于正确的目录。
## 导航到您的keymaps文件夹
首先导航到键盘的 `keymaps` 文件夹.
?> 如果您使用的是MacOS或Windows，可以使用以下命令轻松地打开keymaps文件夹。
?> macOS:
open keyboards/<keyboard_folder>/keymaps
?> Windows:
start .\\keyboards\\<keyboard_folder>\\keymaps
## 创建`default` 布局副本
打开`keymaps`文件夹后，您将需要创建`default`文件夹的副本。我们强烈建议您将文件夹命名为与Github用户名相同的名称，但您也可以使用任何您想使用的名称，只要它只包含小写字母、数字和下划线字符。
要自动执行此过程，您还可以选择运行`new_keymap.sh`脚本。
导航到`qmk_firmware/util` 目录然后输入以下命令：
```
./new_keymap.sh <keyboard path> <username>
```
例如，一个名字叫ymzcdg的用户要创建1up60hse的布局，他需要输入
```
./new_keymap.sh 1upkeyboards/1up60hse ymzcdg
```
## 在你最钟爱的文本编辑器中打开`keymap.c`
打开你的`keymap.c`. 在这个文件中，您可以找到控制键盘行为的结构。 在你的`keymap.c` 的顶部有一些让布局更易读的define和enum。在靠下的位置你会找到一行和下面这句很像的:
const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
从这一行开始便是层列表。这行下面你会看到包括 `LAYOUT` 或 `KEYMAP`这两个词的几行, 从这些行开始就是层。在这一行下面是组成该特定层的键的列表。
!> 编辑您的keymap文件时，注意不要添加或删除任何逗号。如果这样做，您将阻止您的固件编译，并且您可能不容易找出多余的或缺少的逗号在哪里。
## 根据您的喜好自定义布局
如何完成这一步骤完全取决于您。改变一直困扰着你的问题，或者完全重做所有的事情。如果您不需要全部图层，可以删除图层，或者将图层总数增加到32个。查看以下文档，了解可以在此处定义的内容:
* [键码](keycodes.md)
* [特性](features.md)
* [问题与解答](faq.md)
?> 当你明白布局是怎么工作时，您也要让每次改变尽可能小。一次改变很大在调试时找出问题会十分困难。
## 构建你的固件
完成对布局的更改后，您就要构建固件了。为此，请返回终端窗口并运行build命令:
make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>
例如，如果您的keymap名为“xyverz”，并且您正在为rev5 planck构建一个keymap，那么您将使用此命令：
make planck/rev5:xyverz
在编译过程中，你将看到屏幕上有很多输出，通知您正在编译哪些文件他应该以与下文类似的输出结束:
```
Linking: .build/planck_rev5_xyverz.elf [OK]
Creating load file for flashing: .build/planck_rev5_xyverz.hex [OK]
Copying planck_rev5_xyverz.hex to qmk_firmware folder [OK]
Checking file size of planck_rev5_xyverz.hex [OK]
* File size is fine - 18392/28672
```
## 刷新你的固件
请移步 [Flashing Firmware](newbs_flashing.md) 来继续。

307
docs/zh-cn/newbs_flashing.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
# 刷新你的键盘
现在您已经构建了一个自定义固件文件，那么您就需要刷新键盘了。
## 用QMK工具箱刷新键盘
刷新键盘的最简单方法是使用[QMK 工具箱](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases).
但是，QMK工具箱目前仅适用于Windows和MacOS。如果您使用的是Linux（或者只是希望从命令行刷新固件），则必须使用 [方法概述](newbs_flashing.md#flash-your-keyboard-from-the-command-line).
### 将文件加载到QMK工具箱中
首先打开QMK工具箱应用程序。您将要在访达或资源管理器中找到固件文件。您的键盘固件可能是两种格式之一`.hex`或`.bin`。qmk会尝试将键盘的相应文件复制到“qmk_firmware”根目录中。
?> 如果您在Windows或MacOS上，可以使用以下命令轻松地在资源管理器或访达中打开当前固件文件夹。
?> Windows:
start .
?> macOS:
open .
固件文件始终遵循此命名格式:
<keyboard_name>_<keymap_name>.{bin,hex}
例如，使用 `default` 布局的 `plank/rev5` 将使用以下名字：
planck_rev5_default.hex
找到固件文件后，将其拖到QMK工具箱中的“Local file”框中，或单击“Open”并导航到固件文件的存储位置。
### 将键盘置于DFU（Bootloader）模式
要刷新自定义固件，您必须将键盘置于特殊的刷新模式。在此模式下，您将无法键入或使用键盘。在写入固件时，不要拔下键盘插头或以其他方式中断刷新过程，这一点非常重要。
不同的键盘有不同的方式进入这种特殊模式。如果您的键盘当前运行的是QMK或TMK，而您没有得到特定的指示，请按顺序尝试以下操作:
* 按住两个shift键并按 `Pause`
* 按住两个shift键并按 `B`
* 拔下键盘插头, 同时按住空格键和 `B` , 插上键盘然后等一会再放开按键
* 按下PCB底部的 `RESET` 物理键
* 找到PCB上标记有 `BOOT0` 或 `RESET`的金属点, 在插入PCB的同时短接它们
成功后，您将在QMK工具箱中看到类似以下内容的消息:
```
*** Clueboard - Clueboard 66% HotSwap disconnected -- 0xC1ED:0x2390
*** DFU device connected
```
### 刷新你的键盘
单击QMK工具箱中的 `Flash` 按钮。您将看到类似以下内容的输出:
```
*** Clueboard - Clueboard 66% HotSwap disconnected -- 0xC1ED:0x2390
*** DFU device connected
*** Attempting to flash, please don't remove device
>>> dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase --force
Erasing flash... Success
Checking memory from 0x0 to 0x6FFF... Empty.
>>> dfu-programmer atmega32u4 flash /Users/skully/qmk_firmware/clueboard_66_hotswap_gen1_skully.hex
Checking memory from 0x0 to 0x55FF... Empty.
0% 100% Programming 0x5600 bytes...
[>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>] Success
0% 100% Reading 0x7000 bytes...
[>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>] Success
Validating... Success
0x5600 bytes written into 0x7000 bytes memory (76.79%).
>>> dfu-programmer atmega32u4 reset
*** DFU device disconnected
*** Clueboard - Clueboard 66% HotSwap connected -- 0xC1ED:0x2390
```
## 使用命令行刷新键盘
首先，您需要知道您的键盘使用的是哪个bootloader。通常是以下四个常见的bootloader。Pro-Micro 和 clones 使用 CATERINA, Teensy 使用 Halfkay, OLKB 键盘使用 QMK-DFU, 其他的atmega32u4芯片使用DFU。
您可以在以下文章中了解更多关于bootloader[刷新指令和Bootloader信息](flashing.md)。
如果您知道正在使用的bootloader是哪种，那么在编译固件时，可以向“make”命令里添加一些额外参数，以自动执行刷新过程。
### DFU
对于DFU引导加载程序，当您准备好编译和刷新固件时，打开终端窗口并运行构建命令:
make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>:dfu
例如，如果您的布局名为“xyverz”，并且您正在为rev5 planck构建一个布局，那么您可以使用此命令：
make planck/rev5:xyverz:dfu
编译完成后，应输出以下内容：
```
Linking: .build/planck_rev5_xyverz.elf [OK]
Creating load file for flashing: .build/planck_rev5_xyverz.hex [OK]
Copying planck_rev5_xyverz.hex to qmk_firmware folder [OK]
Checking file size of planck_rev5_xyverz.hex
* File size is fine - 18574/28672
```
到了这个时候, 构建脚本将每隔5秒查找一次DFU。它将重复以下操作，直到找到设备或将其取消。
dfu-programmer: no device present.
Error: Bootloader not found. Trying again in 5s.
一旦出现以上回显，您将需要重置控制器。然后，它应该显示与以下类似的输出：
```
*** Attempting to flash, please don't remove device
>>> dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase --force
Erasing flash... Success
Checking memory from 0x0 to 0x6FFF... Empty.
>>> dfu-programmer atmega32u4 flash /Users/skully/qmk_firmware/clueboard_66_hotswap_gen1_skully.hex
Checking memory from 0x0 to 0x55FF... Empty.
0% 100% Programming 0x5600 bytes...
[>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>] Success
0% 100% Reading 0x7000 bytes...
[>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>] Success
Validating... Success
0x5600 bytes written into 0x7000 bytes memory (76.79%).
>>> dfu-programmer atmega32u4 reset
```
如果您对此有任何问题，您可能需要这样做：
sudo make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>:dfu
#### DFU命令
有许多DFU命令可用于将固件下载到DFU设备：
* `:dfu` - 这是正常选项，等待DFU设备可用，然后刷新固件。这将每隔5秒检查一次，以查看是否出现了DFU设备。
* `:dfu-ee` - 这将刷新一个`eep`文件，而不是普通的十六进制文件。这很不常见。
* `:dfu-split-left` - 这将刷新正常固件，就像默认选项 (`:dfu`)一样. 但是，这也会刷新“左侧”EEPROM文件，用于分割键盘。 _这是基于Elite C的键盘的推荐选择。_
* `:dfu-split-right` - 这将刷新正常固件，就像默认选项(`:dfu`). 但是，这也会刷新“右侧”EEPROM文件，用于分割键盘。 _这是基于Elite C的键盘的推荐选择。_
### Caterina
对于Arduino板以及其克隆版来说(比如SparkFun和ProMicro), 准备好编译和刷新固件后，打开终端窗口并运行构建命令:
make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>:avrdude
比如, 你的布局叫"xyverz"你要创建一个rev2 Lets Split的布局,你要用以下命令:
make lets_split/rev2:xyverz:avrdude
固件完成编译后，它将输出类似以下的内容:
```
Linking: .build/lets_split_rev2_xyverz.elf [OK]
Creating load file for flashing: .build/lets_split_rev2_xyverz.hex [OK]
Checking file size of lets_split_rev2_xyverz.hex [OK]
* File size is fine - 27938/28672
Detecting USB port, reset your controller now..............
```
此时，复位，然后脚本将检测bootloader，然后刷新固件。输出应该像这样:
```
Detected controller on USB port at /dev/ttyS15
Connecting to programmer: .
Found programmer: Id = "CATERIN"; type = S
Software Version = 1.0; No Hardware Version given.
Programmer supports auto addr increment.
Programmer supports buffered memory access with buffersize=128 bytes.
Programmer supports the following devices:
Device code: 0x44
avrdude.exe: AVR device initialized and ready to accept instructions
Reading | ################################################## | 100% 0.00s
avrdude.exe: Device signature = 0x1e9587 (probably m32u4)
avrdude.exe: NOTE: "flash" memory has been specified, an erase cycle will be performed
To disable this feature, specify the -D option.
avrdude.exe: erasing chip
avrdude.exe: reading input file "./.build/lets_split_rev2_xyverz.hex"
avrdude.exe: input file ./.build/lets_split_rev2_xyverz.hex auto detected as Intel Hex
avrdude.exe: writing flash (27938 bytes):
Writing | ################################################## | 100% 2.40s
avrdude.exe: 27938 bytes of flash written
avrdude.exe: verifying flash memory against ./.build/lets_split_rev2_xyverz.hex:
avrdude.exe: load data flash data from input file ./.build/lets_split_rev2_xyverz.hex:
avrdude.exe: input file ./.build/lets_split_rev2_xyverz.hex auto detected as Intel Hex
avrdude.exe: input file ./.build/lets_split_rev2_xyverz.hex contains 27938 bytes
avrdude.exe: reading on-chip flash data:
Reading | ################################################## | 100% 0.43s
avrdude.exe: verifying ...
avrdude.exe: 27938 bytes of flash verified
avrdude.exe: safemode: Fuses OK (E:CB, H:D8, L:FF)
avrdude.exe done. Thank you.
```
如果您对此有任何问题，您可能需要这样做：
sudo make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>:avrdude
此外，如果要刷新多个板，请使用以下命令：
make <keyboard>:<keymap>:avrdude-loop
当你完成了刷新后，你需要按下ctrl+c或者其他正确的按键来让你的操作系统终止循环。
## HalfKay
对于PJRC设备（Teensy），当您准备好编译和刷新固件时，打开终端窗口并运行构建命令:
make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>:teensy
比如, 如果你的布局叫做"xyverz"你想创建Ergodox or Ergodox EZ的布局,你要使用以下命令:
make erdogox_ez:xyverz:teensy
固件完成编译后，它将输出如下内容：
```
Linking: .build/ergodox_ez_xyverz.elf [OK]
Creating load file for flashing: .build/ergodox_ez_xyverz.hex [OK]
Checking file size of ergodox_ez_xyverz.hex [OK]
* File size is fine - 25584/32256
Teensy Loader, Command Line, Version 2.1
Read "./.build/ergodox_ez_xyverz.hex": 25584 bytes, 79.3% usage
Waiting for Teensy device...
(hint: press the reset button)
```
此时，复位键盘。完成后，您将看到如下输出：
```
Found HalfKay Bootloader
Read "./.build/ergodox_ez_xyverz.hex": 28532 bytes, 88.5% usage
Programming............................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................
Booting
```
## STM32 (ARM)
对于大多数ARM板（包括Proton C、Planck Rev 6和Preonic Rev 3），当您准备好编译和刷新固件时，打开终端窗口并运行构建命令：
make <my_keyboard>:<my_keymap>:dfu-util
例如，如果您的keymap被命名为“xyverz”，并且您正在为Planck Revision 6键盘构建一个布局，那么您需要使用以下命令，然后将键盘重新启动到bootloader（在完成编译之前）：
make planck/rev6:xyverz:dfu-util
固件完成编译后，它将输出如下内容：
```
Linking: .build/planck_rev6_xyverz.elf [OK]
Creating binary load file for flashing: .build/planck_rev6_xyverz.bin [OK]
Creating load file for flashing: .build/planck_rev6_xyverz.hex [OK]
Size after:
text data bss dec hex filename
0 41820 0 41820 a35c .build/planck_rev6_xyverz.hex
Copying planck_rev6_xyverz.bin to qmk_firmware folder [OK]
dfu-util 0.9
Copyright 2005-2009 Weston Schmidt, Harald Welte and OpenMoko Inc.
Copyright 2010-2016 Tormod Volden and Stefan Schmidt
This program is Free Software and has ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY
Please report bugs to http://sourceforge.net/p/dfu-util/tickets/
Invalid DFU suffix signature
A valid DFU suffix will be required in a future dfu-util release!!!
Opening DFU capable USB device...
ID 0483:df11
Run-time device DFU version 011a
Claiming USB DFU Interface...
Setting Alternate Setting #0 ...
Determining device status: state = dfuERROR, status = 10
dfuERROR, clearing status
Determining device status: state = dfuIDLE, status = 0
dfuIDLE, continuing
DFU mode device DFU version 011a
Device returned transfer size 2048
DfuSe interface name: "Internal Flash "
Downloading to address = 0x08000000, size = 41824
Download [=========================] 100% 41824 bytes
Download done.
File downloaded successfully
Transitioning to dfuMANIFEST state
```
## 试一试吧!
恭喜您! 您的自定义固件已经刷写到您的键盘
试一试，确保一切按你想的方式进行。我们写了[测试和调试](newbs_testing_debugging.md)来完善新手引导。 因此，请前往那里了解如何排除自定义功能的故障。

102
docs/zh-cn/newbs_getting_started.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
# 介绍
你的电脑键盘里面包含一个处理器, 这个处理器和你电脑里面的不太一样。这个处理器负责运行一些特殊的软件，这些软件可以监测按钮按下并将按钮处于按下还是释放状态的数据发送出去。QMK就是这样一种软件，即监测按钮被按下并发送这样的信息到作为主机的计算机上。当你创建了你的布局, 你也就创建了你的键盘运行的的可执行程序。
QMK试图通过使简单的事情变得更简单，使使不可能成为可能来把大量的权力交给你。你不需要懂如何通过程序创建强大的布局——你只需要遵循简单的语法规则。
# 新手上路
在你能创建布局前,你要安装一些软件来建立你的开发环境。无论你想编译多少固件，这个操作都只需要进行一次。
如果您更喜欢图形化界面, 请考虑使用在线工具[QMK配置器](https://config.qmk.fm)。 请参考 [使用在线GUI构建您的第一个固件](newbs_building_firmware_configurator.md)。
## 下载软件
### 文本编辑器
你需要一个可以编辑 **纯文本** 文件的程序。在Windows上你可以用Notepad, 在Linux上使用gedit，这两个都是简单又实用的文本编辑工具。 在macOS上, 请小心使用 “文本编辑” 这个默认软件: 如果你不明确的选择_格式_菜单中的 _制作纯文本_ 的话文本将不会被保存为纯文本。
你也可以下载并安装一个专用编辑器 [Sublime Text](https://www.sublimetext.com/) 或 [VS Code](https://code.visualstudio.com/)。 这大概是跨平台的最好方法了, 这些编辑器是专门为了编辑代码设计的。
?>搞不清用哪种编辑器? Laurence Bradford 写了篇关于编辑器选择的文章 [a great introduction](https://learntocodewith.me/programming/basics/text-editors/)。
### QMK 工具箱
QMK 工具箱 是一种可选的Windows和macOS下的图形化工具，它可以对你的定制键盘进行编程和调试。你可能会发现它就是你能简单的刷新你的键盘固件并查看调试信息的稀世珍宝。
[在这里下载最新发布版本](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases/latest)
* Windows用户: `qmk_toolbox.exe` (绿色版) 或 `qmk_toolbox_install.exe` (安装版)
* macOS用户: `QMK.Toolbox.app.zip` (绿色版) or `QMK.Toolbox.pkg` (安装版)
## 建立你的环境
我们为了使QMK环境变得更容易建立已竭尽所能。你只需要准备Linux 或 Unix 环境, 然后让QMK安装剩余部分。
?> 如果你从未使用过Linux/Unix的命令行,有一些你需要学习的基础概念和命令，以下资料将教会您使用QMK环境的必要能力:<br>
[必会Linux命令](https://www.guru99.com/must-know-linux-commands.html)<br>
[一些基本的Unix命令](https://www.tjhsst.edu/~dhyatt/superap/unixcmd.html)
### Windows
你需要安装MSYS2和Git.
* 按照以下安装说明进行操作[MSYS2 主页](http://www.msys2.org)。
* 关闭所有打开的MSYS2终端并打开新的MSYS2 MinGW 64-bit终端。
* 使用以下命令安装Git: `pacman -S git`。
### macOS
你需要安装Homebrew。按照以下说明进行操作 [Homebrew 主页](https://brew.sh)。
在Homebrew安装完成后, 继续 _同步QMK工程_. 这一步你将会通过运行一个脚本安装其他包。
### Linux
你将需要安装Git.你很有可能已经安装,但若你尚未安装,可以使用以下命令进行安装:
* Debian / Ubuntu / Devuan: `apt-get install git`
* Fedora / Red Hat / CentOS: `yum install git`
* Arch: `pacman -S git`
?> 无论你使用哪种平台，Docker都可以是你的选择[点这里进一步了解](getting_started_build_tools.md#docker)
## 同步QMK工程
当你建立Linux/Unix环境后,你就已经可以下载QMK了.下载时我们可以用Git来 "clone" QMK仓库. 打开一个终端或MSYS2 MinGW 窗口，在阅读剩余的指南时请保持窗口打开。在窗口里面运行以下两句命令:
```shell
git clone --recurse-submodules https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git
cd qmk_firmware
```
?> 如果您已经知道[如何使用GitHub](getting_started_github.md), 我们推荐您创建您自己的分支并克隆。 如果您不知道这是什么, 您完全可以忽略这句无关紧要的话。
QMK附带一个脚本，可帮助您设置剩余的所需内容.您可以通过输入此命令来运行它:
util/qmk_install.sh
## 测试你的开发环境
现在你的QMK环境已经建立完毕, 你可以为你的键盘创建固件了。开始试着创建键盘的默认固件吧。 你需要使用以下格式的命令创建固件:
make <keyboard>:default
比如, 制作一个Clueboard 66%的固件，需要用:
make clueboard/66/rev3:default
当完成后你要看到一些回显，尾部如下:
```
Linking: .build/clueboard_66_rev3_default.elf [OK]
Creating load file for flashing: .build/clueboard_66_rev3_default.hex [OK]
Copying clueboard_66_rev3_default.hex to qmk_firmware folder [OK]
Checking file size of clueboard_66_rev3_default.hex [OK]
* The firmware size is fine - 26356/28672 (2316 bytes free)
```
# 创建你的布局
现在你可以创建属于你自己的布局了! 请移步 [构建你的第一个固件](newbs_building_firmware.md)来继续。

15
docs/zh-cn/newbs_learn_more_resources.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
# 学习资源
这些资源旨在让QMK社区的新成员更了解新成员文档中提供的信息。
Git 资源:
* [很好的通用教程](https://www.codecademy.com/learn/learn-git)
* [从例子中学习Git游戏](https://learngitbranching.js.org/)
* [了解有关GitHub的更多信息的Git资源](getting_started_github.md)
* [专门针对QMK的Git资源](contributing.md)
命令行资源:
* [超棒的命令行通用教程](https://www.codecademy.com/learn/learn-the-command-line)

43
docs/zh-cn/newbs_testing_debugging.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
# 测试和调试
使用自定义固件刷新键盘后，您就可以测试它了。如果您幸运，一切都会完美运行，但如果没有，这份文件将帮助您找出问题所在。
## 测试
测试键盘通常非常简单。按下每一个键并确保它发送的是您期望的键。甚至有一些程序可以帮助您确保没有任何键失效。
注意：这些程序不是由QMK提供或认可的。
* [Switch Hitter](https://elitekeyboards.com/switchhitter.php) (仅Windows)
* [Keyboard Viewer](https://www.imore.com/how-use-keyboard-viewer-your-mac) (仅Mac)
* [Keyboard Tester](http://www.keyboardtester.com) (网页版)
* [Keyboard Checker](http://keyboardchecker.com) (网页版)
## 使用QMK工具箱进行调试
[QMK工具箱](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox) 将会在你的`rules.mk`中有`CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes`的时候显示你键盘发来的消息。 默认情况下，输出极为有限，不过您可以打开调试模式来增加输出信息量。使用你键盘布局中的`DEBUG`键码,使用 [命令](feature_command.md) 特性来使能调试模式, 或者向你的布局中添加以下代码。
```c
void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
// Customise these values to desired behaviour
debug_enable=true;
debug_matrix=true;
//debug_keyboard=true;
//debug_mouse=true;
}
```
<!-- 需要修改之处:这里要添加调试回显。 -->
## 发送您自己的调试消息
有时用[custom code](custom_quantum_functions.md)发送自定义调试信息很有用. 这么做很简单. 首先在你文件头部包含`print.h`:
#include <print.h>
之后，您可以使用一些不同的打印功能:
* `print("string")`: 打印简单字符串.
* `uprintf("%s string", var)`: 打印格式化字符串
* `dprint("string")`: 仅在调试模式使能时打印简单字符串
* `dprintf("%s string", var)`: 仅在调试模式使能时打印格式化字符串

170
docs/zh-cn/reference_glossary.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
# QMK术语表
## ARM
多家公司生产的32位单片机系列，例如Atmel, Cypress, Kinetis, NXP, ST, 和 TI等公司。
## AVR
[Atmel](http://www.microchip.com/)公司的单片机系列。 AVR是TMK的初始支持平台。
## AZERTY
Français (法国)标准键盘布局。用键盘的前六个字母命名。
## Backlight(背光)
键盘上照明的通称。背光通常是一组LED灯，通过键帽或者按轴发光，但也不总是这样。
## Bluetooth(蓝牙)
一种短距离点对点无线协议。许多多无线键盘使用此协议。
## Bootloader(引导加载程序)
一种写到你单片机的保护区的特殊的程序，该程序可以使单片机升级自己的固件，通常是通过USB来升级。
## Bootmagic(热改键)
允许各种键盘行为动态变化的功能，如交换或禁用常用键。
## C
一种适用于系统代码的低级编程语言。大多数qmk代码是用C编写的。
## Colemak
一种流行的键盘布局。
## Compile(编译)
把人可读的代码转换成你的单片机可以运行的机器代码的过程。
## Dvorak
一个由August Dvorak博士在20世纪30年代创建的布局。Dvorak简化键盘(Dvorak Simplified Keyboard)的缩写。
## Dynamic Macro(动态宏)
一种记录在键盘上的宏，当键盘拔出或计算机重新启动时，宏将丢失。
* [动态宏文档](feature_dynamic_macros.md)
## Eclipse
是一种受C语言开发者追捧的集成开发环境(IDE)。
* [Eclipse安装说明](eclipse.md)
## Firmware(固件)
用来控制单片机的软件。
## FLIP
爱特梅尔(Atmel)提供的AVR器件刷写软件。我们一般推荐 [QMK刷写工具](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_flasher)，但是对于一些高级用例，需要FLIP。
## git
命令行版本控制软件
## GitHub
负责大多数QMK项目的网站。它是Git、问题跟踪和其他帮助我们运行qmk的功能的集成平台。
## ISP(在系统编程)
在系统编程(In-system programming), 使用外部硬件和JTAG管脚对AVR芯片进行编程的一种方法。
## hid_listen
从键盘接收调试消息的接口。 您可以使用[QMK Flasher](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_flasher)或[PJRC's hid_listen](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/hid_listen.html)查看这些消息
## Keycode(键码)
表示特定键的2字节数据。`0x00`-`0xFF`用于[基本键码](keycodes_basic.md)而`0x100`-`0xFFFF`用于[量子键码](quantum_keycodes.md).
## Key Down
一个键按下尚未抬起时触发的事件。
## Key Up
一个键抬起时触发的事件。
## Keymap(键映射)
映射到物理键盘布局的一组键码，在按键和按键释放时进行处理。有时翻译为布局，意为软件上表示的布局，即映射。
## Layer(层)
为了让一个键实现多个功能的抽象结构。最高活动层有限。
## Leader Key(前导键、设置菜单键)
本功能允许您点击前导键，然后按顺序按1-3个键子来激活按键或其他量子功能。
* [前导键文档](feature_leader_key.md)
## LED
发光二极管，键盘上最常用的指示灯装置。
## Make
用于编译所有源文件的软件包。可以使用`make`命令和其他参数来编译你的固件。
## Matrix(矩阵)
一种由列和行组成的接线模式，使单片机能够用较少的引脚检测按键。矩阵通常包含二极管，以达到全键无冲。
## Macro(宏)
本功能可以在敲击单个键后发送多个按键事件(hid报告)。
* [宏文档](feature_macros.md)
## MCU(单片机、微控制单元)
微控制单元，键盘的处理器。
## Modifier(修改键、修饰键、功能键)
按住该键将会改变其他键的功能，修饰键包括 Ctrl, Alt, 和 Shift。
## Mousekeys(鼠标键)
本功能在您敲击键盘时会控制鼠标光标。
* [鼠标键文档](feature_mouse_keys.md)
## N-Key Rollover (NKRO、全键无冲)
一种术语，适用于能够同时报告任意数量按键的键盘。
## Oneshot Modifier(粘滞键)
一种能让你的功能键一直保持按下，直到你按下其他键的功能。它叫做粘滞键或叫做粘连键，该功能由软件实现而非机械结构。
## ProMicro
一种低成本AVR开发板。这种板子很容易在购物网站找到(价格不到20RMB)，但是据说刷写pro micro有点令人抓狂。
## Pull Request(拉请求、PR)
向QMK请求提交代码。我们鼓励所有用户提交你们自己的键盘的代码。
## QWERTY
标准英文键盘，通常也用于其他语言，例如中文。是用键盘前6个字母命名的。
## QWERTZ
标准Deutsche(德语)键盘布局。使用前6个字母明名。
## Rollover(允许翻转、无冲形式)
该术语表示在一个键已按下时按下另一个键。形式包括2KRO(双键无冲),6KRO(6键无冲),和NKRO(全键无冲)，无冲表示可同时按下而不产生冲突的键的数量。
## Scancode(扫描码)
HID报告中的一个1字节的数字，表示一个键子。这些数字在下列文档中[HID Usage Tables](https://www.usb.org/sites/default/files/documents/hut1_12v2.pdf)该文档发布于[USB-IF](http://www.usb.org/)。
## Space Cadet键盘的shift键
一种特使的shift设置，能让你通过敲击左或右shift一次或多次键入不同的括号。
* [Space Cadet键盘文档](feature_space_cadet.md)
## Tap(敲击、单击)
按下并释放一个键。在某些情况下您需要区分键按下和键抬起，但是单击把两个事件都包括了。
## Tap Dance(多击键)
本功能允许向同一个键子分配多个键码，并根据按键次数区分。
* [多击键文档](feature_tap_dance.md)
## Teensy
一种低成本AVR开发板<!--译者吐槽：我怎么感觉成本不低。好吧，我穷。 -->，通常用于手工连线键盘。这个teensy是有点小贵但是halfkay bootloader会让它刷写十分简单，所以也很常用。
## Underlight(背光)
用于照亮电路板底面的LED的总称。这些LED通常从印刷电路板的底部向键盘所在的表面发光。
## Unicode
在较大的计算机世界中，Unicode是一组编码方案，用于表示任何语言中的字符。 与qmk相关的是，它意味着使用各种操作系统方案来发送Unicode代码点，而不是扫描码。
* [Unicode文档](feature_unicode.md)
## Unit Testing(单元测试)
针对qmk的自动运行测试框架。单元测试帮助我们确信我们的更改不会破坏任何东西。
* [单元测试文档](unit_testing.md)
## USB
通用串行总线，键盘最常见的有线接口。
## USB 主机 (或简易主机)
USB诸暨市你的电脑，或者你的键盘所插的任何设备。
# 并没有找到你想找到的术语?
[建立一个issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) ，想好你的问题，或许你所问的术语就会添加到这里。创建一个PR帮我们添加需要添加的术语当然坠吼了:)

93
drivers/arm/i2c_master.c
View File

@ -32,77 +32,94 @@
static uint8_t i2c_address;
// ChibiOS uses two initialization structure for v1 and v2/v3 i2c APIs.
// The F1 series uses the v1 api, which have to initialized this way.
#ifdef STM32F103xB
static const I2CConfig i2cconfig = {
OPMODE_I2C,
400000,
FAST_DUTY_CYCLE_2,
};
#else
// This configures the I2C clock to 400khz assuming a 72Mhz clock
// For more info : https://www.st.com/en/embedded-software/stsw-stm32126.html
static const I2CConfig i2cconfig = {
STM32_TIMINGR_PRESC(15U) |
STM32_TIMINGR_SCLDEL(4U) | STM32_TIMINGR_SDADEL(2U) |
STM32_TIMINGR_SCLH(15U) | STM32_TIMINGR_SCLL(21U),
0,
0
#ifdef USE_I2CV1
I2C1_OPMODE,
I2C1_CLOCK_SPEED,
I2C1_DUTY_CYCLE,
#else
STM32_TIMINGR_PRESC(I2C1_TIMINGR_PRESC) | STM32_TIMINGR_SCLDEL(I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLDEL) | STM32_TIMINGR_SDADEL(I2C1_TIMINGR_SDADEL) | STM32_TIMINGR_SCLH(I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLH) | STM32_TIMINGR_SCLL(I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLL), 0, 0
#endif
};
#endif
__attribute__ ((weak))
void i2c_init(void)
{
static i2c_status_t chibios_to_qmk(const msg_t* status) {
switch (*status) {
case I2C_NO_ERROR:
return I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS;
case I2C_TIMEOUT:
return I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT;
// I2C_BUS_ERROR, I2C_ARBITRATION_LOST, I2C_ACK_FAILURE, I2C_OVERRUN, I2C_PEC_ERROR, I2C_SMB_ALERT
default:
return I2C_STATUS_ERROR;
}
}
__attribute__((weak)) void i2c_init(void) {
// Try releasing special pins for a short time
palSetPadMode(I2C1_BANK, I2C1_SCL, PAL_MODE_INPUT);
palSetPadMode(I2C1_BANK, I2C1_SDA, PAL_MODE_INPUT);
palSetPadMode(I2C1_SCL_BANK, I2C1_SCL, PAL_MODE_INPUT);
palSetPadMode(I2C1_SDA_BANK, I2C1_SDA, PAL_MODE_INPUT);
chThdSleepMilliseconds(10);
palSetPadMode(I2C1_BANK, I2C1_SCL, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATE(4) | PAL_STM32_OTYPE_OPENDRAIN);
palSetPadMode(I2C1_BANK, I2C1_SDA, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATE(4) | PAL_STM32_OTYPE_OPENDRAIN);
//i2cInit(); //This is invoked by halInit() so no need to redo it.
#ifdef USE_I2CV1
palSetPadMode(I2C1_SCL_BANK, I2C1_SCL, PAL_MODE_STM32_ALTERNATE_OPENDRAIN);
palSetPadMode(I2C1_SDA_BANK, I2C1_SDA, PAL_MODE_STM32_ALTERNATE_OPENDRAIN);
#else
palSetPadMode(I2C1_SCL_BANK, I2C1_SCL, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATE(I2C1_SCL_PAL_MODE) | PAL_STM32_OTYPE_OPENDRAIN);
palSetPadMode(I2C1_SDA_BANK, I2C1_SDA, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATE(I2C1_SDA_PAL_MODE) | PAL_STM32_OTYPE_OPENDRAIN);
#endif
}
// This is usually not needed
uint8_t i2c_start(uint8_t address)
{
i2c_status_t i2c_start(uint8_t address) {
i2c_address = address;
i2cStart(&I2C_DRIVER, &i2cconfig);
return 0;
return I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS;
}
uint8_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
{
i2c_status_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, const uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout) {
i2c_address = address;
i2cStart(&I2C_DRIVER, &i2cconfig);
return i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), data, length, 0, 0, MS2ST(timeout));
msg_t status = i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), data, length, 0, 0, MS2ST(timeout));
return chibios_to_qmk(&status);
}
uint8_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
{
i2c_status_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout) {
i2c_address = address;
i2cStart(&I2C_DRIVER, &i2cconfig);
return i2cMasterReceiveTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), data, length, MS2ST(timeout));
msg_t status = i2cMasterReceiveTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), data, length, MS2ST(timeout));
return chibios_to_qmk(&status);
}
uint8_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
{
i2c_status_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, const uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout) {
i2c_address = devaddr;
i2cStart(&I2C_DRIVER, &i2cconfig);
uint8_t complete_packet[length + 1];
for(uint8_t i = 0; i < length; i++)
{
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < length; i++) {
complete_packet[i + 1] = data[i];
}
complete_packet[0] = regaddr;
return i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), complete_packet, length + 1, 0, 0, MS2ST(timeout));
msg_t status = i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), complete_packet, length + 1, 0, 0, MS2ST(timeout));
return chibios_to_qmk(&status);
}
uint8_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t* regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)
{
i2c_status_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout) {
i2c_address = devaddr;
i2cStart(&I2C_DRIVER, &i2cconfig);
return i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), regaddr, 1, data, length, MS2ST(timeout));
msg_t status = i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2C_DRIVER, (i2c_address >> 1), &regaddr, 1, data, length, MS2ST(timeout));
return chibios_to_qmk(&status);
}
uint8_t i2c_stop(void)
{
i2cStop(&I2C_DRIVER);
return 0;
}
void i2c_stop(void) { i2cStop(&I2C_DRIVER); }

77
drivers/arm/i2c_master.h
View File

@ -22,13 +22,28 @@
* Please ensure that HAL_USE_I2C is TRUE in the halconf.h file and that
* STM32_I2C_USE_I2C1 is TRUE in the mcuconf.h file.
*/
#pragma once
#include "ch.h"
#include <hal.h>
#ifndef I2C1_BANK
#define I2C1_BANK GPIOB
#if defined(STM32F1XX) || defined(STM32F1xx) || defined(STM32F2xx) || defined(STM32F4xx) || defined(STM32L0xx) || defined(STM32L1xx)
# define USE_I2CV1
#endif
#ifdef I2C1_BANK
# define I2C1_SCL_BANK I2C1_BANK
# define I2C1_SDA_BANK I2C1_BANK
#endif
#ifndef I2C1_SCL_BANK
# define I2C1_SCL_BANK GPIOB
#endif
#ifndef I2C1_SDA_BANK
# define I2C1_SDA_BANK GPIOB
#endif
#ifndef I2C1_SCL
# define I2C1_SCL 6
#endif
@ -36,15 +51,59 @@
# define I2C1_SDA 7
#endif
#ifdef USE_I2CV1
# ifndef I2C1_OPMODE
# define I2C1_OPMODE OPMODE_I2C
# endif
# ifndef I2C1_CLOCK_SPEED
# define I2C1_CLOCK_SPEED 100000 /* 400000 */
# endif
# ifndef I2C1_DUTY_CYCLE
# define I2C1_DUTY_CYCLE STD_DUTY_CYCLE /* FAST_DUTY_CYCLE_2 */
# endif
#else
// The default PAL alternate modes are used to signal that the pins are used for I2C
# ifndef I2C1_SCL_PAL_MODE
# define I2C1_SCL_PAL_MODE 4
# endif
# ifndef I2C1_SDA_PAL_MODE
# define I2C1_SDA_PAL_MODE 4
# endif
// The default timing values below configures the I2C clock to 400khz assuming a 72Mhz clock
// For more info : https://www.st.com/en/embedded-software/stsw-stm32126.html
# ifndef I2C1_TIMINGR_PRESC
# define I2C1_TIMINGR_PRESC 15U
# endif
# ifndef I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLDEL
# define I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLDEL 4U
# endif
# ifndef I2C1_TIMINGR_SDADEL
# define I2C1_TIMINGR_SDADEL 2U
# endif
# ifndef I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLH
# define I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLH 15U
# endif
# ifndef I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLL
# define I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLL 21U
# endif
#endif
#ifndef I2C_DRIVER
# define I2C_DRIVER I2CD1
#endif
typedef int16_t i2c_status_t;
#define I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS (0)
#define I2C_STATUS_ERROR (-1)
#define I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT (-2)
void i2c_init(void);
uint8_t i2c_start(uint8_t address);
uint8_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
uint8_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
uint8_t i2c_transmit_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t * tx_body, uint16_t tx_length, uint8_t * rx_body, uint16_t rx_length);
uint8_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
uint8_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t* regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
uint8_t i2c_stop(void);
i2c_status_t i2c_start(uint8_t address);
i2c_status_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, const uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
i2c_status_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
i2c_status_t i2c_transmit_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* tx_body, uint16_t tx_length, uint8_t* rx_body, uint16_t rx_length);
i2c_status_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, const uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
i2c_status_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);
void i2c_stop(void);

23
drivers/avr/analog.c
View File

@ -21,23 +21,14 @@
#include <stdint.h>
#include "analog.h"
static uint8_t aref = (1 << REFS0); // default to AREF = Vcc
void analogReference(uint8_t mode)
{
aref = mode & 0xC0;
}
void analogReference(uint8_t mode) { aref = mode & 0xC0; }
// Arduino compatible pin input
int16_t analogRead(uint8_t pin)
{
int16_t analogRead(uint8_t pin) {
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
static const uint8_t PROGMEM pin_to_mux[] = {
0x00, 0x01, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
0x25, 0x24, 0x23, 0x22, 0x21, 0x20};
static const uint8_t PROGMEM pin_to_mux[] = {0x00, 0x01, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x25, 0x24, 0x23, 0x22, 0x21, 0x20};
if (pin >= 12) return 0;
return adc_read(pgm_read_byte(pin_to_mux + pin));
#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__)
@ -49,8 +40,7 @@ int16_t analogRead(uint8_t pin)
}
// Mux input
int16_t adc_read(uint8_t mux)
{
int16_t adc_read(uint8_t mux) {
#if defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__)
return 0;
#else
@ -60,10 +50,9 @@ int16_t adc_read(uint8_t mux)
ADCSRB = (1 << ADHSM) | (mux & 0x20); // high speed mode
ADMUX = aref | (mux & 0x1F); // configure mux input
ADCSRA = (1 << ADEN) | ADC_PRESCALER | (1 << ADSC); // start the conversion
while (ADCSRA & (1<<ADSC)) ; // wait for result
while (ADCSRA & (1 << ADSC))
; // wait for result
low = ADCL; // must read LSB first
return (ADCH << 8) | low; // must read MSB only once!
#endif
}

6
drivers/avr/analog.h
View File

@ -19,9 +19,15 @@
#include <stdint.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
void analogReference(uint8_t mode);
int16_t analogRead(uint8_t pin);
int16_t adc_read(uint8_t mux);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#define ADC_REF_POWER (1 << REFS0)
#define ADC_REF_INTERNAL ((1 << REFS1) | (1 << REFS0))

11
drivers/avr/apa102.c Executable file → Normal file
View File

@ -27,9 +27,7 @@
#include "debug.h"
// Setleds for standard RGB
void inline apa102_setleds(LED_TYPE *ledarray, uint16_t leds){
apa102_setleds_pin(ledarray,leds, _BV(RGB_DI_PIN & 0xF), _BV(RGB_CLK_PIN & 0xF));
}
void inline apa102_setleds(LED_TYPE *ledarray, uint16_t leds) { apa102_setleds_pin(ledarray, leds, _BV(RGB_DI_PIN & 0xF), _BV(RGB_CLK_PIN & 0xF)); }
void static inline apa102_setleds_pin(LED_TYPE *ledarray, uint16_t leds, uint8_t pinmask_DI, uint8_t pinmask_CLK) {
pinMode(RGB_DI_PIN, PinDirectionOutput);
@ -54,12 +52,9 @@ void apa102_send_frame(uint32_t frame){
}
}
void apa102_start_frame(){
apa102_send_frame(0);
}
void apa102_start_frame() { apa102_send_frame(0); }
void apa102_end_frame(uint16_t leds)
{
void apa102_end_frame(uint16_t leds) {
// This function has been taken from: https://github.com/pololu/apa102-arduino/blob/master/APA102.h
// and adapted. The code is MIT licensed. I think thats compatible?

3
drivers/avr/apa102.h Executable file → Normal file
View File

@ -25,8 +25,7 @@
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "rgblight_types.h"
#include "color.h"
/* User Interface
*

266
drivers/avr/glcdfont.c
View File

@ -16,261 +16,19 @@
// Standard ASCII 5x7 font
static const unsigned char font[] PROGMEM = {
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
0x3E, 0x5B, 0x4F, 0x5B, 0x3E,
0x3E, 0x6B, 0x4F, 0x6B, 0x3E,
0x1C, 0x3E, 0x7C, 0x3E, 0x1C,
0x18, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x18,
0x1C, 0x57, 0x7D, 0x57, 0x1C,
0x1C, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x5E, 0x1C,
0x00, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x00,
0xFF, 0xE7, 0xC3, 0xE7, 0xFF,
0x00, 0x18, 0x24, 0x18, 0x00,
0xFF, 0xE7, 0xDB, 0xE7, 0xFF,
0x30, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x06, 0x0E,
0x26, 0x29, 0x79, 0x29, 0x26,
0x40, 0x7F, 0x05, 0x05, 0x07,
0x40, 0x7F, 0x05, 0x25, 0x3F,
0x5A, 0x3C, 0xE7, 0x3C, 0x5A,
0x7F, 0x3E, 0x1C, 0x1C, 0x08,
0x08, 0x1C, 0x1C, 0x3E, 0x7F,
0x14, 0x22, 0x7F, 0x22, 0x14,
0x5F, 0x5F, 0x00, 0x5F, 0x5F,
0x06, 0x09, 0x7F, 0x01, 0x7F,
0x00, 0x66, 0x89, 0x95, 0x6A,
0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60,
0x94, 0xA2, 0xFF, 0xA2, 0x94,
0x08, 0x04, 0x7E, 0x04, 0x08,
0x10, 0x20, 0x7E, 0x20, 0x10,
0x08, 0x08, 0x2A, 0x1C, 0x08,
0x08, 0x1C, 0x2A, 0x08, 0x08,
0x1E, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10,
0x0C, 0x1E, 0x0C, 0x1E, 0x0C,
0x30, 0x38, 0x3E, 0x38, 0x30,
0x06, 0x0E, 0x3E, 0x0E, 0x06,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00, 0x5F, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00,
0x14, 0x7F, 0x14, 0x7F, 0x14,
0x24, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0x2A, 0x12,
0x23, 0x13, 0x08, 0x64, 0x62,
0x36, 0x49, 0x56, 0x20, 0x50,
0x00, 0x08, 0x07, 0x03, 0x00,
0x00, 0x1C, 0x22, 0x41, 0x00,
0x00, 0x41, 0x22, 0x1C, 0x00,
0x2A, 0x1C, 0x7F, 0x1C, 0x2A,
0x08, 0x08, 0x3E, 0x08, 0x08,
0x00, 0x80, 0x70, 0x30, 0x00,
0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08,
0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x60, 0x00,
0x20, 0x10, 0x08, 0x04, 0x02,
0x3E, 0x51, 0x49, 0x45, 0x3E,
0x00, 0x42, 0x7F, 0x40, 0x00,
0x72, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x46,
0x21, 0x41, 0x49, 0x4D, 0x33,
0x18, 0x14, 0x12, 0x7F, 0x10,
0x27, 0x45, 0x45, 0x45, 0x39,
0x3C, 0x4A, 0x49, 0x49, 0x31,
0x41, 0x21, 0x11, 0x09, 0x07,
0x36, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x36,
0x46, 0x49, 0x49, 0x29, 0x1E,
0x00, 0x00, 0x14, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x40, 0x34, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x08, 0x14, 0x22, 0x41,
0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14,
0x00, 0x41, 0x22, 0x14, 0x08,
0x02, 0x01, 0x59, 0x09, 0x06,
0x3E, 0x41, 0x5D, 0x59, 0x4E,
0x7C, 0x12, 0x11, 0x12, 0x7C,
0x7F, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x36,
0x3E, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x22,
0x7F, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x3E,
0x7F, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x41,
0x7F, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x01,
0x3E, 0x41, 0x41, 0x51, 0x73,
0x7F, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x7F,
0x00, 0x41, 0x7F, 0x41, 0x00,
0x20, 0x40, 0x41, 0x3F, 0x01,
0x7F, 0x08, 0x14, 0x22, 0x41,
0x7F, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,
0x7F, 0x02, 0x1C, 0x02, 0x7F,
0x7F, 0x04, 0x08, 0x10, 0x7F,
0x3E, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x3E,
0x7F, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x06,
0x3E, 0x41, 0x51, 0x21, 0x5E,
0x7F, 0x09, 0x19, 0x29, 0x46,
0x26, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x32,
0x03, 0x01, 0x7F, 0x01, 0x03,
0x3F, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x3F,
0x1F, 0x20, 0x40, 0x20, 0x1F,
0x3F, 0x40, 0x38, 0x40, 0x3F,
0x63, 0x14, 0x08, 0x14, 0x63,
0x03, 0x04, 0x78, 0x04, 0x03,
0x61, 0x59, 0x49, 0x4D, 0x43,
0x00, 0x7F, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41,
0x02, 0x04, 0x08, 0x10, 0x20,
0x00, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x7F,
0x04, 0x02, 0x01, 0x02, 0x04,
0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40,
0x00, 0x03, 0x07, 0x08, 0x00,
0x20, 0x54, 0x54, 0x78, 0x40,
0x7F, 0x28, 0x44, 0x44, 0x38,
0x38, 0x44, 0x44, 0x44, 0x28,
0x38, 0x44, 0x44, 0x28, 0x7F,
0x38, 0x54, 0x54, 0x54, 0x18,
0x00, 0x08, 0x7E, 0x09, 0x02,
0x18, 0xA4, 0xA4, 0x9C, 0x78,
0x7F, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04, 0x78,
0x00, 0x44, 0x7D, 0x40, 0x00,
0x20, 0x40, 0x40, 0x3D, 0x00,
0x7F, 0x10, 0x28, 0x44, 0x00,
0x00, 0x41, 0x7F, 0x40, 0x00,
0x7C, 0x04, 0x78, 0x04, 0x78,
0x7C, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04, 0x78,
0x38, 0x44, 0x44, 0x44, 0x38,
0xFC, 0x18, 0x24, 0x24, 0x18,
0x18, 0x24, 0x24, 0x18, 0xFC,
0x7C, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04, 0x08,
0x48, 0x54, 0x54, 0x54, 0x24,
0x04, 0x04, 0x3F, 0x44, 0x24,
0x3C, 0x40, 0x40, 0x20, 0x7C,
0x1C, 0x20, 0x40, 0x20, 0x1C,
0x3C, 0x40, 0x30, 0x40, 0x3C,
0x44, 0x28, 0x10, 0x28, 0x44,
0x4C, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x7C,
0x44, 0x64, 0x54, 0x4C, 0x44,
0x00, 0x08, 0x36, 0x41, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00, 0x77, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x41, 0x36, 0x08, 0x00,
0x02, 0x01, 0x02, 0x04, 0x02,
0x3C, 0x26, 0x23, 0x26, 0x3C,
0x1E, 0xA1, 0xA1, 0x61, 0x12,
0x3A, 0x40, 0x40, 0x20, 0x7A,
0x38, 0x54, 0x54, 0x55, 0x59,
0x21, 0x55, 0x55, 0x79, 0x41,
0x22, 0x54, 0x54, 0x78, 0x42, // a-umlaut
0x21, 0x55, 0x54, 0x78, 0x40,
0x20, 0x54, 0x55, 0x79, 0x40,
0x0C, 0x1E, 0x52, 0x72, 0x12,
0x39, 0x55, 0x55, 0x55, 0x59,
0x39, 0x54, 0x54, 0x54, 0x59,
0x39, 0x55, 0x54, 0x54, 0x58,
0x00, 0x00, 0x45, 0x7C, 0x41,
0x00, 0x02, 0x45, 0x7D, 0x42,
0x00, 0x01, 0x45, 0x7C, 0x40,
0x7D, 0x12, 0x11, 0x12, 0x7D, // A-umlaut
0xF0, 0x28, 0x25, 0x28, 0xF0,
0x7C, 0x54, 0x55, 0x45, 0x00,
0x20, 0x54, 0x54, 0x7C, 0x54,
0x7C, 0x0A, 0x09, 0x7F, 0x49,
0x32, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x32,
0x3A, 0x44, 0x44, 0x44, 0x3A, // o-umlaut
0x32, 0x4A, 0x48, 0x48, 0x30,
0x3A, 0x41, 0x41, 0x21, 0x7A,
0x3A, 0x42, 0x40, 0x20, 0x78,
0x00, 0x9D, 0xA0, 0xA0, 0x7D,
0x3D, 0x42, 0x42, 0x42, 0x3D, // O-umlaut
0x3D, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x3D,
0x3C, 0x24, 0xFF, 0x24, 0x24,
0x48, 0x7E, 0x49, 0x43, 0x66,
0x2B, 0x2F, 0xFC, 0x2F, 0x2B,
0xFF, 0x09, 0x29, 0xF6, 0x20,
0xC0, 0x88, 0x7E, 0x09, 0x03,
0x20, 0x54, 0x54, 0x79, 0x41,
0x00, 0x00, 0x44, 0x7D, 0x41,
0x30, 0x48, 0x48, 0x4A, 0x32,
0x38, 0x40, 0x40, 0x22, 0x7A,
0x00, 0x7A, 0x0A, 0x0A, 0x72,
0x7D, 0x0D, 0x19, 0x31, 0x7D,
0x26, 0x29, 0x29, 0x2F, 0x28,
0x26, 0x29, 0x29, 0x29, 0x26,
0x30, 0x48, 0x4D, 0x40, 0x20,
0x38, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08,
0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x38,
0x2F, 0x10, 0xC8, 0xAC, 0xBA,
0x2F, 0x10, 0x28, 0x34, 0xFA,
0x00, 0x00, 0x7B, 0x00, 0x00,
0x08, 0x14, 0x2A, 0x14, 0x22,
0x22, 0x14, 0x2A, 0x14, 0x08,
0x55, 0x00, 0x55, 0x00, 0x55, // #176 (25% block) missing in old code
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3E, 0x5B, 0x4F, 0x5B, 0x3E, 0x3E, 0x6B, 0x4F, 0x6B, 0x3E, 0x1C, 0x3E, 0x7C, 0x3E, 0x1C, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x1C, 0x57, 0x7D, 0x57, 0x1C, 0x1C, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x5E, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xE7, 0xC3, 0xE7, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x18, 0x24, 0x18, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xE7, 0xDB, 0xE7, 0xFF, 0x30, 0x48, 0x3A, 0x06, 0x0E, 0x26, 0x29, 0x79, 0x29, 0x26, 0x40, 0x7F, 0x05, 0x05, 0x07, 0x40, 0x7F, 0x05, 0x25, 0x3F, 0x5A, 0x3C, 0xE7, 0x3C, 0x5A, 0x7F, 0x3E, 0x1C, 0x1C, 0x08, 0x08, 0x1C, 0x1C, 0x3E, 0x7F, 0x14, 0x22, 0x7F, 0x22, 0x14, 0x5F, 0x5F, 0x00, 0x5F, 0x5F, 0x06, 0x09, 0x7F, 0x01, 0x7F, 0x00, 0x66, 0x89, 0x95, 0x6A, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x94, 0xA2, 0xFF, 0xA2, 0x94, 0x08, 0x04, 0x7E, 0x04, 0x08, 0x10, 0x20, 0x7E, 0x20, 0x10, 0x08, 0x08, 0x2A, 0x1C, 0x08, 0x08, 0x1C, 0x2A, 0x08, 0x08, 0x1E, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x0C, 0x1E, 0x0C, 0x1E, 0x0C,
0x30, 0x38, 0x3E, 0x38, 0x30, 0x06, 0x0E, 0x3E, 0x0E, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x5F, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x14, 0x7F, 0x14, 0x7F, 0x14, 0x24, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0x2A, 0x12, 0x23, 0x13, 0x08, 0x64, 0x62, 0x36, 0x49, 0x56, 0x20, 0x50, 0x00, 0x08, 0x07, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x22, 0x41, 0x00, 0x00, 0x41, 0x22, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x2A, 0x1C, 0x7F, 0x1C, 0x2A, 0x08, 0x08, 0x3E, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x80, 0x70, 0x30, 0x00, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x60, 0x00, 0x20, 0x10, 0x08, 0x04, 0x02, 0x3E, 0x51, 0x49, 0x45, 0x3E, 0x00, 0x42, 0x7F, 0x40, 0x00, 0x72, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x46, 0x21, 0x41, 0x49, 0x4D, 0x33, 0x18, 0x14, 0x12, 0x7F, 0x10, 0x27, 0x45, 0x45, 0x45, 0x39, 0x3C, 0x4A, 0x49, 0x49, 0x31, 0x41, 0x21, 0x11, 0x09, 0x07, 0x36, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x36, 0x46, 0x49, 0x49, 0x29, 0x1E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x14, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x34, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x08, 0x14, 0x22, 0x41, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x00, 0x41, 0x22, 0x14, 0x08, 0x02, 0x01, 0x59, 0x09, 0x06, 0x3E, 0x41, 0x5D, 0x59, 0x4E, 0x7C, 0x12, 0x11, 0x12, 0x7C, 0x7F, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x36, 0x3E, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x22, 0x7F, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x3E, 0x7F, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x41, 0x7F, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x01, 0x3E, 0x41, 0x41, 0x51, 0x73, 0x7F, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x7F, 0x00, 0x41, 0x7F, 0x41, 0x00, 0x20, 0x40, 0x41, 0x3F, 0x01, 0x7F, 0x08, 0x14, 0x22, 0x41, 0x7F, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x7F, 0x02, 0x1C, 0x02, 0x7F, 0x7F, 0x04, 0x08, 0x10, 0x7F, 0x3E, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x3E, 0x7F, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x06, 0x3E, 0x41, 0x51, 0x21, 0x5E, 0x7F, 0x09, 0x19, 0x29, 0x46, 0x26, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x32, 0x03, 0x01, 0x7F, 0x01, 0x03, 0x3F, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x3F, 0x1F, 0x20, 0x40, 0x20, 0x1F, 0x3F, 0x40, 0x38, 0x40, 0x3F, 0x63, 0x14, 0x08, 0x14, 0x63, 0x03, 0x04, 0x78, 0x04, 0x03,
0x61, 0x59, 0x49, 0x4D, 0x43, 0x00, 0x7F, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x02, 0x04, 0x08, 0x10, 0x20, 0x00, 0x41, 0x41, 0x41, 0x7F, 0x04, 0x02, 0x01, 0x02, 0x04, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x00, 0x03, 0x07, 0x08, 0x00, 0x20, 0x54, 0x54, 0x78, 0x40, 0x7F, 0x28, 0x44, 0x44, 0x38, 0x38, 0x44, 0x44, 0x44, 0x28, 0x38, 0x44, 0x44, 0x28, 0x7F, 0x38, 0x54, 0x54, 0x54, 0x18, 0x00, 0x08, 0x7E, 0x09, 0x02, 0x18, 0xA4, 0xA4, 0x9C, 0x78, 0x7F, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04, 0x78, 0x00, 0x44, 0x7D, 0x40, 0x00, 0x20, 0x40, 0x40, 0x3D, 0x00, 0x7F, 0x10, 0x28, 0x44, 0x00, 0x00, 0x41, 0x7F, 0x40, 0x00, 0x7C, 0x04, 0x78, 0x04, 0x78, 0x7C, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04, 0x78, 0x38, 0x44, 0x44, 0x44, 0x38, 0xFC, 0x18, 0x24, 0x24, 0x18, 0x18, 0x24, 0x24, 0x18, 0xFC, 0x7C, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04, 0x08, 0x48, 0x54, 0x54, 0x54, 0x24, 0x04, 0x04, 0x3F, 0x44, 0x24, 0x3C, 0x40, 0x40, 0x20, 0x7C, 0x1C, 0x20, 0x40, 0x20, 0x1C, 0x3C, 0x40, 0x30, 0x40, 0x3C,
0x44, 0x28, 0x10, 0x28, 0x44, 0x4C, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x7C, 0x44, 0x64, 0x54, 0x4C, 0x44, 0x00, 0x08, 0x36, 0x41, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x77, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x41, 0x36, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x02, 0x04, 0x02, 0x3C, 0x26, 0x23, 0x26, 0x3C, 0x1E, 0xA1, 0xA1, 0x61, 0x12, 0x3A, 0x40, 0x40, 0x20, 0x7A, 0x38, 0x54, 0x54, 0x55, 0x59, 0x21, 0x55, 0x55, 0x79, 0x41, 0x22, 0x54, 0x54, 0x78, 0x42, // a-umlaut
0x21, 0x55, 0x54, 0x78, 0x40, 0x20, 0x54, 0x55, 0x79, 0x40, 0x0C, 0x1E, 0x52, 0x72, 0x12, 0x39, 0x55, 0x55, 0x55, 0x59, 0x39, 0x54, 0x54, 0x54, 0x59, 0x39, 0x55, 0x54, 0x54, 0x58, 0x00, 0x00, 0x45, 0x7C, 0x41, 0x00, 0x02, 0x45, 0x7D, 0x42, 0x00, 0x01, 0x45, 0x7C, 0x40, 0x7D, 0x12, 0x11, 0x12, 0x7D, // A-umlaut
0xF0, 0x28, 0x25, 0x28, 0xF0, 0x7C, 0x54, 0x55, 0x45, 0x00, 0x20, 0x54, 0x54, 0x7C, 0x54, 0x7C, 0x0A, 0x09, 0x7F, 0x49, 0x32, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x32, 0x3A, 0x44, 0x44, 0x44, 0x3A, // o-umlaut
0x32, 0x4A, 0x48, 0x48, 0x30, 0x3A, 0x41, 0x41, 0x21, 0x7A, 0x3A, 0x42, 0x40, 0x20, 0x78, 0x00, 0x9D, 0xA0, 0xA0, 0x7D, 0x3D, 0x42, 0x42, 0x42, 0x3D, // O-umlaut
0x3D, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x3D, 0x3C, 0x24, 0xFF, 0x24, 0x24, 0x48, 0x7E, 0x49, 0x43, 0x66, 0x2B, 0x2F, 0xFC, 0x2F, 0x2B, 0xFF, 0x09, 0x29, 0xF6, 0x20, 0xC0, 0x88, 0x7E, 0x09, 0x03, 0x20, 0x54, 0x54, 0x79, 0x41, 0x00, 0x00, 0x44, 0x7D, 0x41, 0x30, 0x48, 0x48, 0x4A, 0x32, 0x38, 0x40, 0x40, 0x22, 0x7A, 0x00, 0x7A, 0x0A, 0x0A, 0x72, 0x7D, 0x0D, 0x19, 0x31, 0x7D, 0x26, 0x29, 0x29, 0x2F, 0x28, 0x26, 0x29, 0x29, 0x29, 0x26, 0x30, 0x48, 0x4D, 0x40, 0x20, 0x38, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x38, 0x2F, 0x10, 0xC8, 0xAC, 0xBA, 0x2F, 0x10, 0x28, 0x34, 0xFA, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7B, 0x00, 0x00, 0x08, 0x14, 0x2A, 0x14, 0x22, 0x22, 0x14, 0x2A, 0x14, 0x08, 0x55, 0x00, 0x55, 0x00, 0x55, // #176 (25% block) missing in old code
0xAA, 0x55, 0xAA, 0x55, 0xAA, // 50% block
0xFF, 0x55, 0xFF, 0x55, 0xFF, // 75% block
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00,
0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0xFF, 0x00,
0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0xFF, 0x00,
0x10, 0x10, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xFF,
0x10, 0x10, 0xF0, 0x10, 0xF0,
0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0xFC, 0x00,
0x14, 0x14, 0xF7, 0x00, 0xFF,
0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xFF,
0x14, 0x14, 0xF4, 0x04, 0xFC,
0x14, 0x14, 0x17, 0x10, 0x1F,
0x10, 0x10, 0x1F, 0x10, 0x1F,
0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x1F, 0x00,
0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0xF0, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1F, 0x10,
0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x1F, 0x10,
0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0xF0, 0x10,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x10,
0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10,
0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0xFF, 0x10,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x14,
0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xFF,
0x00, 0x00, 0x1F, 0x10, 0x17,
0x00, 0x00, 0xFC, 0x04, 0xF4,
0x14, 0x14, 0x17, 0x10, 0x17,
0x14, 0x14, 0xF4, 0x04, 0xF4,
0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xF7,
0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14,
0x14, 0x14, 0xF7, 0x00, 0xF7,
0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x17, 0x14,
0x10, 0x10, 0x1F, 0x10, 0x1F,
0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0xF4, 0x14,
0x10, 0x10, 0xF0, 0x10, 0xF0,
0x00, 0x00, 0x1F, 0x10, 0x1F,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1F, 0x14,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFC, 0x14,
0x00, 0x00, 0xF0, 0x10, 0xF0,
0x10, 0x10, 0xFF, 0x10, 0xFF,
0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0xFF, 0x14,
0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x1F, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xF0, 0x10,
0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF,
0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0,
0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xFF,
0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F,
0x38, 0x44, 0x44, 0x38, 0x44,
0xFC, 0x4A, 0x4A, 0x4A, 0x34, // sharp-s or beta
0x7E, 0x02, 0x02, 0x06, 0x06,
0x02, 0x7E, 0x02, 0x7E, 0x02,
0x63, 0x55, 0x49, 0x41, 0x63,
0x38, 0x44, 0x44, 0x3C, 0x04,
0x40, 0x7E, 0x20, 0x1E, 0x20,
0x06, 0x02, 0x7E, 0x02, 0x02,
0x99, 0xA5, 0xE7, 0xA5, 0x99,
0x1C, 0x2A, 0x49, 0x2A, 0x1C,
0x4C, 0x72, 0x01, 0x72, 0x4C,
0x30, 0x4A, 0x4D, 0x4D, 0x30,
0x30, 0x48, 0x78, 0x48, 0x30,
0xBC, 0x62, 0x5A, 0x46, 0x3D,
0x3E, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x00,
0x7E, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x7E,
0x2A, 0x2A, 0x2A, 0x2A, 0x2A,
0x44, 0x44, 0x5F, 0x44, 0x44,
0x40, 0x51, 0x4A, 0x44, 0x40,
0x40, 0x44, 0x4A, 0x51, 0x40,
0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x01, 0x03,
0xE0, 0x80, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00,
0x08, 0x08, 0x6B, 0x6B, 0x08,
0x36, 0x12, 0x36, 0x24, 0x36,
0x06, 0x0F, 0x09, 0x0F, 0x06,
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00,
0x30, 0x40, 0xFF, 0x01, 0x01,
0x00, 0x1F, 0x01, 0x01, 0x1E,
0x00, 0x19, 0x1D, 0x17, 0x12,
0x00, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x3C,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 // #255 NBSP
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x10, 0x10, 0xF0, 0x10, 0xF0, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0xFC, 0x00, 0x14, 0x14, 0xF7, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x14, 0x14, 0xF4, 0x04, 0xFC, 0x14, 0x14, 0x17, 0x10, 0x1F, 0x10, 0x10, 0x1F, 0x10, 0x1F, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x1F, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0xF0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1F, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x1F, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0xF0, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0xFF, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x14, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1F, 0x10, 0x17, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFC, 0x04, 0xF4, 0x14, 0x14, 0x17, 0x10, 0x17, 0x14, 0x14, 0xF4, 0x04, 0xF4, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xF7, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0xF7, 0x00, 0xF7, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0x17, 0x14, 0x10, 0x10, 0x1F, 0x10, 0x1F,
0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0xF4, 0x14, 0x10, 0x10, 0xF0, 0x10, 0xF0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1F, 0x10, 0x1F, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1F, 0x14, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFC, 0x14, 0x00, 0x00, 0xF0, 0x10, 0xF0, 0x10, 0x10, 0xFF, 0x10, 0xFF, 0x14, 0x14, 0x14, 0xFF, 0x14, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x1F, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xF0, 0x10, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x38, 0x44, 0x44, 0x38, 0x44, 0xFC, 0x4A, 0x4A, 0x4A, 0x34, // sharp-s or beta
0x7E, 0x02, 0x02, 0x06, 0x06, 0x02, 0x7E, 0x02, 0x7E, 0x02, 0x63, 0x55, 0x49, 0x41, 0x63, 0x38, 0x44, 0x44, 0x3C, 0x04, 0x40, 0x7E, 0x20, 0x1E, 0x20, 0x06, 0x02, 0x7E, 0x02, 0x02, 0x99, 0xA5, 0xE7, 0xA5, 0x99, 0x1C, 0x2A, 0x49, 0x2A, 0x1C, 0x4C, 0x72, 0x01, 0x72, 0x4C, 0x30, 0x4A, 0x4D, 0x4D, 0x30, 0x30, 0x48, 0x78, 0x48, 0x30, 0xBC, 0x62, 0x5A, 0x46, 0x3D, 0x3E, 0x49, 0x49, 0x49, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x7E, 0x2A, 0x2A, 0x2A, 0x2A, 0x2A, 0x44, 0x44, 0x5F, 0x44, 0x44, 0x40, 0x51, 0x4A, 0x44, 0x40, 0x40, 0x44, 0x4A, 0x51, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x01, 0x03, 0xE0, 0x80, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00, 0x08, 0x08, 0x6B, 0x6B, 0x08, 0x36, 0x12, 0x36, 0x24, 0x36, 0x06, 0x0F, 0x09, 0x0F, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x30, 0x40, 0xFF, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x1F, 0x01, 0x01, 0x1E, 0x00, 0x19, 0x1D, 0x17, 0x12, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 // #255 NBSP
};
#endif // FONT5X7_H

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More